FEATURED STORY

***

Betrayal #1

by jfclover

BETRAYAL – Eighteen-year-old Little Joe finds more trouble than he can handle. Will he ask his family for help? Will they be able to protect him from a man who seeks revenge from Ben Cartwright?
Word Count 32,400 Rated: M

If you enjoy the story, please leave a comment for the author
to let them know you appreciate their hard work.
They’d love to hear from you.

The Kingdom Beneath

By Bakerj

Chapter One

The blood that mixed with the saliva from the fangs of the three snarling animals dripped to the ground beneath them.  The man at my feet writhed and groaned.  I leveled my rifle.

A tree protected my back, and the dogs prowled, looking for an opening.  I fired at the feet of one.  He backed off fast, followed by another.  Made from sterner stuff, the third launched right at me.  My finger squeezed the trigger, dropping the animal dead.  That was enough for the others.  They turned tail and ran.

I took a beat, making sure they’d gone, then dropped to one knee next to the quivering figure curled into a ball.

“It’s all right.”  I put my hand on the poor devil’s arm, but he flinched away.  “I’m not gonna hurt you.”

He wasn’t much to look at.  Barefoot, his shabby clothes were ripped and bloodied, thanks to the dogs.  Returning to Cochise, I sheathed my rifle and grabbed the canteen.  Cupping the head of thick curly hair, I trickled water over the man’s lips.  Had shock set in?  It wouldn’t surprise me after the mauling he’d taken.  But then the large black eyes focused.

“We need to get you to a doctor.  Is there a town near here?”

Before he could answer, the sound of undergrowth shifting and twigs snapping drew my attention.  Were the dogs returning?  I heard voices.  A hand clasped my arm.

“I gots to get away, Mistah.  I gots to.”

Two men arrived.  Both carried rifles, and neither looked happy.  When the bigger one saw the dog lying dead, he glared at me.  “Did you do that?”

I drew myself up.  “It attacked me.”

“Mr. De Lancey won’t be happy.  He don’t like losing what belongs to him!”  Stepping forward, the big ox sneered at the man on the ground.  “Ain’t that right, Enoch?”

I frowned and glanced at the man cowering at my feet.  “What d’you mean, belongs?”

“Just what I told you.”

“Quiet, Cobb, you said enough!”

Pushing through the shrubbery came a beautiful white horse, the likes of which I’d only ever seen once before.  The man riding it was every bit as fancy in his pristine suit, ruffled shirt, and fedora.

“He killed Satan, Mr. De Lancey.”

“I can see that.”  His soft, southern drawl silenced Cobb in a way his shout hadn’t.  Behind De Lancey, another man followed, holding the two surviving, snarling dogs in check.  Over his shoulder, the man on the horse murmured, “Take them home, Bates.  We don’t need them now.”

That still left two men with guns, but my blood was up, and I needed answers.  “You set those dogs on this man?”

With slippery ease, De Lancey dismounted.  “I think we’ve gotten off on the wrong foot.  I’m Preston De Lancey the Third.”

He held out his hand encased in an expensive glove worn more for show than work.  Three days on the road and overdue a wash and a shave, I wasn’t any spring flower, but I took his hand.  “Joe Cartwright.”

“I should explain that Enoch here works for me.  I’m afraid we caught him stealing, but before I could hand him over to the sheriff, he ran.  You must agree, I cannot let a worker get away with theft?”

“Catching a thief’s one thing, but letting dogs tear him apart?”

“Cobb is my foreman.  He can sometimes be a trifle overzealous.”

My glance at the foreman let him know I thought that was an understatement.  But we had an injured man, and I needed to make that a priority.

“He needs a doctor.  How far’s the next town?”

“There’s no need for that.  You’re on my estate, and my house is much closer.”

A hand closed around my ankle and squeezed.  I got the message.  “His wounds are pretty bad.  I can take him straight to the doctor.  One of your men could come and see the sheriff.”

“I’ve already sent for the sheriff.  I can easily do the same for the doctor.  However, I can assure you, Mr. Cartwright, that my staff are well-trained in looking after injuries.  He’ll be taken care of, believe me.”  When I hesitated, he added,  “Why don’t you come?  We can see this whole mess resolved, and I can offer you some fine brandy into the bargain.”

Enoch’s face let me know how he felt.  But what thief would be happy to be caught, and I couldn’t ignore the blood seeping into the scrub beneath him.  He needed attention.  I nodded.  “If you help him onto my horse—”

“My men have horses.  One of them can take him.”

Enoch’s moan when I helped him up mixed pain with despair.  I tried to reassure him as I handed him over to be carried away.  The whole time, the man never looked anyone in the eye.  Had I made a mistake?  I hoped not.

The ride back to the house took over an hour.  Coming out of the woodland, we first rode past fields filled with golden wheat, rippling like a wave in the light breeze that helped relieve the heat.  Fields of barley, oats, and corn followed. 

I kept an eye on Enoch.  He slumped behind the man he rode with, defeat showing in every part of him.  Whatever his fear of being turned over to the sheriff, a few weeks in jail was a hell of a lot better than dogs tearing you apart.  I glanced at Cobb leaning back in his saddle with a smirk on his face.  What kind of man turned killer dogs loose on a thief?  When he arrived, I’d be sure to let the sheriff know he’d done that.

The warm scent of citrus hit me before I saw the patchwork of groves.  Orange and lemon trees dripping with bulbous fruit ripening in the sun.  Around them, workers toiled with hoes, clearing the irrigation lines that carried the life-giving water.  Men, women, and even children scraped away.  Barefoot, the women wore bright headcloths, while the men had fashioned hats from straw.  All of them were colored, like Enoch.  When we passed, I caught some of their gazes flicking our way, but no one paused in their work to watch or ask after the injured man.  I turned in my saddle to get a better view of the only white man standing at the edge of one of the groves.  Arms crossed and booted feet planted wide apart, he stood and watched the workers.  I didn’t miss the whip hanging from his belt.

Cobb’s words about Enoch belonging to De Lancey came back to me.  A shiver ran up my spine.  I’d seen sketches of the plantations in the South, and what I saw here had that same look.  I wasn’t naive.  California might have always been a free state, but I knew forms of slavery existed, although mainly among the Chinese.  But the Civil War ended slavery for good.  To see it here, now, was impossible.  Turning my head, I caught De Lancey’s gaze on me, watching my reactions, weighing me up.  If Hoss were here, he’d be complaining his thumbs were itching.  

To cover my interest, I pointed to the nearest tree.  I’d never seen its strange green fruit before.  “What’re they?”

“Avocados.  Something new.  I planted them when I first arrived here.”

“Never heard of them.”

“You will.”

Hills rose behind the orange groves.  Again, men and women dotted the landscape, clearing the irrigation channels, but I recognized the low shrubs growing in long rows in the warm sunshine.  “A vineyard?  You make wine here?”

De Lancey gave me a surprised look.  “I do indeed.  I even have my own label.”  I bet he did.  “What do you think of my estate?”

“You’ve got quite a kingdom here.”  A term I’d heard leveled at the Ponderosa more than once, it felt grand enough to satisfy even the man next to me.  From his expression, I knew I’d hit the mark.

“That’s exactly what the valley is.  A thousand acres of my personal kingdom.  That’s why I named it The Kingdom.”

The fields and groves gave way to paddocks.  Horses and cows milled about, and in one, a small sheep herd gathered under the shade of a sprawling oak tree.  Barns and the bunkhouse followed next, and then the house, white and elegant, flanked by stately milkwood trees.  Two stories of slatted wood ringed by a balcony at the front recreated the Southern plantation house I’d seen in those sketches. 

We rode up the drive toward the lawn laid in front of the house.  I’d never seen grass like it.  Short, lush, and perfect.  This wasn’t here to feed cattle, only to look pretty.  What a waste.  On one side of the house, nestled a garden of flowers and shrubs.  Women were busy watering the plants that would otherwise struggle to survive, and by the pump where they drew the water, a group of small children played in the puddles.  The joy on their little faces as they toddled barefoot, splashing about, made me smile.

When we reached the white wood steps up to the double front doors, they were swept open, and a servant in a neat suit stepped out to greet De Lancey.  Another appeared around the side of the house and stood ready to take his horse.

The salt and pepper head of hair bobbed as the servant bowed.  “Welcome back, Master Preston.”

De Lancey didn’t acknowledge the man.  Instead, he spoke to the men still carrying Enoch.  “Take him to my study.” 

As they carried him past the servant, his eyes flashed to the injured man, but his calm expression didn’t alter.  He took the gloves and hat that De Lancey stripped off.  “You found Enoch, Master Preston.”

It was a statement rather than a question, but De Lancey answered.  “Did you think I wouldn’t?”

“No, Sir.  You always do what you sets out to.”

Instead of entering the house, De Lancey strolled toward the playing children and the women.  I watched him speak to one and pat the heads of the other kids.  From his inside jacket pocket, he pulled out a piece of paper and then picked up a stick.  I tilted my head, fascinated as he formed a little boat and mast and set it in one of the puddles, laughing at the delight on the kids’ faces.  But we had an injured man.

“Mr. De Lancey.  The doctor?”

 “Yes, of course.  We can’t neglect Enoch.  This way, Mr. Cartwright.”  As we walked past the servant, De Lancey added, “We’ll want brandy.”

I followed him through the double doors into a broad hallway.  A staircase lay directly in front, and doors faced the hall on either side.  One door inched open, revealing a glimpse of a young, slim woman.  His wife?

“Preston?” 

De Lancey halted for a moment.  “Go back inside, Georgina.  This doesn’t concern you.”

She didn’t question him.  She didn’t say a word but stepped back and closed the door.  Entering his study, De Lancey went to sit behind the large, ornate desk that dominated the room before waving me to a padded armchair.  I ignored his offer.  Enoch had been dumped on a hard-backed chair.  I thought he should be in bed, being taken care of, and said so. 

“Don’t worry.  We’ll take care of him soon enough.”

From a cut crystal decanter set on a silver tray on top of a spindle-legged table less than three steps from the desk, Noah poured out the brandy.  After he set one at De Lancey’s side, the other was brought to me. 

“No, thanks.” 

Well-trained, he might be, but I caught the surprise in his eyes before he turned to replace the glass on the tray.  De Lancey shot me an impatient look and instructed Noah to leave. 

“Shall I take Enoch, Master Preston?  His bleeding is likely to mess up the chair.”

I’d stepped forward to help Enoch up but stopped when De Lancey snapped out, “No.”  He smiled at me and tempered his voice, “Not yet.  I need to talk with him first.”

With a bow, the older man withdrew.  The whole set-up felt wrong, and I was ready to hightail it out of there, but I wasn’t about to leave until I saw Enoch taken care of. 

For the first time, the poor wretch lifted his head, but it wasn’t to me he spoke.  “I’m no thief, Master, and you knows it.  I’s just tired of living as a slave.”

“What’s he talking about?”

De Lancey looked bored.  “Hadn’t you already guessed?  He’s my property.  I own him and every other slave in The Kingdom.”

My gut feeling had been right.  But I didn’t want to believe it.  “Are you crazy?  The war abolished slavery.”

De Lancey’s fist slammed on his desk, making the inkwell jump.  “Crazy!  No, Sir!  I am not.  My family has kept slaves for two hundred years.   What gave those Northern politicians the right to interfere with divine will?  Men who knew nothing about the South and how we lived.”

I stared into De Lancey’s grey eyes, lit with the fire of conviction.  Once, I might have agreed with him about their right to decide, but I’d long since realized the naivety of that belief.  “Because it’s wrong.”

“What makes you right and me wrong?  I bred them.  Fed them.  Housed them.  Taught them our Christian faith.  I’ve done far more than any man does for their livestock.”

“They’re human beings, not animals!”

De Lancey sat back in his chair and gazed at me like I had two heads.  “You really believe that, don’t you?”

Time to go.  Taking a step back, I drew my gun and covered the two men behind Enoch.  “I’m leaving, and I’m taking him with me.”

“No.  I don’t think you are.”

My lip curled at this fancy dude with his pomaded hair and frilled shirt.  “Who’s gonna stop me?  You?”

De Lancey smiled.  “Remember the children outside?  You take one step beyond that front door, and I’ll have my men shoot every last one.”

I froze.  What kind of man was this?  One minute, patting kids on the head, and the next, threatening to murder them as casually as ordering a beer.

“He’ll do it, Mister.  I knows him.  He means it.”

I believed Enoch.  “So, what now?”

“You hand that gun to Mr. Cobb and take a seat like I asked.”

I handed over my Colt and walked to a chair.

“Is that true what he says, Mister De Lancey?  Are we free?”  I stared at Enoch.  The beaten soul who’d shrunk into himself, head hanging low, vanished.  How he did it, hurting the way he was, I didn’t know, but he sat tall in his chair and looked De Lancey right in the eye.  “We ain’t slaves, no more?”

“What a thorn in my side you’ve been, Enoch.  Why could you never be content?  You should be grateful that I brought you with me from Claiborne.”

“No, Sir.  That I ain’t!”

Cobb slammed a fist into Enoch’s jaw.  “Shut your mouth!”

His split lip added more blood to his torn flesh, but none of that dented the defiance that shone through Enoch’s eyes.  Bit by bit, he rose, and his words rang with the fury of an Atlantic winter storm.  “I worked my whole life for you, but I don’t hav’ta do that no more.  I’s a free man.  Free!  You ain’t never sending me back to them fields.  I’d rather die!”

“Fair enough.”  A crack echoed through the room.  I jumped and spun to see De Lancey standing behind his desk.  In his outstretched hand was the dueling pistol he’d just fired.  Setting it down, he drew the white kerchief from his jacket pocket and wiped his hands.  “Remove him, Cobb.”

The foreman frowned and hitched his head toward me.  “What about him?”

“Did I ask for a discussion?”

“No, Sir.”

I watched them leave the room before turning back to the murderer before me.  “You going to kill me, too?”

“Of course not.  That would be murder.”

I pointed toward the door through which Enoch’s body had just been carried.  “And that wasn’t?”

“That?  That was disposing of property.”

My hands curled into fists.  “He was a free man.”

“Not under the laws of God and Georgia.”

“That won’t hold up in any court.”

“I am a proud Southerner, Sir.  I do not recognize your so-called Union or the laws under which it governs.  The North believes it has defeated the South.  We will never be defeated.  I will return to reclaim my heritage, until then I keep a piece of the South alive here in My Kingdom.”

This man was stuck in another place, another world, which I’d thought a bitter war had ended. I cut to the chase.  “Can I leave?”

Easing back into his expansive leather chair, De Lancey picked up the ornate silver paper knife on his desk.  He turned it between white hands, with nails that were even and polished like a woman’s.  Had he ever done a real day’s work in his life?  “Well, there is the little matter of the dog.”

“You want me to pay for the dog?”

“Do you have two hundred dollars?”

“Two hundred!  For a dog?”

“Satan was a valuable animal.”  He waved the nail file at me.  “Here’s what I’ll do.  I need workers, men in the fields.  I’ll let you work out that debt.  Once you’ve done that, you’ll be free to go.”

I could’ve told him I could pay for ten of his overpriced mutts.  I could’ve told him who I was—the son of the wealthiest rancher in Nevada—and what that meant.  But I didn’t.  To De Lancey, I was a drifter riding through with no one to miss me or ask questions.  And I knew his dirty secret.

As a witness, I’d earn a bullet in the head like Enoch and a fast track to a markerless grave.  But as a drifter, I’d buy what I needed — time to find a way out.  Either way, I wasn’t leaving. 

I’d seen that the slaves outnumbered their overseers.  Once they knew the truth, they’d want out every bit as much as I did.  For now, let him think he had a nobody on a rope. 

He smiled at my silence.  “Now we have that settled, there’s just one little matter to take care of.”

His desk had all the trappings a man like him would have.  Sitting next to his ornate ink well was a tiny silver bell.  He picked it up.  It tinkled, bringing back memories of another bell that summoned a servant. 

A girl, maybe fourteen years old, answered the call.  Wearing a bright headscarf, like the other women, her plain cotton dress was too large for her slender frame.  When she crossed the floor, you couldn’t help but notice her pronounced limp.  Stopping in front of the desk, head bowed, hands folded to her front, she asked, “What can I get you, Master?”

“Nothing, right now.  I want you to meet someone.  Joe, this is Jemima.”

I looked into the face of the confused young woman and smiled.  “Please to meet you, Jemima.”

“Yes, Sir,” was all she could think of to say.

“Thank you.  That will be all.”

She bobbed her head and left the room. 

“You saw the limp?”  I nodded.  “A broken leg.  The recovery left her one leg shorter than the other.  Fieldwork would be too difficult for her, so I keep her here in the house where she has work she can manage.  She’s a good girl and works hard.” 

I frowned.  Why was he telling me this?  His soft voice continued talking, the words chilling the blood in my veins.  “I wanted you to meet because her fate now lies in your hands.  If I hear the merest whisper that you’ve tried to tell any of my people about the war or anything else, I’ll hand her over to Cobb and the others.  And when they’ve finished, I’ll have Cobb gut her like a fish.”  De Lancey laced his fingers and leaned forward across his desk.  “And I’ll make you watch.  Is that clear?”

My hands clenched into fists.   “Crystal.”

When my host called for Cobb, the foreman appeared so fast he must’ve been hanging around outside the door.  “Joe will be joining our little family.  Teach him the rules.” 

Cobb hustled me out of my chair to the door.  When we reached it, De Lancey added.  “Cobb.  I need him fit to work tomorrow.  Understand?”

“Yessir.”

***

Chapter Two

Cobb led me from the big house toward the quarters, where the slaves lived in ramshackle huts hidden behind a wood that screened them from the house.  But before we reached them, the foreman veered off and pushed me into a small shack, and called in two other overseers.  De Lancey’s dogs looked friendlier than these two.  They had to know how corrupt this whole place was.  I’d get no help from them.

“Boss says we’re to teach Joe the rules.”

Pulling on gloves, they grinned at each other.  I guess I was today’s entertainment.  I had a choice.  Fight or stand there and take it.  I wasn’t about to waste the energy and take a heavier beating for pride’s sake.

Fists pounded in the rules like nails into a cage.
Obey without question.
Never look them in the eyes.
Never speak unless spoken to.
Never leave the property.

Cobb’s men knew their job.  I was down and hurting, but not so bad I couldn’t work the next day.  Not that I gave a damn about that.  Lesson over, they dumped me on my knees in another hut.

“This here’s Joe, boys.  Make him welcome.”  Cobb roared with laughter.  He was one funny guy.

The door slammed shut.  Two bunk beds were crammed into one end of the cabin, and at the other, a small table filled the space, around which my two new companions sat.

“Welcome to Paradise, friend.  You’re gonna love it here,” one sneered and thudded a booted foot on the table, which shook under the weight.

A pair of hands took my arms and helped me stand.   The young man helped me to one of the rickety chairs before pushing a battered tin cup into my hand.  I drank the water down in one.

“Thanks.”

“I’m Jess. That there is Floyd.”

I glanced from Jess to Floyd, surprised to see white men.  “How’d you two end up here?”

Floyd smirked, “Same way you did, I reckon.  What’d De Lancey catch you stealing?”  Jess ducked his head.  Seeing the move, Floyd laughed.  The loud, harsh sound set my teeth on edge.  “What’s the matter, kid?  It’s true, ain’t it?”

“How long have you been here?”

“Almost seven months.”

Shaken, I turned to Jess for his answer.  “Three or four months, I reckon.”  I wiped my bottom lip.  De Lancey really meant business.  “Floyd’s right.  They did catch me stealing.  I offered to work for a meal, but they kicked me out.  So, I snuck back and took some food.  I shouldn’t have done it.  I know that.”

I heard the shame in the kid’s voice.  On the Ponderosa, we never turned a hungry man away.  If we couldn’t offer him a job, at least he left with a full belly.  Reaching out, I placed a hand on his shoulder and squeezed it.  “Didn’t De Lancey send for the sheriff?”

Floyd snorted.  “Sure, I saw the sheriff.  De Lancey told him he wanted me to work off the theft, and he agreed.”

I glanced at Jess.  “Same.”

“If you’d gone before a judge, you would’ve gotten a fine or a couple of weeks in jail at most.”

“Don’t you think I know that?” Floyd snapped.

I pursed my lips.  “De Lancey has a neat way of getting new men.”

“So, what did you steal?”

I cut a look at Floyd.  “Nothing.  His dogs were attacking someone.  I shot one.”

Floyd whistled.  “I’m surprised you ain’t dead.”

“Guess I got lucky.  Unlike Enoch.”

“Who?”

I frowned.  After seven months, I thought he’d know most of the workers.  “The man I tried to help.  Cobb set the dogs on him when he escaped.”

Floyd dropped his leg to the floor and leaned forward.  “Wait a minute.  You mean, you got caught trying to save one of them darkies?”

“C’mon, Floyd.  Those dogs are trained meaner than wolves.  They’d rip a man apart bit by bit.  Anyone would’ve done what Joe did.”

“You sassing me, boy?”

Jess flinched and shrank back into his seat. I pushed my cup into the middle of the table between them. 

“It didn’t help Enoch.  De Lancey murdered him.”

“That darkie must’ve really pissed him off.  The high and mighty master needs all the slaves he can get.  He don’t waste one easy.”

“I guess we’re all slaves here.”

Floyd sat up.  “No, we ain’t!  I’m a prisoner.  Those darkies ain’t the same as us.”

I gaped at Floyd.  Even sitting in this crappy excuse for a cabin, a man could still set himself up above another. 

Jess shifted.  “They ain’t so bad.  They feed us, don’t they?”  In response to my look of inquiry, Jess continued, “The women make the food for everyone.  They bring it to us.”

“Yeah.  Should be here by now.  Where the heck are they?  I’m starvin’.”

“Maybe food’s not all they’re thinking about right now.”

Floyd eyeballed me.  Was he about to make something of it?  I wasn’t in any condition to take on the big lug, but I’d do my best.

A knock at the door broke the tension, and Jess jumped up to answer.

Two women in plain dresses and those distinctive headcloths came in.  One carried a tray of dishes, and the other held a bundle in her hand.  I shuffled over to the bunk to give them room. 

“ ‘Bout time.  A man could die of hunger ‘round here.”

Ignoring the idiot, the woman began to set the food on the table under Jess’s and Floyd’s watchful, eager gazes.  The other approached me and unwrapped her bundle.  She handed me the tin cup filled with a thick, grainy, moist paste.

“We heard Master got hisself a new man.  This’ll help with the bruises.”

I sniffed the concoction.  It didn’t smell too bad, kinda like grass.  I’d had worse from Hoss.  “Thanks.  What is it?”

“Yarrow, sage, and poppy mixed in with some corn flour.”

“I appreciate it.  I’m Joe.”

Taken aback by my expectant look, she took a moment to answer.  “Esther.”

“Pleased to meet you, Esther.”  I glanced at Floyd and Jess.  Tucking into the food, they weren’t paying any attention to us.  “I’m sorry about Enoch.”

Frozen to the spot, she blinked at me.  Were my words such a surprise?  The other woman touched her on the arm, and Esther moved.  “Apply the salve morning and night.”

The tantalizing smell of the food called to me, and I set the mug aside.  My bruises could wait.

***

Chapter Three

It wasn’t the thin, lumpy mattress, the airless shack, or the pain radiating from my aching muscles that kept me awake.  My mind refused to shut down.  Four weeks had slipped by, and I was no nearer escape.  My trip to Cole Baxter’s to buy the breeding herd of Aberdeen Angus, Pa had his heart set on, seemed like a year ago.  How did I let myself get caught up in De Lancey’s web?  But when I’d heard Enochs’ screams and turned Cooch off the road, I never would’ve thought I was riding into a place like this.  That stopping to help a man in trouble could derail my entire life.

Ever since that first day, I’d looked for a way to escape.  I’d found out the nearest town was Chadstone, and it was within a day’s wagon ride. But that didn’t help me with the problem of how to get there, convince the sheriff about De Lancey’s dirty operation, and get him back with enough men to arrest everyone before De Lancey could carry through on his threats.  So far, I pulled a big, fat blank on a solution. 

Shifting on my bunk, I thought back to that first night.  The pounding I’d received kept me awake until daylight fought its way through the small, grubby window of our cabin.  That first morning felt like a lifetime ago, yet every detail was clear as if it were yesterday. 

Dust motes danced in the light that eked in.  Floyd’s heavy breathing filled the room, and above me, Jess made no sound while he’d lain awake for the last twenty minutes.  Was he thinking of escape and home, too? 

Three taps on the door announced breakfast.  Groaning, I dragged myself to answer.  Esther laid out the meal, and as she left, I thanked her.

“What’s with you?  You don’t have to thank them darkies.”

My look let Floyd know what I thought about that remark.  I dug my spoon into the corn porridge and turned the thick glop over.  “No bacon and eggs?”

Missing my sarcasm, Jess replied, “The master don’t believe in feeding us too much meat.  He thinks it’ll make us difficult to handle.”

“He’s a real peach, ain’t he?”

Floyd’s harsh laugh bellowed out.  I was glad I amused the man. 

We’d finished breakfast, and I’d just had time to reapply Esther’s salve when a clanging rang out.  It was the bell summoning all the slaves to work, and a sound I’d hear every day from then on.

At the door, Floyd looked back.  “You have any problems, Joe, just let me know, and I’ll sort ‘em for you.”

“Thanks.”  Maybe I’d been wrong, and this man wasn’t so bad after all.  Jess’s hand on my arm held me back until Floyd had left.

“Word of warning.  Don’t trust Floyd.  He’d sell out his grandma for extra privileges.”

“He do that to you?”

Jess shrugged.  “I told him that I’d broken my sickle.  Asked if he could help me fix it.  I earned a whupping, and he got steak.”

“I’ll remember that.  Thanks.”

In a long line, we trudged out to the wheat fields to bring in the harvest.  Handed a thick ball of twine, I joined the others walking behind the men with sickles reaping the wheat.  Our job was to tie up the bundles they left.

The Kingdom didn’t have a mechanical reaper like we did on the Ponderosa.  But this man didn’t need expensive machinery.  De Lancey had free labor here to the tune of forty slaves.  A big chunk of any operation was paying the workforce.  No wonder the Southern plantations had made their owners rich. 

Hard work and heat were something I was used to, but asking for water not so much, and the overseers enjoyed the power of being able to refuse.  The sweat poured down me.  Slick hands made the twine wet.  By the end of the day, my fingers bled from where it’d cut into them.

When we reached our cabin, I asked Jess, “Do we have water to wash with?  I need to soak these hands.”

Jess handed me a bucket.  “There’s a well on the edge of the quarters.  D’you want me to show you?”

I told him I could find it and headed out the door. 

Jess steered me right.  There was the well, and beyond it lay a vegetable patch, which I later found out was where the slaves grew the food they ate. 

A line of women and children stood by, waiting their turn to fill buckets.  The light-hearted chatter dried up when I joined them, and the small groups that had formed fell apart.  They waited in silence.  I wasn’t trusted, but I couldn’t blame them.  Why should they think I was different from any other white man they’d known?

After I filled my bucket, I walked over to the nearest hut.  The man on the stool stopped his whittling as I approached.

“Could you point me in the direction of Esther’s place?”

“Down the end.  Two shacks in.”

“Thanks.”

Each of the cabins seemed to house at least five people or a family.  I wondered how they all fit into that small space.  When I reached the one I wanted, a man stepped out the door.  I recognized him as the reaper I’d followed all day, and he must’ve known me.

“What d’you want here?”

“I wanted to speak to Esther.”

For the first time, someone looked me in the eye, and it wasn’t friendly.  Drawing himself up to his full, impressive height, he stared down at me and asked, “Why?”

A small pair of hands reached from behind to push him to one side.  “Stop your nonsense.  You know this here’s the new man.”  Stepping out of her home, Esther smiled.  “What can I help you with?”

“I just wanted to thank you for the ointment you gave me.  It’s fixing me up fine.”

“I’m glad.”

“My name’s Joe.”

“Hello, Joe.  This is Isaac.”

“Pleased to meet you, Isaac.”  I held out my hand.  Everyone froze.  Boy, was I stupid.  They’d never had a white man’s hand held out to them in friendship before.  Withdrawing my hand, I wiped it down my pants.  “Sorry.  I should’ve thought.  It’s dirty.”

“You got cut up on the twine,” Isaac stated.

“Yeah.”  I lifted my bucket.  “I’m gonna soak them for a while.”

“You stand right there, now, y’hear?”  Esther darted back inside and reappeared with another battered cup.  “Rub this in.  It’ll snap those cuts shut real quick.”

“Thanks … again.”  I gave her another smile and left.

My thumbs circled the calluses on my fingertips.  Esther’s cream had done the trick, but so far, my plans for escape were going nowhere.

The relentless pattern of work was only broken on one day, and that was today, Sunday.  De Lancey was a man who believed in doing things right.  So, of course, the good Southern gentleman wouldn’t overlook the spiritual well-being of his people. 

We gathered together on the lawn in front of the big house and sat cross-legged to hear his tame preacher. 

Standing behind a podium, Preacher Larsen waved that damned bible of his and told the slaves how they were the descendants of Ham.  How, if they stayed obedient to their master, their souls would be saved, and they could enter Heaven.  This week’s service was the same as always, ending with De Lancey reciting his favorite verse from Ephesians 6:5:  ‘Slaves, obey your earthly masters with respect and fear, and with sincerity of heart, just as you would obey Christ.’

Listening to these God-fearing men, I wondered what Pa would think of this twisting of the sacred book to justify the enslavement of other human beings.  It made me sick to my stomach.

Behind the good reverend, comfortably seated in chairs, were Cobb and his henchman, and, in front, next to her husband, Mrs. De Lancey.  She graced us with her presence, tricked out in her Sunday best.  A large, brimmed bonnet shaded her face, and between her dainty, lace-gloved hands, she held a parasol to add further protection.  She had the perfect life.  A rich husband, money, and servants to do her every bidding.  Did she even consider the rows of blank faces in front of her to be people?

***

Chapter Four

Over the next two weeks, the monotonous grind of my existence changed.  Instead of twine, they handed me a sickle.  I’d been promoted to reaper!  Big deal. 

Shoving the cornbread into my mouth, I glared at my workmates.  They looked at ease, even happy.  Why not?  They didn’t know any different.  But I knew.  Hell!  They were lucky.

Tearing off my hat, I raked my fingers through my hair.  If Hoss were here, he’d kick my sorry, whining ass, and I’d deserve it. 

The women passed food to their men, who laughed with their kids.  Even here, love and family endured. No one deserved this life, and I’d be damned if I let it continue.

We all paused when the distant clang of the bell rang out.  Break over.  Back to work.

As I was packing away the tools, Cobb marched up and shoved a bar of soap in my hand.  “After you’ve ate, wash up.  You’re going to the house tonight.”

Elbows deep in a bucket of water, I watched Floyd pace in front of the cabin.  “T’ain’t fair.  I ain’t never been asked to the house.  Why’d they pick you?”

“What’s it about, anyway?”

“You don’t know?”  I shrugged at Jess.  “You’re gonna wait on the master and the others at dinner.”

My eyebrows rose.  “What’s so great about that?”

“Leftovers.  That’s what.  I reckon them who wait get their fill.”

That would be something, but De Lancey didn’t seem the type to give a bone to a dog. 

Tossing the rough piece of towel down, I slipped my shirt back on and joined the little group waiting for me.  We trooped through the wood and approached the low buildings at the back of the house. 

Sitting on a bench reading in the little garden, I spotted Mrs. De Lancey.  She looked up as we approached, meeting my eyes.  Was she the reason for my being here?  I didn’t have time to consider the possibilities further.  We’d reached the house, and I was about to meet Noah.

The last time I’d stood before this man, I was a guest.  Now I was a slave, like him.  Only he wasn’t like the other slaves.  The oldest slave on the property, Noah, had authority, managing the household and overseeing the staff. 

As we filed down the hall next to the kitchen, he stopped me.  “You’re Joe?”

“Yeah, and you’re Noah.”

“Mr. Noah, under this roof.  Remember that.”  When I nodded, he continued, “Follow the others.  Find a uniform your size and get changed.”

“Uniform?”

“You ain’t serving Master Preston in those clothes.  Hurry now.”

Catching up with the other man, I found him changing into a black suit and white shirt.  I did the same.  Glancing in the mottled mirror, I frowned.  I looked like a fancy waiter from a fancy San Francisco restaurant.  On a table by the door lay the final touch to our outfits—a pair of white gloves. 

Noah was waiting in the hall for us.  The women joined us dressed in black frocks with white aprons.  Noah went along the line, checking that everyone looked neat and correct.  Stopping in front of me, he asked, “You ever wait at table before?”

“No, Sir.”

A gloved finger came up, and he shook his head.  “Mr. Noah.  Never, Sir.  Sir is for the bosses.  Understand?”

The whole situation was ridiculous.  Men and women who’d labored all day in the fields dolled up and presented like mannequins, but there was nothing to laugh at in Noah’s face.  “Yes, Mr. Noah.”

“You stay close to me and watch what the others do.  No serving tonight.  You just collect the plates.”

The kitchen lay on the ground floor, attached to the main building, but the dining room was on the first floor.  Carrying trays of plates, bowls, and covered dishes, we made our way up the back stairs. 

Even in his dining, De Lancey reenacted his Southern upbringing.  Vases of flowers, glowing candelabras, sparkling glass, and silverware covered the fine cotton tablecloth draped over the long table. 

After being instructed to stand behind a chair like the others, Noah announced dinner was served.  De Lancey, his wife, the preacher, and Cobb entered. 

This should’ve been an elegant, charming scene.  A family enjoying an excellent meal, bathed in soft candlelight.  But it was a grotesque farce between liars and the slaves they’d deceived.

That didn’t stop De Lancey from basking in the glow of the opulence.  Everything here belonged to him, and entitlement exuded from every pore.  He knew I was there.  Would he say something?  Rub in his position?  It didn’t seem so.  The only one he acknowledged was Noah.  The rest of us were like pieces of furniture.

Is that how those Southern plantation owners had done it?  Simply ignored the humanity of the people whose labors made their lives possible? 

I couldn’t strip that stupid uniform off my back fast enough, but I made sure to hang it up neatly.  Noah walked in.  Was it time for leftovers?   He let the other man go, so I guessed not.

“Do you think you’ll be able to do service tomorrow?”

“Sure.  I watched what they did.”  Noah was at least willing to talk to me, and I wanted to make the most of that.  When he turned to leave, I added, “Thanks.”

He stopped and looked back.  “For what?”

“For helping me.  I guess if I’d have messed up, I would’ve been in trouble.”

“If you’d messed up, Master Preston would’ve taken it out on everyone around that table.  That’s why I helped you.”

His contempt shook me.  Was I just another idiot like the others?  Did he think I’d been caught stealing?  Turned Enoch over to De Lancey?  Would he even believe me if I told him the truth?  “Thanks, anyway.”

I moved past him.  The others were already leaving, so I followed, keeping my distance.  They didn’t want any part of this white boy either.

***

Chapter Five

I couldn’t sleep.  Swinging upright, I sat on the edge of my bunk.  Maybe some fresh air would help? The coolness rolling over me felt good on my skin.  A circuit of the cabin seemed like a good idea, but when I rounded the corner, I ran smack into Mrs. De Lancey.

She caught her breath.  “Oh!” 

“Sorry, Ma’am.”  Stepping back, I ducked my head.

“Joe, isn’t it?”

“Yes, Ma’am.”

“I’m just bringing Esther some leftover material.”

Why was she telling me this?  Did she think I cared?  Still, it couldn’t hurt to make friends.  I smiled.  “That’s nice of you.”

“Everyone needs new clothes.”

“Sure.  And the master doesn’t mind you coming down here after dark?”

“Preston doesn’t know.”

“Your little secret?”  She bit her lip, and my smile widened.  “Don’t worry, it’s safe with me.”

Before I could say more, a dark presence loomed up next to me.  Isaac.  “Miss Georgina.”

“Hello, Isaac.  I’ve brought something for Esther,” she told him and held out the basket she carried.

I caught Isaac’s glare but didn’t move.  “I’ll take it, Miss Georgina.  You best be getting back.”

“Thank you, Isaac.  Goodnight.  Goodnight, Joe.”

“Ma’am.”

I watched her vanish into the trees of the woodland that screened the house from us, and then turned to my overprotective friend.  “That was unexpected.”

“You canst tell no one you saw her here.  You understand?”

“You can count on me.”

The whites of his eyes shone in the moonlight, showing how he stared.  I could hear his breathing and felt his bulk move closer.  What would Isaac do if he didn’t believe me?  My gut tightened, but he grunted.  “Good.”

When he walked away, I breathed out and rolled my eyes.  I looked back toward the woodland.  So Mrs. De Lancey liked to play the benefactress behind her husband’s back.  Did bringing scraps of cloth help to salve her conscience?

The searing temperatures climbed, but work never stopped.  Today, we had Cobb as overseer, and that was bad news.  Making us wait for water was his idea of fun.  The bile rose in my throat, watching the hands go up and seeing him shake his head.

“Get up!”  My head snapped around, hearing his bellow.  The woman behind me had collapsed.  Dropping my sickle, I ran to her and went down on one knee.  Cobb marched up.  “I said, get up!”

“She’s fainted.”

“She’s faking!”

When the bully’s size twelve boots connected with her thigh, I jumped up and put myself between them. 

“Let me get some water.  That’ll bring her round.”

“I’ll bring her around.”

My hand closed over his arm, stopping the move toward his whip.  “Don’t be a fool.  How will a beating get her on her feet?”

“Take your hand off me, boy!”

My eyes met Cobb’s.  The anger rose in my chest, and I curled my fingers into a fist, but then the soft thud of horses’ hooves caught my attention.  Stepping back, I broke my hold and looked around to see De Lancey riding up.

“What’s going on here, Cobb?”

“I got a lazy black and someone who don’t know his place.”

I swallowed the anger I couldn’t afford right now.  I needed to talk fast and get my story in before Cobb.  “She’s not lazy, Master.  She fainted.”

“She’s faking.”

To my surprise, De Lancey cut in, “Not Rachel.  She wouldn’t do that.  She’s a good worker.”

I saw my chance.  “What does Mr. Cobb expect when we’re denied water?  It makes no sense in this heat.  Thirst slows us all up.”

Cobb waved his hands down the field to the water barrels.  “We can’t afford the time having them walk to the water barrels and back every five minutes.”

“Then don’t have us do that.”

De Lancey’s eyes narrowed, and he leaned forward on his saddle horn toward me.  “What do you suggest?”

“Set up water patrols.  Give the kids a bucket and ladle.  They can take water to anyone who needs it.  We won’t have to leave the line to get a drink, and you don’t lose time or workers through passing out.”

De Lancey played with the reins in one hand and mulled over my suggestion.  “Why didn’t you think of that, Cobb?  Get it done.”  Turning his horse, De Lancey looked back over his shoulder.  “And give Rachel some water.” 

Cobb glared at me as his boss rode away.  His top lip curled as he forced the words out through clenched teeth.  “All right.  Get her the water.”  I’d made him look like a fool and gained an enemy.  

When he stomped away, I ran for the water.  During everything that happened, the work continued, but they’d expanded their spacing to cover the gap I’d left in the line, while others picked up Rachel’s slack.  They had their own ways of helping.

Already trying to get to her feet when I returned with the bucket, I urged Rachel back down and pressed the ladle into her hands. 

“It’s all right.  The master said you’re to have the water.”  Her hands shook, but she managed to drink it down.  Helping her to her feet, I asked, “You gonna be all right?”

Her nod gave me my answer.  I returned to my place and acknowledged the efforts of the men on either side with a quick two-finger salute.

The smiles when I joined the line at the well that evening lifted my spirit.

“Joe?”  I turned around to find Esther and Rachel looking up at me.  “This here is Rachel.”

“Yes, I know.  Hello again.”

The lady took my hand between her small ones.  “Thank you for helping me.”

“I was glad I could help.”

Esther asked, “Would you like to join us to eat before you go up to the big house?”

“Sure.”

“That’s decided then.  Take your water, and then c’mon right back.”

“Thanks.”

Depositing the bucket, I headed out the door.

“Where you goin’?” Floyd demanded.

“Esther’s invited me to eat with them.”

“What?  You gonna eat with them darkies ‘stead of us?”

“You bet.”

It was the best meal I’d enjoyed since arriving, and the evening got even better when they asked me to join them after returning from serving dinner.

Sitting among these good folks, I could almost forget I was a prisoner in this place.  Esther’s head rested on the big man’s shoulder, and I smiled at their closeness.

“How long have you two known each other?”

Isaac tilted his head, drawing the word out long and slow.  “Well … I remember the first time I saw Esther.  I was twenty years old, and she arrived with a new group the old master had just bought.  When I saw her, I thought she were about the prettiest thing I ever did see.  That were twelve years ago.”

Esther lifted her head to look up at Isaac.  “You noticed me that first day?  Took you long enough to do anything about it.”

“I’s naturally shy, woman, and you were so full of sass I’s too scared to say anything.”

I chuckled at the playful punch Esther gave him.  “How long have you been married?” 

The pair glanced at each other.  “We ain’t exactly married.  We ain’t never had no ceremony in a church before a preacher.  We just said our words before God.”

“Sounds married to me.”

Esther smiled, and Isaac leaned down to kiss her.  I bit my bottom lip.  What if I told them the truth?  Maybe, slowly, bit by bit, everyone could be let in on the secret.  Then we’d all work together to get out of here. 

“Have you never thought of a life outside this place?  Chadstone’s a day’s ride away.  If you escaped—”

“What good would that do?  So, we make it to town?  Ain’t no one gonna help runaways.  There’s laws against that.  And someone’s always ready to hand slaves in for the reward the master will give them.”

I ran a hand down my face.  Of course, Isaac wouldn’t know that those laws didn’t exist anymore.  “But if you could?”

“I’s seen what they did to runaways at the old plantation.  Locked them into spiked collars so they could never lie down to sleep.  One time, the master took a hot iron and branded a fella right into his cheek, and another who was screaming for mercy got his tongue cut out.”  Isaac’s arm tightened around his wife.  “You think I’d risk that happening to Esther or Zach?”

“No.”  I shook my head.  Of course, he wouldn’t risk his family.

A cry split the air, and Esther murmured, “Zach.”  Slipping out from Isaac’s embrace, she headed for their shack.

“Is he all right?” I asked.

Isaac nodded.  “The boy has nightmares.  He was there when Cobb beat Tobias to death.  It shouldn’t have happened.  But that man sure loves that whip, and he gots carried away.”

Carried away?  My God.  Is that what they called murder in places like this?  “Zach saw that?  Poor kid.”

“He’ll get over it.”

I looked at my new friend.  Brandings, mutilation, torture.  What in all Isaac’s years of slavery had he needed to get over?  “He’s your only child?”

In the light of the fire, sorrow crossed his face, and I kicked myself for asking the question.  “Esther were with child when the master brought us here.  That were a hard journey.  Crammed into wagons and then that ship.  Shackled together in the bowels of that beast for days at a time.  Never getting a glimpse of the sun or a whiff of God’s good, clean air.  It weren’t no wonder she lost the baby.  Been no sign of another since.”

Getting up, I laid a hand on Isaac’s shoulder and then returned to my hut.

***

Chapter Six

Cannoned into the wall, Cobb rammed the barrel of his rifle under my chin.  What the heck was going on?  Called out of the line, I’d followed Cobb into a barn, where two others grabbed me.  Pinned by Cobb’s rifle, I stared past the foreman when De Lancey strolled in.  Beside him, another man dragged little Jemima.

“I warned you what would happen if you talked to the others.”  De Lancey signalled the man holding Jemima, who waved her like bait on a hook.  “You have five seconds to convince me why I shouldn’t give her to Cobb.”

Tears streamed down the girl’s face.  The only thing keeping the terrified child upright was the brute holding her. 

“I ate with them.  That’s all.”

Cobb rammed the rifle tighter, digging the metal into my flesh.  “Liar!  Why would you wanna eat with them ni—?”

“Have you met Floyd?” I spat at him.

The laughter caused both Cobb and me to stare at De Lancey.  Head thrown back, amusement oozed from him.  “He does have us there, Cobb.” 

With a flick of his wrist, he dismissed the man holding Jemima.  Pulling out his kerchief, he placed a hand under the trembling girl’s chin.  Like a father tending to an injured child, he dabbed away her tears as if he were dealing with a scraped knee.  My skin crawled at his soft words, “There, there, don’t cry.  I’m sorry we scared you.  There’s nothing to fear.  Off you go.  Back to work now.”

Her foot dragging in the dirt, Jemima limped away as fast as she could.  She knew what De Lancey was, and so did I.

The foreman released me.  I rubbed my neck, easing out the soreness.

“Very well, Joe.  This time, I believe you.  But don’t give me any cause to doubt you again.”

I wanted to rip that smooth, southern drawl right out of him, but I kept my eyes down and nodded.  “Yes, Master.”

The butt of Cobb’s rifle buried into my belly.  My knees hit the floor as sparks danced before me.  Planting one palm on the ground and another on my stomach, I fought to draw in air.  That soft drawl whispered into my ear.  “Just making my point.  You understand.”

I hoped my nods were enough of an answer.  When De Lancey left the barn, I figured they were.  Whatever happened, I couldn’t risk saying a word to the others.  I was all alone. 

How the heck had De Lancey known I’d eaten with the others?  I’d not seen any sign of Cobb’s men near the quarters.  I couldn’t figure out the puzzle until I walked into our hut.

From his usual position with his feet up at the table, Floyd grinned.  He pulled a napkin from his pocket and revealed a slab of beefsteak.  “Guess you’ll think twice before you eat with them darkies again.” 

He was wrong.  I didn’t think.  Instinct drove me.  Flying across the room, my hands wrapped around his throat, and I pushed.  The chair toppled, slamming Floyd into the dirt floor.  My fingers squeezed, and I stared into eyes bulging wide with shock.  “You son-of-a-bitch!  You do that again.  I’ll kill you.”

Easing back my grip, Floyd gathered himself and slapped my hands aside.  “No, you won’t.  You ain’t no murderer.”

I leaned in close.  “Don’t test me.” 

Jess followed me out the door.  Behind us, Floyd cursed up a blue streak.

I gave the steak to Esther. 

***

Chapter Seven

I was happy to be making friends.  Joining them around the campfire and listening to them laugh, sing, and tell stories made my days bearable.  Good people who’d known only slavery and cruelty, I’d seen proof of that on the men’s backs.  Most of the scars were thin and fading, but the sight of Isaac’s ugly, thick, raised marks made me flinch.

They had no idea things could be different, that they were free men and women with the right to leave here and choose their own path.  Keeping my mouth shut was hard, too bad.  That was the price to get everyone out safe. But I was curious.

Our little group arriving back from the big house was the signal for the mothers to put the kids to bed.  Easing down in front of the fire, I watched Esther gather up her son.  When they left, I decided to satisfy my curiosity. 

“Isaac, when did you all get here?”

“Let’s see.”  His gaze lingered on his family returning to their hut.  “Zachery was almost two years old when we left the old plantation.  So, that’d make it seven years ago.”

Perfect timing for De Lancey, right before the war broke out.

“Did the master sell his plantation in Georgia?”

“Sell Claiborne?  Never.  Been in their family for more’n two hundred years.  He’d never part with that.  This here’s new land he bought, and he picked fifty of us to come and work it.”

“Fifty?  I hadn’t counted that many.”

“We lost some on the journey.  Some died here.  We’re all working hard as we can, but we can hardly get the work done, and the master, he ain’t bought a new slave since we arrived.” 

Of course not.  I began to understand why De Lancey kept Floyd, Jess, and me.  It would’ve been safer to kill us, but he needed men in the fields more. 

Isaac wasn’t wrong.  We worked twelve to thirteen hours a day.  The only break was attending those Sunday morning services, but De Lancey had us back out in the fields in the afternoon.  His religious observance didn’t extend to a day of rest.

Two years after the war, why was De Lancey still here?  The man must’ve known his life was a fantasy that couldn’t go on forever, but I sure wasn’t seeing any sign of that reality setting in.

My idea to bribe an overseer, I abandoned after narrowly dodging a beating when I tried to sound one out.  De Lancey’s men enjoyed the positions of power they held.  They weren’t about to spoil the sweet deal they had going.

My plans stuck, I faced another evening serving delicious meat to these bastards, and my temper was slipping from my control.  Serving De Lancey his plate, it took all my self-control not to dump the food in his lap.

The meal was almost over.  De Lancey and Cobb were discussing the start of the grape harvest.  In a pause in their conversation, Mrs. De Lancey spoke up, “Preston, I thought I might ask Cook to make Chicken Fricassee for dinner tomorrow.  I know it’s your favorite.  Would you like that?”

With studied emphasis, De Lancey dabbed his mouth with his napkin and set it down before turning to his wife.  “Why do you do that?  Why do you always insist on bothering me with your stupid questions?”

“But …  I …  I only wished to please you.”

“Please me?  You?  You want to please me?”

De Lancey rose from his seat and, with slow deliberation, walked around the table toward his wife.  Her eyes widened, filling with dread as he covered the distance to her.  Reaching her side, he leaned forward and stared into her face.  She dropped her gaze and turned away.  I didn’t blame her.

“If you really wanted to please me, you’d give me an heir.  Do you understand?  Get pregnant and give me a son, you stupid bitch!”

Eyes squeezed shut, tears escaped from under her lashes.  De Lancey straightened up, returned to his seat, and resumed his conversation. 

Noah started us clearing the dishes.  Everyone carried on as if nothing had happened.  So this wasn’t the first time De Lancey had publicly shamed his wife. 

No one was looking, and I took my chance.  Under the cover of taking her plate, I laid a hand over hers.  She started and glanced up.  But she didn’t give me away.

My mind was far away from the stories being told in the quarters that night.  I’d got the break I needed.  The happy marriage had cracked a mile wide, and I’d found De Lancey’s vulnerable underbelly. 

The twig I held snapped between my fingers.  I tossed it away and excused myself.  The good company and warmth that surrounded me weren’t something I could handle right then.  I tramped back to my shack.  My only question.  Could I go through with my plan?

***

Chapter Eight

When I headed out the door to join the others for breakfast, Jess stopped me.  “Could I … I mean… d’you think anyone would mind if I came along?”

Slapping him on the shoulder, I told him he was welcome.  I looked at my other roommate, hunched over the little table.  Why not give the man a chance?  “C’mon, Floyd.  You don’t wanna eat alone?”

“I ain’t joining them.  Leave me be.”

If Floyd preferred to be a loner, I was fine with that.  But Jess wasn’t like him.  His nervousness soon faded under the warm welcome.  I hadn’t seen the kid look that happy since I got here, and he almost had a spring in his step when we marched out to the vineyards.

I’d helped out a few times over at the Rossi’s place, so I knew my way around harvesting grapes.  But I didn’t get that job.  Within the oppressive heat of a large barn, women crushed the grapes with wooden blocks before loading the pomace into a press.  My fun job was to unload the crates of picked grapes and carry them in.  It was heavy, tedious work.  But I did get a glimpse of the corral and spotted Cooch, which brightened my day.

Carrying stacks of crates, I saw the barrels full of wine being rolled away to be aged.  Did any of De Lancey’s wine end up in the restaurants in Virginia City?  The thought I may have enjoyed some soured my stomach. 

Running a sleeve over my face, I left the barn and looked up to find Mrs. De Lancey standing beside the stacked crates I’d yet to bring in.  I dropped my gaze and asked, “Is there something you need, Ma’am?”

“Last night.  Why did you do that?  Squeeze my hand?”

I glanced around.  With the overseer busy inside the shed and the next wagon yet to rumble up, we were alone.  “It looked like you needed a friend.”

Her eyelashes flickered, but her gaze didn’t break.  “Are you my friend, Joe?”

“If you need one.”

“I heard what you did for Rachel.”  A noise from inside the barn startled her.  “I have to go.”

“I meant what I said.”

Looking back at me, she smiled.  In a flurry of yellow skirts, she disappeared behind the barn and was gone.  I grabbed up the next three crates and met the overseer in the doorway.  His complaining about the time I’d taken flowed over me like water.

***

Chapter Nine

June gave way to July.  I was used to the heat, but the way the drudgery began to feel normal scared me.  The Kingdom wasn’t my life, and I’d be damned if I’d let it become that.  In the beginning, I tried not to think of home.  I had enough to deal with without piling on what I’d lost.  But now, I needed to remember what De Lancey had stolen from me. 

Thinking about Pa and Hoss kept my fire for freedom alive.  I had a life I missed, and I couldn’t give up fighting to find a way out, just like I knew they wouldn’t give up looking for me.  I needed that memory to keep me moving forward with my plan.

Even as I brooded over my problems, I still noticed Esther’s absence at dinner time.  When I asked Isaac where she was, he told me one of the children was sick.

“Is it bad?”

“Infection has set into a wound, and Esther can’t get her fever down.  She’s real worried we’re gonna lose her.”

What could I say?  They didn’t have the benefit of someone like Doc Martin.  I’d seen the little graveyard behind the vegetable patch.  How many times had someone died from a simple infection or fever that the proper care could’ve cured? 

When Mrs. De Lancey appeared, I sprang up.  What was she doing here?  Bringing more cloth, she had no use for? 

Isaac protested, “Miss Georgina.  You shouldn’t risk coming here.”

“Nonsense.  I’ve brought medicine and bones to make broth.  Now, take me to Esther.”

Isaac did as he was told.  I followed along, hoping for—I didn’t know what, but it was all I could think of to do.  Esther let Mrs. De Lancey into the cabin and shut the door on our faces.  Exchanging a look, we headed back to the fire. 

The door opened, filling the area with warm light from the lantern burning inside.  Esther slipped out, followed by Mrs. De Lancey. 

“How is she?” I asked.

“She has a chance now.”  Esther handed me the empty basket.  “Joe, will you walk Miss Georgina back?”

“Sure.”  I lifted my hand to show the way.  “Shall we?”

Our steps were slow as we picked our way through the trees.  We stayed off the well-trodden path.  It was unlikely that anyone from the house would be wandering about, but we didn’t want to take any chances.

“How’d you manage to slip away?”

“Preston’s not here.  He and Cobb rode into town earlier.  They won’t be back until tomorrow.”

“So that’s why we weren’t needed to serve the meal tonight.”

“When Preston goes to town, I prefer to eat alone with a tray in my room.”

“You mean you don’t miss the preacher’s company and all that dressing up?”

She returned my smile and shook her head.  “Preston likes all that.  He says it’s important to keep our standards and traditions.”

“Traditions mean a lot to the master.”  I couldn’t keep the sarcasm from my voice, and when she shot me a startled look, I added, “Sorry.  I shouldn’t talk like that.”

“Yes, you should.  And, please, Joe, when it’s just you and me, don’t call him master.  His name is Preston.”

“Yes, Ma’am.”  I touched my forehead in a mock salute, and she giggled.  I liked the sound.  Warm and soft like honey.

“And that’s another thing.  If we’re going to be friends, you must call me Georgina.”

I stopped so I could look right into her eyes.  “We are friends, Georgina.”

Her smile lit up the dusk.  Taking her hand, I slipped it through my arm, and we walked on.

“Does Preston often go to town?”

“Every week, usually.  Lately, he’s been too busy.  He likes to visit the saloon, play cards, and—other things.”

I couldn’t let myself feel sorry for her.  Her life didn’t compare to what the rest of us endured day after day.  But I said none of that.  My goal was to keep her sweet.  So, instead, I told her I was sorry.

“Don’t feel sorry for me.  I make out.”

We’d reached the edge of the woods, and the grey shadow of the house towered before us.

“Thank you, Joe.  You’d better not come any further.”

She reached for the basket, but I held on.  In the deep shade of the oak tree, we gazed at each other.  “Anytime you need to talk, I’ll be taking a walk back there from now on.”

Even in the half-light, I could see the quickened rise and fall of her chest.  “I’ll remember that.” 

She stepped back and turned in a rush.  I let her go.  I watched her dash across the grass that slaves had to water and scythe to keep lush and neat.  Reaching the house, she tapped on the door.  It opened.  I couldn’t make out who let her in since the light from inside wasn’t enough to lift the shadows.  In an instant, the door closed.  So, she had someone helping her in the house as well.  Who could that be?  Jemima perhaps? 

I remained where I was, my gaze fixed on the deep shadows that now engulfed the doorway.  Georgina could’ve stayed in her ivory tower, ignoring the suffering around her.  Yet she didn’t, and despite her husband’s temper, she risked his anger by helping the people here.  Maybe there was more to her than I first realized.

***

Chapter Ten

Georgina’s laugh trilled.  “Oh, no.  I don’t believe it.”

Arms crossed, leaning against a tree, I let the smile play on my lips.  “It’s true.  Since that day, Hop Sing always kills two chickens for dinner.  One for us and one for Hoss.”

Our friendship had blossomed.  I entertained her, keeping her mind off her husband and their troubles, and she told me stories of her childhood, spent on her plantation.  An idyllic life surrounded by loving parents, three older sisters, and no knowledge that the people who took care of her were slaves.

“As I grew up, I started to understand.  But it was our way of life, and my father wasn’t like Preston and his father.  Papa cared about his slaves and was never cruel to them.”

Did every doting Southern daughter believe the same?  But my job was to get her on my side, not discuss the realities of slavery.  So, I told her I understood. 

The first time she’d come, I’d mentioned the scene at the dining table and how I hated seeing De Lancey treat her that way.

“I can’t blame Preston.  After almost eight years of marriage and no baby, he’s bound to be disappointed.”

“That doesn’t mean it’s your fault.” 

Georgina sighed.  “The one thing I do know is that Preston isn’t the problem.” 

I didn’t raise the subject again.  Instead, I kept her amused with silly stories of home, like the one that had her laughing now.

Shaking her head, Georgina shot me a look that told me she didn’t believe my tall tale.  We were in ‘our place’.  A private little clearing away from the house and the quarters, with a fallen tree that provided a handy seat that Georgina was using. 

“I think you must’ve been a horrid younger brother.”

I turned to let my back rest against the tree trunk and looked up at the sky, and the same stars that were shining down on Big Brother Hoss and Pa.  I hadn’t seen them for over two months.  I imagined they’d torn up half the territory looking for me by now.  “He never minded my teasing.  Hoss is the easiest-going man I know.”

“You must miss him.”  What the hell did she think?  The honest look of sorrow in her eyes doused the anger that sparked through me.  “It must be terrible, missing them.”

This show of sympathy was what I’d been waiting for.  “You could help me?”

“How?”

Crossing the space between us, I dropped on my knees and took her hands in mine.  “Next time you go to town, you could send a telegram to my pa.”

Her face crumpled.  “Oh, Joe.  I wish I could, but Preston hasn’t allowed me into town alone since ….” Her words petered off.

“Since what?”  Showing my impatience was a bad idea, but this was too important.

She drew a breath.  I could feel the despair in it.  “Since I went to see the sheriff and told him about what was happening here.”

“What?” It wasn’t a demand but a shocked whisper.

“I’m not a fool.  I knew California was always a free state, and Preston keeping slaves here was wrong.  But he talked about dispensations that the authorities had given him to bring and keep his slaves, so I wasn’t sure.  Then, the war ended, and all slaves were emancipated.  I thought, finally, they would be free.  I waited six months.  When I saw he had no intention of releasing anyone, I went to see Sheriff Tuttle.  I told him everything.  I begged him to talk to Preston.  Tell him to let everyone go.” She slid her hands from mine and got up. 

“You wouldn’t believe how excited I felt when he rode up to the house.  I thought, at last, the slavery here would end.  Only it didn’t.  Instead, I received a visit from my husband, who let me know how he felt about a wife who betrayed him.  Instead of gaining anyone’s freedom, I ruined any chance of getting it.”

I stayed on my knees, staring at the ground.  “The sheriff knows.”

“Oh, yes.  The sheriff, the judge.  I don’t know how many more.  Preston brings a great deal of wealth to the town.  Turning a blind eye to what goes on beneath the façade of The Kingdom is a small price to pay for the money in their pockets.”

I dragged myself upright onto legs that no longer felt steady.  My plans crashed around me.  But I should’ve known when Floyd and Jess told me about De Lancey’s agreement to have them work out their debts.  Only a crooked sheriff would agree to that.  What do I do now?  I had to think, but my thoughts couldn’t find their way through the chaos.  Squeezing my hands into fists, I dug my nails into my palms, trying to break through the numbness.  I focused on Georgina and forced my words out, “He hurt you?”

Georgina’s hand fluttered over her face as if touching old bruises.  “Nothing compared to what he does to the others.  But I can’t be trusted.  So, I’m no longer allowed into town alone or to ride out unaccompanied, and he reads all my correspondence.”

“I’m sorry.”

“So am I.  If I hadn’t been such a fool, I could help you now.”

A wall of silence rose between us.  I had to break it down or lose everything I’d gained with Georgina.  When I went to her, I saw the light of her tears in the moonlight.  With a quick movement, she wiped them away.  I placed my hands on her arms.  “Don’t worry.  It’ll be all right.”

“How?”

“I don’t know.  But friends stick together, and we’ll think of something.”  She smiled.  I pushed a wisp of stray hair back behind her ear.  “That’s better.”

It was getting late, so we walked back toward the house.  When we stopped and said goodnight, I added, “You weren’t a fool.  You couldn’t have known the sheriff was corrupt.  And you’re still helping where you can.  That’s bravery.

“No, it’s not.  If I were brave, I’d saddle a horse, ride to the next county, and tell anyone who would listen about what’s happening here.  But I’m scared he’ll catch me and hurt me again.  So, I bring silly baskets of medicine to salve my conscience.”

I caught her arm when she turned to run and yanked her back into mine.  I held tight, forcing her to look up at me.  “Listen to me.  Everyone’s scared.  I’m scared.  It’s easy to be brave when there’s no risk.  Doing something when there is takes guts.  You’ve got guts, and don’t you ever forget it.”

She shuddered in a breath, fighting her tears.  My instinct was to pull her close and hold her in my arms, but when she nodded and pulled back, I let her go to flit away into the dark.  Would she meet with me again?  Would it matter if she didn’t?  My plans were in ruins.  Chadstone and its sheriff were deep into De Lancey’s pockets.  What the hell do I do now?

***

Chapter Eleven

I squinted my eyes against the sunlight when I stepped out of our shack the following morning, but the day was grayer than any I’d known.  I didn’t take part in the usual conversation at breakfast, and when we tramped out to the avocado groves, the sun on my back did nothing to warm the cold pit in my stomach. 

Everyone was needed for this harvest.  The men scrambled up ladders into the trees to pick the bulbous green fruit, which they dropped onto sheets held by the women and transferred to crates for the children to carry to the wagons. 

Cobb pointed at the waiting wagon.  “Your first harvest, so you load the boxes.  Got it?”  My first harvest?  The idea that there could be another was a punch in the gut.  The club he always carried prodded me in the back.  “I said, got it?”

I gritted my teeth but managed to give him the answer he wanted.

Sweat ran like a river, sticking my shirt to my flesh.  We still had hours to go, and already, my back was radiating an ache that was spreading up my spine.  Each time I stopped to stretch, Cobb yelled for me to quit slacking.  I tried to ignore it all.  The pain that squeezed my body into the ground, the heat that sapped the oxygen from the air, and the strength from my muscles – and Cobb.  The son-of-a-bitch had been riding me ever since I’d embarrassed him in front of De Lancey over the water, and today he was taking every opportunity to make my life miserable. 

The bell sounded, and I was ready to head back.  A bucket of cool water from the well had my name on it, and a head-to-toe douse would feel good.  But Cobb had other ideas.

“You ain’t done yet, boy.”  I turned to the thorn in my flesh.  “Those water barrels are almost empty, and seeing as how everyone getting water is so important to you, you’re gonna refill them.”  I followed his finger to the end of the next field, where a pump was attached to an artisan well.  “You can tote these buckets and fill them barrels.  When you’ve done, you can go.”  The club pushed against my shoulder.  I rolled with it but didn’t step back.  “You be sure and fill ‘em to the brim now, y’hear.”

My fingers clamped around the rim of the thick, heavy oak bucket, wrapped with solid copper straps.  Perfect to stove in this bastard’s head.  I swung it back.  A hand grabbed my arm, snapping my head around.  Isaac stared down at me.

“You plan on doing more than putting water in that?”

I couldn’t meet his eyes.  What was I doing?  Isaac let me go and stood back.  The bucket dropped through limp fingers to the floor. 

Cobb had walked to his horse and mounted.  “No need to rush, boy.  You’re not needed at the house tonight.  Mr. De Lancey and me are heading to town for a beer.” 

With a laugh, he rode away.  That passing shot was meant to grind me down further, but instead, it shone a tiny glimmer of light into my day.  Tonight, I might see Georgina. 

The dousing felt every bit as good as I thought it would, and I was still dripping when I joined the others.  The minute I sat down, Esther pressed a plate of food into my hand.  Thanking her, I shoveled in a couple of mouthfuls before saying what I had to say to Isaac.  “I’m sorry.”

His bushy eyebrows rose toward his dark, curly hair.  “For what?”

“For earlier.  Losing control.”

“Don’t go thinking you’re special now.  We’ve all done the same.”  I stared at my friend, trying to understand how they managed not to give in to those instincts.  “How d’you stand it?  Not fighting back?”

Isaac ducked his head. “I did, once.  Back at the old plantation, before I met Martha.  I had a sister, Ruth. She were like a streak of lightning.  Fast, funny, and full of life.  But she were beautiful.”

The sorrow in his words made me ask, “I don’t understand.”

“Beauty’s a curse for a slave.  Attracts the wrong kind of attention.  Ruth caught the master’s eye.  He weren’t Master then, but he were still the master’s son, and if he wanted a slave, there weren’t no one to stop him.  But I tried.  I tried.”

“Those scars on your back?”

Isaac nodded.  “I got beat, and my sister got used.  Each time, that light inside her got dimmer and dimmer until it went out altogether.” 

“What happened to her?”

“He sold her.  She and the baby went as a pair.  She earned more money that way.  Proven breeding stock.”

The breath caught in my throat.  I understood his meaning.  De Lancey was the father.  He’d sold his own child.

“I’m sorry.”  How many times was I going to keep saying those useless words?  I tried to swallow my anger, but still, I blurted out, “A man shouldn’t stop fighting.”

Isaac looked me in the eye.  “Look around you, Joe.  What d’you see?”

Puzzled, I looked around. “The same as always.”

“The master were smart over which slaves to bring here.  He chose families.  You see Samuel there.”  I followed the nod of his head to the lad I’d noticed with an ugly wound where part of his ear was missing.  “That ear weren’t no accident.  I starts trouble, it ain’t me that gets punished.  It would be Zach or Esther.  We’re slaves, Joe, but we ain’t fools.”

A pit opened in my stomach.  De Lancey had it all worked out.  He played the same game on me.  The man kept control by relying on the two things he didn’t have to keep us in line — decency and love. 

But there was one person who’d flouted that.  The man who was responsible for my being here.  “What about Enoch?  How come he ran?”

Isaac drew a breath.  “A terrible fever run through here last winter.  Lots of us got sick.  The master didn’t wanna spend money on a doctor for us, leastways not ‘til we started dying.  Isaac’s little boy went first, and that’s when Miss Georgina convinced the master to speak to a doctor.  That doctor didn’t wanna treat no negroes.  He told Miss Georgina what to do and gave her some medicine, and she explained it all to Esther.  But we lost five more, including Isaac’s wife and his little girl.  He lost his whole family that winter.  He weren’t never the same after.

“He got whupped more’n I thought a man could stand.  It didn’t change nothing.  We all tried to help, but he wanted to get out of this place any way he could.  Even if that meant dying.” 

I’d known Enoch for too short a time, but I’d never forget the defiance he’d shown De Lancey.  If I had done things differently, could I have saved him? 

Isaac’s hand fell on my shoulder.  “We don’t blame him for the way he acted, and we don’t blame you for how he died.  You couldn’t have saved him, Joe, and that’s the plain, honest truth.”

I turned my head away from the firelight.  These people had suffered more than anybody I’d ever known, yet Isaac could still read the guilt in my face and have compassion enough to ease it.  “Thanks.”

***

Chapter Twelve

I couldn’t keep still.  The dry ground beneath my feet crunched with my back-and-forth progress.  Was Georgina coming?  The soft swish of skirts spun me around. 

“You’re here!” 

Her startled look at my over-eager words brought me up short.  Take it easy.  Don’t spook her now.

“Is there something wrong?”

“No.  The opposite.  Sit down and let me explain.”  I took her hand and led her over to the log.  Taking a long breath, I steadied myself.  “I’ve had an idea.  But I need your help.”

“Tell me.”

“You can’t send a wire to my father, but you could write a letter.”

“But I told you, Preston reads all my correspondence.  He would know I was writing to your father.”

“What if you were to receive a letter from a friend, telling you she’d gotten married and wanted to visit you?”

“Preston would never allow that.”

“Exactly.  So, you’d have to write back and tell your friend not to come.”

“That’s true.  But I have no such friends.”

“You could if I wrote the letter.  But I shall need paper, a pencil, and an old envelope addressed to you or Preston.  Could you get those?”

She pulled back from me.  Her fingertips rested on her lips while she thought.  Doubt rolled off her.  I stood and took a few steps away, keeping my back to her and my head down.

“It’s a lot to ask, I know.  If you’re too scared, I’ll understand.”  I was pushing, but I had no choice.

“No.  I can do it.  I’m tired of being afraid.  If I want things to change, I have to do something.  I’ll help you any way I can.” 

I wiped the smile that crossed my face before returning to her side.  Taking her hands in mine, I thanked her. 

Stretching out on my bunk, I linked my hands behind my head.  If all went well, we could be out of here within a month.  A qualm rippled through me about Georgina.  There was a chance Preston might see through the letter, and the consequences for both of us would be ugly.  But I couldn’t think about that, and after all, she’d benefit, too.  I closed my eyes.  Lake Tahoe drifted into view, and the scent of pine filled my nostrils.  My plan had to work.

~~~

“Is this enough?”

Taking the small bundle from Georgina, I grinned.  “You bet.”  I laid down the paper and pencil and turned over the envelope addressed to De Lancey.  It had been opened, but not so you couldn’t use it again.  “How’d you get it?”

“I had some help.”

She dropped her gaze.  Could it be Jemima?  Even if the girl cleaned De Lancey’s office, asking her to steal this stuff risked far worse punishment than anything Georgina would’ve faced.  I didn’t ask.  What was done was done, and there’d be nothing to gain by dwelling on it.  My goal was to get out of here, and I needed Georgina on board.  “You did great.”

Her radiant smile and the trust in her eyes poked the guilt I’d caged within me.  She showed me the circular mailing stamp.  “The place is blurred, but I’m afraid you can still make out the date.”

In the dim light, I couldn’t see.  “What does it say?”

“August twelve.” 

A jolt shot through me.  August already?  “What’s today?”

“August twenty-second.”

My thumb brushed over the faded ink.  So much lost time.  Soon, the fall roundup would begin, ready for the drive down to Sacramento.  It meant sleeping on rock-hard ground for two weeks, with nighttime temperatures that froze your butt.  But I’d give anything to be there this year. 

“Is it all right?” 

Georgina’s question broke my thoughts.  “Sure.”  There was no reason to worry her about the date.  After all, the chances of De Lancey looking that close were slim.

“I still don’t understand how I can write to a Cartwright?”

“You won’t be.  You’ll be writing to Mrs. Canaday.”

“Canaday?”

“Yep.  He’s one of our hands.  A good man and a friend.”

Her mouth formed a wordless ‘O’ before she said, “And if Preston does notice the date, I can suggest the letter was delayed.”

I couldn’t meet her eyes.  She’d spotted the danger, but that didn’t stop her from facing it head-on.  Pulling myself together, I smiled.  “You’re quite a lady.”

My stomach twisted when she blushed.  I was grateful when she got back to business.  “What do I say in my letter?”

I’d given this a lot of thought.  Using my nickname, Little Joe, risked Preston putting two and two together, but Candy had to catch on and take the letter to Pa.  Of course, there was a chance he’d toss a letter addressed to a wife he didn’t have without reading it, but our new hand had a strong streak of curiosity.  I was betting everything on that streak.  

Georgina’s eyes never left my face while I explained exactly what I needed her to say.  When I finished, she pursed her lips and nodded.  “I understand.  I can do it.”

“I know you can.”  Now I needed information for my letter.  There was every chance Preston would read it, and it had to be believable, but I’d no idea what women wrote about to each other. 

Georgina told me to talk about her friend’s ‘husband’ and where she lived.  “But you can keep that general.” 

“Thanks.  Are you sure you can mix the letter in with the mail?”

“Yes.  Don’t worry.”

“Good.  I’ll have it ready for next time.”

Standing, she straightened her shoulders.  “And when this is all over, you’ll be free.”

I took her hands.  “When this is all over, we all will.  I’ll make sure of that.”

After saying goodnight, I headed back to the shack.  I couldn’t risk Floyd finding the bundle, so I snagged a rag and wrapped it up before returning to our clearing and tucking it out of sight under a rock.  Tomorrow, I’d get to work on the letter. 

Entering the cabin, I made for my bunk.  Floyd looked up from the game he and Jess were playing with the grimy pack of cards he’d brought with him.  “How come you’re so happy?”

Shrugging, I excused, “It’s a nice night.  I can forget about this place when I’m outside.”

Floyd laid down his cards.  Jess groaned and slapped his down in defeat.  Gathering up the cards, Floyd grunted.  “Once I get outta here, I ain’t never thinking about this stinkin’ place again.”

I looked up from pulling off my boots.  “C’mon.  You don’t really think you’re getting out of here?”

“What d’you mean?” Floyd demanded.

“De Lancey’s not letting any of us go.  What if you went to the law?”

“Why would I do that?”

Rolling my eyes, I spelled it out.  “Because of the slaves.”

“I don’t care about them.”

My boot thudded to the floor.  “Maybe not.  But do you think he’ll take that chance?”

Floyd’s chair scraped back over the dirt floor.  Getting up, he marched to his bunk.  “I’ll find a way to convince him.  But I’m getting out of here.”

I shook my head and turned back to Jess.  The boy hadn’t said a word.  I might as well have punched the kid.  “Jess, look, I’m sorry.  I shouldn’t have blurted it out like that.”

“He really ain’t gonna let us go?”

“Don’t worry.  We’re getting out of here.”

“How’re you gonna do that?” Floyd chimed in.

Telling them the truth wasn’t an option, but I could give them hope.  “My family will be looking for me, and they won’t stop.  They knew the route I was taking home.  Sooner or later, they’ll get around to this place.”

Floyd hooted.  “You ain’t serious.  You can’t rely on others.  Hell, when my brother and me got sent to that orphanage, he didn’t give me a second thought when a couple wanted to adopt him and not both of us.”

“Maybe he didn’t have a choice.”

“Everyone has a choice.  I shoulda learned my lesson.  But I didn’t.  And look what happened?  I ended up here.”  Floyd rolled out of his bunk.  “I’m going for a piss.”

The door slammed shut.  I looked at Jess, who broke the silence.  “He told me about it once.  He and his partner panned for gold.  Did it for years.  They never found much.  Enough for grub, whiskey, and gear, but they didn’t mind.  Then up in the hills, they stumbled onto an untouched creek.  Floyd reckoned they panned over a thousand dollars in dust.  Said it was his chance to buy the little farm he’d always wanted.

“They were all packed set to head for the nearest assay office and cash in, but Floyd woke up the next morning to find his partner gone.  Took everything.  Gold, equipment, guns, horses.  All he left Floyd was a mule and a canteen.  That’s why he ended up here.  Hungry and desperate.”

I’d figured Floyd for an ignorant bully with a grudge against the world, but maybe he had his reasons.  “That’s tough, but what I said was true.  My family will find me, and then we’ll all get outta here.”

Conversation stopped when Floyd stomped back in.  Jess doused the candle, and I settled back on my bunk.  I’d found a way out.  The image of Georgina drifted across my mind.  I shifted, trying to get comfortable.  The plan would work, and she’d be free of a lousy marriage.  I closed my eyes and thrust the guilt away.

***

Chapter Thirteen

More impatient than a rider at the annual Virginia City race waiting for the starting gun, I couldn’t wait to scramble out of my suit and get back to start writing the letter.

I turned to see Noah.  My companion filed out in front of me, but when I moved to the door, Noah closed it.

“I want to speak with you.”  Great.  What had I done now?  “What’re you getting Miss Georgina into?”

I took a step back.  What did he know, or was he fishing for information?  “I don’t understand, Mr. Noah.”

“Don’t play dumb with me.  Miss Georgina told me all about your letter idea.”

I stared at the man.  Why would Georgina risk telling him?  Unless—  “It’s you!  You’re the one who lets her back in each night.  You got the envelope and paper.”

“I’ve been a friend to that child ever since I found her crying.  Brokenhearted.  Realizing what kind of man she’d married.  I’ve looked after her ever since, and I ain’t about to let you put her in danger.”

He moved toward me as he spoke.  Like Pa, Noah was still an imposing figure.  I squared up to him.  “I’m not going to do that.  Look, I know what kind of man he is—”

Noah’s fist closed around my shirt.  “No, you don’t.  I was born on the De Lancey estate.  Served Master Preston’s papa before him.  I’ve watched that man grow from a babe.  Getting meaner, year by year.  Seen him do things you wouldn’t believe.  What if he sees through your letter?  What d’you think that man would do if he found out his wife was plotting against him?”

I pushed his hand away.  “I can’t give any guarantees.  But if this works, everyone will get out of here.”

“How?”

Ducking my head, I walked away.  I needed to convince him.  I couldn’t risk Noah talking Georgina into backing out.    “That letter will bring my family.  Trust me, if this goes to plan, we’re all getting out of here.  Including Georgina.  She’ll be rid of De Lancey once he goes to prison.”

“You really think white folks will jail a white man ‘cause he didn’t free a few negros?”

I reached out and folded my hand around the back of a chair.  The smooth wood, firm under my touch, grounded me as I reeled from Noah’s words.  “You knew?”

“I ain’t stupid.  I can read.”

“How long?”

“Since the war ended.”

“You’ve known you were free all that time?”

“All that time?  Boy, those two years aren’t nothing.  I’ve lived twelve years knowing I should be a free man.”

“What?”

“Master Preston’s papa promised me my freedom.  Wrote it in his will.  The day after the old man passed away, Master Preston told me that ‘will’ didn’t mean nothing.  I were too good an asset to lose.  I’s used to waiting.”

“If you knew, why didn’t you tell the others?”

“An’ have them living with the truth like I do.”

“You could’ve broken out.”

“How many would’ve died?  And if we had?  We didn’t have money, food, no way to live.”

“I promise.  When we get out, I’ll see to it you get all the help you need.”

Noah’s eyes narrowed.  “I never pegged you for a liar.  But I could always be wrong.”

“I’m not lying.  Look, my family owns a ranch in Nevada.  Near Virginia City.  The Ponderosa.”  The skepticism in his eyes had me draw a breath.  “I was on my way home from a cattle buying trip when I got caught up in all this.  I guarantee they’re looking for me.  Once my pa knows where I am, he’ll come running with an army of our hands at his back.”

The gaze from those dark eyes bored into me.  I held it look for look.  He had to believe me.

“Tell me your plan.”

***

Chapter Fourteen

Hunched over that log, scribbling in the moonlight, it took me two evenings to write the letter.  In the end, I’d managed a pretty good job.  Wrapped in the rag, back in its hiding place, it waited, ready to hand over to Georgina.  All I needed was for Preston to take another trip to town! 

“Here’s another, Joe.”

Zach grinned as he lugged the crate in his arms.  That kid never stopped smiling.  I finished loading the boxes in my hands, returned the smile, and waved him in.  “Bring it over.”

Stepping on a loose rock, Zach’s foot rolled.  When he tumbled sideways, the crate dropped from his hands and hit the ground, shedding its contents to roll and scatter under the dozing horse.  Startled by the heavy fruit striking its hooves, the animal shied and yanked its ground tie free.  Running down the wagon, I grabbed the halter and steadied the horse before it had the chance to take off.

“You all right, Zach?”

“Yeah.”

The boy scrambled about on his knees, picking up the fruit and returning it to the box.  As I re-tied the horse, Cobb marched up.  The blow he delivered sent the boy sprawling. 

“You stupid brat.  That could’ve cost us the whole wagon load.”

With one shaking arm protecting himself, Zach continued to crawl about collecting the spilled crop.  “I’s sorry, Mr. Cobb.”

“You will be.”

Alarm rippled through me when he reached for Zach.  I needed to calm the bully down.  “No harm done, Mr. Cobb.” 

Cobb tossed Zach against the side of the wagon.  Shaking from head to toe, Zach repeated over and over that he was sorry.  Behind them, others were beginning to look up, wondering about the fuss.  Cobb stepped back to give himself room.  What was he gonna do, beat the boy for dropping a box? I moved around from the horse.  “Wait a minute.  I told you.  There’s no harm done.”

“Shut your mouth.” 

His hand went to his belt, but instead of the birch, he detached his whip.  With a flick of his wrist, the leather unfurled.  The tip snaked in the dirt, sending up a puff of dust.  “You can’t use that on the boy.”

“Stay out of this.”

Placing myself between the two, I put up my hands.  “You use that.  You’ll kill him.”

“Back off, or you’ll get it too!”

I took a step forward.  “You’re a coward, beating on a kid.  You got the guts to take on a man?”

Surprise crossed the man’s face.  He pointed at Zach.  “You wanna take that darkies’ punishment?”

“You heard me.”

A smile curved Cobb’s lips.  His eyes lit with anticipation.  Ever since that argument over the water, he’d been waiting for his chance, and I’d just handed myself to him on a plate. 

Over my shoulder, I glanced at Zach, clinging to the wagon.  “Get back to your pa.”  Feet thudded on dry earth.  When he’d gone, I pulled off my shirt.  No point in ruining that.  “Let’s get on with it.”

***

Chapter Fifteen

I was carried back to the quarters, that much I was sure of.  Who carried me, I didn’t know.  Isaac was the only one I heard.  Telling me that it wasn’t too bad, that I’d be all right.  I didn’t think I’d ever be all right again, but Isaac should know, shouldn’t he?  I’d never been whipped like he had.  Lain face down on a bed and watched my blood run in rivulets off my torn back onto a straw-stuffed mattress—until now.

Georgina’s voice shouting to Cobb echoed around my mind, taking me back to that wagon I’d clung to …

“What kind of fool tries to whip a child because he dropped a crate?  And if that wasn’t bad enough, you beat one of Preston’s best workers almost senseless.”

My fight to stay upright ended. Dropping to my knees, I rested my forehead against the worn wooden sides of the wagon.  I didn’t care what was going on, only that the damned leather no longer sliced my flesh. 

“She’s right.  You’re a fool.  I need every man in the field, and you’ve cost me days of work out of him.  Get him back to the quarters and taken care of.”

Voices opened my eyes.  The sweat dripping off my lashes blurred my vision.  Who was talking?  I tried to focus, but the voices kept slipping away.  Giving up, I let my gaze rest on the blood stains that were growing larger and beginning to pool together.

“Joe, I gotta clean your wounds.  I’ll be as quick as I can.”

The cloth touching my back sent my fingers wrapping around the rough wood of the bed frame beneath me.  Sinking teeth into the feeble pillow, I stuffed it into my mouth to muffle my cries.  The stench of the sweat-soaked fabric clogged the back of my throat.  Strung tighter than a bowstring, every muscle corded, and the wood of the frame cracked under the pressure of my clenched hands. 

“It’s over, Joe.  We’ve finished.”

Esther’s words filtered through the agony that burrowed into my back and refused to let go.  When the cup pressed against my lips, my mouth opened like a starving man to drink every last drop of the cool water.  Collapsing against the mattress, I pushed my fingers free of the frame, letting them hang.  Eventually, they’d uncurl by themselves. 

Sunlight tracked across a dirt floor I didn’t recognize.  The shadows lengthened, but there was no sign of Jess or Floyd.  There was only Esther taking care of me. 

The door opened.  I caught my breath when I saw that pretty yellow dress, and my heart began to pound when soft fingers brushed my forehead.  “I’m so sorry, Joe.  If only we’d arrived sooner.  But I’m here now.  I’ll stay and help Esther.”

“Don’t,” was all I managed to force out.  The scent of orange blossoms meant she was close.  I moistened my lips.  “Don’t risk staying … not … for me.”

Her cool palm rested on my cheek.  “You don’t have to worry.  Preston’s gone to town on business.”

I gave in, happy she was by my side.  It wouldn’t be for long.  I’d be up and around soon.  Smiling, I drifted off to sleep.

Pain racked through me, washing over me, and then dug so deep I thought I’d break.  My skin bubbled and melted off my back.  I cried out, writhing on my stomach. 

Her hand slipped into mine.  Dainty and soft, it held on tight, anchoring me to her strength.  I clung to it.  Feeling those fingers pressing into mine, my sweat dripping onto her skin.  When she let go, I wanted to scream just to touch her again.  But I fought the urge down and summoned my courage.  The pain wouldn’t last forever.  I could get through it.  I just had to hold on.  But in the deepest darkness of my agony, I reached out, and she was there, ready to hold me. 

I opened my eyes.  Bright morning sunshine flooded the room, and there was Georgina.

“Good.  You’re awake.  Can you sit up a little if I help you?”

I didn’t have the energy to protest, and besides, I’d do anything she asked of me.  The spoonful of soft, milky liquid she tipped down my throat tasted foul, but I didn’t complain.

When I’d drunk the water she’d given me, I mustered up the courage to tell her, “It’s morning.  You need to get back.”

“It’s all right.  No one will miss me for a while.”

I wanted to tell her to leave, but when she took my hand, I couldn’t.  Instead, I hung on like a fool and let her run those gentle fingers through my hair.  When she did finally slip away, it was all I could do not to bury my head in my pillow and weep.  Looking into her eyes that morning, my whole world had changed.  She was the woman I’d tried to charm and use.  In return, she’d given me trust, kindness, and bravery I didn’t deserve.  But I didn’t want her help anymore.  Now, all I wanted was her. 

***

Chapter Sixteen

“How’re you feeling this morning?” Isaac asked.

I managed to sit up in bed to eat breakfast, but that had cost me every ounce of energy.  “I think you know.” 

“Weak?”

“As a kitten.”  I adjusted my position and winced when a sore part caught on the pillow.  “I guess they’ll scar.”

Isaac pulled a face and picked up a small brown jar from the rough-hewn table against the wall.  “This’ll fix you up.”

“What is it?”

“Salve.  Snaps them cuts shut so fast they hardly have time to scar.”

“Didn’t help you any.”

The big man shrugged.  “I didn’t get to use it.  The old master had salt rubbed into my back as an example.  ‘Sides, you were lucky.  Mr. Cobb only got in five or six licks by the time Miss Georgina stopped him.”

“Five or six …?”  My back felt like it had been ripped apart, yet I’d taken less than half the strokes of a regular whipping.  I stared at Isaac.  This big, gentle man who never hurt a soul in his life.  “How did you stand it?”

Isaac dropped his gaze to the jar in his strong hands.  Had he ever been asked that question?  He lifted his eyes to meet mine.  “When you ain’t got no other choice, you finds a way.”

“I’m sorry.”

“Ain’t your fault.  You’re a good man, Joe.  The first white man I’ve met that is.  That means something.”  The kindness in his eyes was too much to bear.  Blinking, I looked away. 

Isaac popped the lid of the jar.  “Why don’t I put some on?”

Before he could begin, Esther opened the door and stopped.  “And what is you planning on doing with that?”

“I was gonna rub it into his back, woman.”

“Oh no, you ain’t.  Joe don’t need your great big clumsy hands on him.”

“I ain’t clumsy.  I was gonna rub it in gently like.”

Esther took the jar.  “You leave that to me.  Now, you go on—get!”

I grinned to see Isaac cower before his little wife, who barely came up to his shoulders.  He headed for the door, but not before he’d given me a wink.

Esther turned, and I wiped the grin off my face.  “Now, if you sit still and don’t fidget, I can get this done real quick.”

“Yes, ma’am.”

Drawing a breath, I relaxed my gritted teeth enough to ask, “How’s it looking back there?”

“Don’t you fret.  The swelling’s gone down, and the wounds are healing fine.”

“Thanks to you and Miss Georgina.  Do you know if she’ll be coming today?”

“No.  But I heard the Master got home last night in a real temper.  Seems his business didn’t go so well.”

My heart rate picked up.  De Lancey was a pig at the best of times.  “I hope she has the sense to stay away.”

“Don’t you worry none.  Miss Georgina’s a smart girl, and if she ain’t, Mr. Noah will keep an eye on her.”

I hoped that was true.  Esther’s fingers touched a raw point, and I jumped.  “Ouch!”

“Oh, hush!  If you want this back fixed, hold still.”

“How bad will the scarring be?”

She paused, and my stomach flipped.  “Can’t say yet.”

I understood.  Getting out of this hellhole won’t ever be enough.  I’d always carry part of it with me. 

The door to the cabin flung open, and Zach tumbled in.  “Mr. Cobb’s coming!”

“Get back home and stay out of sight, y’hear?”  When the boy scooted away, Esther turned to me.  “If he sees you like this, he’ll have you working this morning.  Lie down, shut your eyes, and stay quiet.  Let me do the talking.”  Settling back on my belly, Esther sprinkled water over my face and hair.  “Now remember.  Hush.”

Going to the door, she greeted Cobb. 

“How is he? Good to work?”

“Fever’s not broke yet, Mr. Cobb.” 

“It’s been three days!”

I heard boots thump across the packed dirt, and something hard prodded me in the side.  I let out a stifled moan for effect. 

“If he goes to the fields, Mr. Cobb, it’ll likely kill him.”

I heard the grind of the foreman’s teeth.  “I want him back to work in two days.  Got it?”

“Yessir.  Two days.”

The door slammed shut, and I opened my eyes and smiled at Esther.  “Thanks.”

***

Chapter Seventeen

We kept Esther’s promise, and two days later, I stepped out and joined the others.  Cobb watched me trudge by.  Let him smirk.  Those extra two days had given me the chance to start healing, and I was grateful for them. 

Esther had kept me in the cabin just in case Cobb made another surprise appearance, so the fresh air in my lungs made me happy, but my confinement had stopped me from getting to our clearing.  Tonight, I needed to tear up that letter!  No way was I going through with my plan.  I wouldn’t put Georgina at risk.  I’d find another way to get us out of here.

Hungrier than a bear by the time the final bell clanged, but instead of heading for a meal, I made for the clearing.  I pulled up the rock and froze.  An empty pit greeted me.

I snapped upright.  De Lancey had slunk off to town again, but would Georgina come?  Had the son-of-a-bitch taken out his foul mood on her?  Or, worse, did he have the letter?

When she appeared, I gasped in relief and ran toward her.  “Thank God, you’re all right.”

“Why wouldn’t I be?”

“The letter I wrote.  I hid it here, and it’s gone.  If Preston has it—”

“I have it.”

“What?  But how?”

“You talked about it.”  I scuffed my scalp.  I must’ve told her, but I didn’t remember.  “You kept repeating about the letter and a rock.  It wasn’t too hard to find.”

“You still have it?  You haven’t mixed it with the mail.”

“Not yet.  Preston’s business didn’t go well, and I thought it best to wait until he’s in a better mood.”

“Good.  Burn it.”  She blinked and stared at me.  “I mean it.”

“I don’t understand.”

“It’s too dangerous.  I was wrong to ask you.”

“But this is our way out.”

“No.  I won’t let you risk it.”

Georgina plumped down on the log.  “But we always knew there was a risk.”

“That was before.”

“Before what?”

My fingers raked my scalp.  I owed Georgina the truth, but everything important to me was at stake.  I sat beside her and took her hands. 

“I wasn’t honest with you.  When I became your friend, it was because I wanted you to help me escape.” 

The fingers in mine trembled.  “You lied?”

The breath I took shuddered in my chest, hearing the pain in her voice.  “I’m sorry.  But everything’s changed.  Just know, I’d never let anyone hurt you.”

“Except you.”  She stripped the warmth from me when she withdrew her hands. 

“Georgina—”  I followed when she moved away.  “I was wrong.  But I’m not lying now.”

“How can I believe anything you say?”

She turned her back.  I couldn’t let her go.  Risk her walking away from me forever.  Catching her arm, I spun her around to face me.  “Because I’m telling you the truth.”

Her tears thrust a knife through my chest.  “The truth, what truth?”

“I love you.” 

I crushed her slim frame to mine.  Burying my head in her hair, I told her I loved her again.  She didn’t respond.  I ruined everything.

Defeated, I moved away.  Hands on hips, I ducked my head and swallowed the lump in my throat.  “I don’t blame you.  Why should you believe me?  But destroy the letter.  I’ll find another way to get us out of here.  When I do, I’ll prove to you how much I love you.  Even if it takes the rest of my life.”

The sob that broke from her was too much.  I went to her.  “Please don’t ….”

Trembling hands wrapped around mine, and she smiled.  “I love you, too.”

I pulled her to me, closing my eyes against the tears that threatened to fall.  Her body melted into mine, and our arms encircled each other, making us one.  For the first time, I kissed her.  Not a demanding, hungry kiss of desire but a long, slow, gentle exchange of love. 

Returning to the log, we sat side by side in silence, content just to hold each other. 

“I need to get back.”

I sighed, but Georgina was right.  Walking her to the edge of the trees, I took her chin in my hand and kissed her again.  “Be sure and burn that letter.  I don’t wanna risk anyone finding it.”

Her fingers slipped through mine, and I watched her go.  A part of me went with her.  A part of me would always be with her.

***

Chapter Eighteen

I’d thrown away my best chance of getting out of here, but I didn’t care.  I’d find another way.  I had a family to get back to and a new life to start.  A life with Georgina by my side.  Pa and Hoss would love her, and I’d already picked out the spot where I’d build our house—

“What’s with the stupid grin?  That beatin’ mash your brain?”

I lifted my gaze to Floyd and swirled the water in my cup.  “Maybe I’m just appreciating being alive.”

He snorted and shoveled another spoonful of breakfast into his mouth.  But he was right.  I didn’t have time to daydream, not with a new plan to build from scratch.  Starting again wasn’t easy, but Pa taught us nothing worth having was, and I had all the incentive I needed to find another way out of here.

“Y’know, you were right.” 

I looked over my cup at Floyd.  “About what?”

“The kid.  I didn’t think Cobb was that much of a bastard.  You likely saved his life.”

“Thanks.  Look, why not eat with us?”

“I know what you’re trying to do, but I ain’t the same as them others, and I don’t aim to become like them.   So, quit asking.”

I caught the way Floyd’s hand shook when he picked up his cup.  It wasn’t prejudice, it was fear.  Plain, simple fear that kept him from joining the others.  Doing so would be admitting he was stuck here forever, like them.  Fear spread beneath this place like a disease.

When I entered the big house that evening, Noah stopped me.

“Master Preston has instructed you’re no longer needed.  You can return to the quarters.”

“What?  Why?”

Noah fixed me with a look.  “You don’t ask why.”

I ducked my head and cursed.  Forgetting basic rules was plain stupid.  “You’re right.  I’m sorry.”

“You’re lucky it were me and not Cobb.”  Noah checked the hallway was empty before continuing.  “You took a whupping you didn’t have to, and you weren’t even tied.  The more the master thought about it, the less he liked it.”

“I scare him.”

“An’ is that a place you wants to be?”  I bit my lip.  It wasn’t.  Noah opened the door.  “Now you just keep your head down and stay out of his way.  If it all works out, it won’t be for long.”

I turned in the doorway.  “If what works out?”  The look I received asked how dumb I was.  A thunderbolt of realization slammed me hard, and the words hissed through me, “She used the letter!”

“Isn’t that what you wanted?”

“I told her to destroy it.”

“Well, she sure didn’t listen.  The reply went this afternoon.”

“Why that little—”  I rocked back on my heels.  Wait ‘til I got my hands on her!  But that brave, incredible woman had pulled it off!  I grinned at Noah, slapped him on the arm, and strode away.

I’d worn a furrow in the ground by the time Georgina next walked into our little glade.  Tossing aside the stick I’d been destroying, I marched over and gave her a shake.  “I told you to burn the letter.  What were you thinking?”

Her chin went up.  “That the plan was too good to throw away.”

Those soft brown eyes blazed back at me, defiant and beautiful.  What could I do except love this woman?  Pulling her into my arms, I kissed the top of her head.  “Thank you,” I murmured.

Her cheek pressed into mine, and she whispered, “I’d walk into Hell for you.”

My lips found hers, and her hands moved up my back as mine tightened around her, drawing her closer.  I longed to feel her skin against mine.  Taste her flesh with my lips, and I cursed the fabric that kept us apart.

Her fingers wound around my neck, writhing through my hair.  Hot lips trailed across my cheek.  “Please, love me.” 

The words sent a thrill coursing through me.  They were an echo of my thoughts, but damn decency thrust its way between us.  It took everything I had, but I stepped back.  Her hands reached for mine.  I took them but stayed where I was. 

“When we get outta here.  I’m gonna take you home and marry you.   I’ll make love to you every day for the rest of our lives.  But that ring on your finger means something.  I can’t let you break those vows.” 

Her hands tightened around mine. “Why don’t you let me decide?”

“Georgina—”

“Do you think what I have is marriage?  It’s not.  I’m not a wife.  I’m an object.  I don’t owe Preston anything.  You’ve shown me more kindness than he ever has.  And as for love….”  She let the word hang in the air, raw and painful between us. 

“We’ll have that.  I promise.”

“I don’t want to miss my chance to be with you.”

Her tears sparkled in the moonlight.  I pulled her to me, crushing down my desire, and whispered the words, “You won’t.  I promise.  Everything will be all right.  We’ll get out of here, and you and I will never be apart.  Heck, I’ll spend so much time with you, you’ll be sick of me.”

Her gurgle of laughter broke on a sob.  I held her tight.  It hurt how much I wanted her.  But right was right, and I couldn’t make my love an adulteress.

I lay in my bunk, still feeling the touch of her lips and her hands on my back.  The idea that a married woman was untouchable, off limits, had been drummed into me.  But did it really matter?

Georgina didn’t have my ring on her finger.  But, so what?  She was mine in every way that mattered, and nothing could ever change that.  Or was I trying to give myself a reason to get what I wanted?   I didn’t have the answer.  But the longer we were together, the harder it would be to stick to a principle that was already crumbling at the edges. 

***

Chapter Nineteen

Even though I tried not to, I worked out how long it could be before Pa arrived.  It was a dumb waste of time since anything could delay him.  But it still lightened the load.

My thoughts were hard to control.  No matter what I was doing, they drifted in the same direction.  When I picked up a hoe, it was Georgina’s skin I felt under my fingertips.  I breathed in the scent of her perfume, while her laughter rang in my ears, and her words of longing filled my being, becoming a part of me.  The soil under my hoe split and broke apart just as my resolve did. 

I endured the long, lonely evening without seeing my love, although one thought haunted me.  Since De Lancey wasn’t in town, was he taking his pleasure with his wife?   My fingers curled at the thought of his touching her, and I tossed and turned all night, unable to rest.

The next day brought her to me riding through the groves by her husband’s side.  The man loved to survey his property.  When he stopped to talk to Cobb, I caught her eye.  Our look was a kiss. 

Cobb spotted a slave who’d stopped working for a moment.  Always looking to show off, the brute unfurled his whip.  “Get moving!”

The tip smacked the dry earth at the man’s feet to crack like a bullet.  Startled, Georgina’s horse reared.  Leaping across, I caught her as she fell, rolling away from the animal’s hooves.  I held her close, feeling her tremble within my arms.  God, I wanted to hold her forever, but instead, I helped her to her feet and then retrieved her bonnet.

“Are you all right, my dear?”

“Yes, thank you, Preston.”

De Lancey swung around in his saddle toward his foreman.  “For Heaven’s sake, Cobb, be more careful.  Mrs. De Lancey could’ve been killed.”

Cobb blustered and apologized while I brought the horse back.  My hand wrapped around the tooled leather of Georgina’s boot to hoist her into the saddle.  “Thank you, Joe.”

Once she’d settled, De Lancey drew his horse up alongside.  “Ready?”  When she nodded, he turned back to Cobb.  “Follow us back to the house.  We’re going into town tonight.”

I turned away and hauled in a breath.  My hands shook as I wiped the sweat from my top lip.  De Lancey was right.  In that instant, I could’ve lost everything before we’d even begun. 

~~~

Holding Georgina in my arms, I showered her face with kisses.  My lips pressed against her ear, and I murmured, “I was so scared.”

Her warm breath tickled my neck.  “I’m fine, thanks to you.”

My hug tightened.  Having her here and safe, I couldn’t bear to let her go.  “If anything had happened to you….”  Her body quivered against mine.  I took her face between my hands and lost myself in those beautiful eyes.  “I love you so much.”

She smiled and took a step back.  Her gaze never left mine, holding me still.  I waited for her to speak, but instead, her hands went to her blouse, and she undid the tiny top pearl button, slipping it through the little hole with ease.  The next followed, and the next, revealing her milky-white skin.  My chest rose and fell with the quickening of my breath. 

“Georgina—”

She put a finger on her lips as a signal from me to shush.  “Joe, we don’t know what’s going to happen.  But there’s one thing I do know.  I want to be with you.”

The blouse slipped down her arms and dropped to the floor.  Reaching behind, she undid the buttons of her skirt and stepped out.  It joined the other on the ground.  She wore no corset, only her chemise, petticoat, and pantaloons.  But here, she paused and waited.

She was leaving the decision up to me.  This time, it wasn’t hard to make.

I slipped my shirt over my head.  Stripped of our clothes, we stood alone and naked.  The moonlight reflected off her white skin in cool pools, illuminating the hair that flowed over her shoulders.  For a long moment, we gazed at each other, enjoying the view. 

Georgina was right.  Nobody’s promised tomorrow.  I drew her into my arms and made love to her like it was the last time.

***

Chapter Twenty

We lay side by side, facing each other.  I loved to look at her, seeing the soft glow in her eyes after our lovemaking.  My fingers caressed her cheek, and hers ran over my back.  Finding one of the scars, she followed its line.

“I hate that you’re out there in the fields at the mercy of Cobb and his men.”

“It’s not for much longer.”

“Maybe, if I speak to Preston—”

I clutched her arm.  “No.  You can’t risk that.”

“But, since I spoke up for him that awful day, he thinks I’m on his side.”

I couldn’t bring myself to ask what that meant.  Was he visiting her at night again?  It wasn’t a thought I could deal with.  “Listen.  You have to be careful.  Don’t forget what kind of man he is.” 

“I’m not afraid of him.”

“I am.”  She bit her lip, and her gaze dropped to the ground.  With the tips of two fingers, I lifted her chin so she’d look at me.  “I know how brave you are.  Don’t take any chances for me.  Promise?”

I leaned in and kissed her when she smiled.  The sweet taste flooded my senses, sending a warm glow through me.  Kissing her felt like the first time, each time.  My hand slid down her back.  Traces of sweat from our recent lovemaking met my fingertips.  Cupping her buttock, I pulled her closer, skin touching skin.  Excitement tightened my groin, and I deepened the kiss, happy to take us to ecstasy again.

~~~

After spending the morning clearing irrigation channels, I sat down to eat my lunch, but only managed one bite of my cornbread when a boy ran up and handed a note to the overseer.

“Joe!  Get over here.”  Hauling myself upright, I walked over to the man.  “Noah wants you up at the big house.  You’d better run, boy.”

I reached the back door, out of breath and dripping with sweat.  Why the heck did Noah need me?  Was something wrong?

Jemima answered my knock.  Smiling at me, she showed me to a door.  Noah sat behind a small desk, squeezed into the room.  A tiny, high window provided what little light made its way inside.  On a shelf behind him, nailed into the wall, were a line of battered books.  The title of the end one read ‘Robinson Crusoe’.  I didn’t have time to ponder the man’s literary taste since he waved me to the worn seat in front of the desk.  Perched on the edge of the chair, I waited. 

“When Master Preston arrived back from town this morning, one of Cobb’s men was waiting.  He had a tale to tell about seeing Miss Georgina wandering around in the grounds last night.”

“What?  Where is she?” 

Out of the chair, I headed for the door.  To hell with the risk!  If Georgina were in danger, I’d grab her right now and make a run for home.  Noah’s sharp words stopped me.

“You hold your horses.  Sit right back down there like I told you.”  Leaning back in his chair, he gave me a long, hard look.  The man reminded me of Pa and the unnerving way he had of looking right into you, cutting through the crap to what was underneath.  “I guess it’s true what she’s told me about you two.”

“I love her, if that’s what you mean.”

“Hmmm.  Well, I’ve never seen her this happy, so I guess there’s not much to say about that.”

“Is she all right?”

“She is.  When Master Preston started asking questions, she stood right up to him.  Told him she takes walks because it’s too hot in her room to sleep.  Asked him why she couldn’t do that without Cobb’s men spying on her.”

“What did he say to that?”

“He agreed with Miss Georgina.  He told Cobb to tell his men to mind their own business, and if they see Miss Georgina taking a walk, they’re to walk the other way.”

I smiled at the thought of my fearless, beautiful love.  Then I sobered.  “Why are you telling me this?”

Noah laced his fingers and leaned forward.  “She’s changed, an’ she ain’t afraid of the master no more, and she needs to be.  You gots to warn her.  Today, she were lucky.”

“I’ll take care of it.”

“Good.”  Noah stood.  “I had to have a reason to call you here.  I have a job for you.”

Handed a spade and some buckets of lime, I faced the worst job.  Digging the new and filling in the old outhouse hole.  Great!

I took Noah’s warning to heart.  I’d been stupid and selfish by continuing to meet Georgina.  It was a risk we didn’t need to take.  From now on, we’d stay away from each other.  But I’d have to tell her first.

Her body melded into mine, the perfect fit, like we were always meant to be together.  But tonight she held me tighter than before.

“I’m not afraid.”

“I know that.  But we have to be smart.” 

“It’ll be hard.”

I kissed her and pressed my cheek into her silken hair.  My chest ached, tightening my grip, at the thought of not seeing her.  “It won’t be for long.”  I pressed my forehead to hers.  The closeness of her unbearably sweet.  “Just a few more days.”

They would be the longest days of my life, but soon we’d be free. 

I picked the leaves out of her hair as we walked back to the edge of the woods.  “The next time I hold you, I’ll never let you go.”

~~~

The sweat blurred my vision, and I wiped it away to recheck the road.  The odds of Pa riding over that hill at that moment were about as likely as a bull growing wings, but it was all I could think about. 

When a boy brought the message, and the overseer turned to me, I fought to control my excitement. 

“You’re wanted at the house.”

Who cares what lousy job Noah might have waiting?  I’d dig a dozen new outhouse holes if it meant I could catch a glimpse of Georgina.

I reached the back door and stopped short.  Cobb leaned against the jamb with a smirk on his face.

“The boss wants to see you.”

***

Chapter Twenty-One

When Cobb’s fist slammed my jaw again, I almost toppled along with the chair they’d tied me to.  Spitting the blood from my mouth, I glared at De Lancey leaning against his desk.

“Ready to tell me the truth?”

“I’ve told you the truth.”  I jerked my head toward Floyd.  “He’s a liar!  He’d sell his mother out for a steak.  What did you offer him?”

De Lancey’s fingers tightened around the edges of his desk as he leaned against it.  “His freedom.”

I laughed.  “Hell.  He’d sell us all out for that.”

The man’s gaze traveled to Floyd, who shifted from one foot to the other.  “I ain’t lyin’!”

Floyd was beginning to look less and less convincing.  My chances grew.  All I had to do was keep talking. 

A tap came on the door.  De Lancey rose from his position.  “We’ll soon find out who’s telling the truth.”  Crossing the room, he opened the door.  “Come in, my dear, and take a seat.”

My stomach flipped when Georgina walked in, her eyes widened at the sight of me and the others.  “What’s this all about, Preston?”

“Come and sit down.  I’ll explain in a moment.”  Georgina’s gaze met mine, and I gave her a quick shake of the head.  I hoped she’d get the message to say nothing. 

“Here is my question.  This man tells me that you and Joe have had assignations behind my back.”

“I told you.  It’s a lie.”

My head rattled as Cobb’s smacked me again.  De Lancey smiled.  “Thank you, Cobb.  Now, Georgina, perhaps you can tell me.  Is what this man said true?”

Georgina gazed back at her husband.  Her eyes shone in the light that streamed in from the large windows, washing over her.  “No.”

A guttural sound escaped Floyd, but no one else moved or spoke. 

De Lancey smiled.  “Thank you, my dear, for clearing that up.  You can go.”  Georgina rose.  I tried to steady my breathing.  She’d done it and was safe.

“Although ….”  My stomach lurched as De Lancey spoke, and Georgina stopped and turned back.  “There is the little matter of your being seen in the grounds.  What were you really doing out there at night?”

“I told you.”

“Yes.  You told me a lie.  Now I want the truth.”

My poor girl.  Taken by surprise, the truth was written all over her face.  When she looked at me, tears swam in her eyes.  “I’m sorry, Joe.”

I wanted to tell her it was all right, but I needed to keep her safe.  That meant one more hand to play, and it had to look good. 

“Trust a woman to mess up.”  I turned from the shock in her eyes and faced De Lancey.  “You wanna know the truth?  You’ve got one lonely little lady there.  She was so desperate for a friend it was easy to make her think that was me.  I just wanted her to help me get out of this hellhole.

“Sure, we’d meet up.  You know what we did?  Talked about you.  All the time, she whined about how she wished you’d liked her more, how she wanted to help you, ‘til I was sick of hearing it.  And then, she told me all about how happy she was that you were getting along so well.”

“You expect me to believe that?”

“I’m still here, aren’t I?”

“And you don’t have feelings for her?”

“The lady of the big house?  Letting me slave out there in the heat and dust while she was waited on hand and foot, eating those fine meals?  Yeah.  I felt something.  But it weren’t friendly.”

“No!” Floyd’s shout broke in.  “I seen how he mooned around.  Him and her were more’n friends.” 

I swung around in my chair to look at Floyd and then back at De Lancey.  “I lied to get out of here.  You think he wouldn’t do the same?”

“I’m sure he would.  The question is, are you lying now?”  De Lancey walked back around his desk and lowered himself into the chair.  “You play a good hand, Joe.  But there is the little matter of that whipping you took for another man’s child.  Cobb didn’t even have to tie you down.  I can’t help asking myself.  Is that the kind of man who’d use a woman the way you say you have?”

Every muscle in my body tightened, and my fist clenched, but my mind went blank.  I couldn’t freeze up now.  I needed to pull myself together and talk fast.

Georgina’s soft voice broke the silence.  “You’re right, Preston.  He is too good a man,”

“Don’t—”

“It’s all right, Joe.”  When she turned to her husband, the glow in her eyes told the world how she felt, but she said it anyway.  “I love him, Preston, and we’re going to be married.”

“In case you’ve forgotten, let me remind you.  You’re married to me.”

“Marriage means more than owning someone.  Something you never understood.  Once I get a divorce—”

Preston’s fist slammed his desk.  “I won’t let you dishonor my family’s name with divorce!”

“You tell ‘em, Boss!”  De Lancey stared at Floyd.  “Look, you do whatever you want with them.  But now you know I told the truth, how’s about I just go?”

My lip curled.  The man slunk lower than a snake. 

De Lancey rose.  “You’re right.  You deserve your reward.” 

Floyd’s eyes met mine.  “Sorry, Joe, but I told you I’d get out of here.”

I jumped when the gun went off.  Floyd’s face froze.  Blood trickled down from the hole in his forehead.  He hovered for a moment before crashing to the floor. 

Floyd had made his choice.  He’d turned Georgina and me in for his freedom.  But all he’d done was sign his death warrant.

Georgina gasped, “You killed him.”

“Of course he did.”  I glared at the killer before me and watched him lay down that same pistol he used to kill Enoch.  “He couldn’t let him leave and risk him telling anyone about his place.”

“I have the right to protect what’s mine.” 

Sick of listening to this man, I cut to the chase.  “You going to kill me next?”

With slow deliberation, De Lancey began to reload his pistol.  “I can hardly stand by and let a man steal my wife.”

“Preston, you can’t!”  

When Georgina jumped up, De Lancey shouted for Cobb to stop her.  When the foreman moved, I tried to launch from my chair.  With my hands tied to the back and my ankles to the legs, I didn’t manage to get far, but I had to do something.  “Keep your hands off her!”

Seeing Cobb’s intention, my girl had the sense to sit down by herself. 

“Now, as I was saying.”  De Lancey rose, bringing the reloaded pistol with him.  “You’re going to die, Joe.  But I intend to make it slow and painful.  By the time I’m finished, you’ll be begging me to kill you.”

“Preston, please,” Georgina’s plea trembled through her tears. 

“Oh, don’t worry, my dear.”  A shiver ran down my spine when he ran a hand over Georgina’s head.  “You won’t be around to see it.”

“No!”  I flung myself forward, but Cobb’s meaty paws pushed me down.  I stared at De Lancey.  “You can’t be serious.  Kill me if you want.  But she’s your wife!”

“You should’ve thought of that before you turned her into a whore.”

“You’re wrong, Preston.  You destroyed any chance we might’ve had with your indifference and cruelty.”

“I made you mistress of The Kingdom.  What more could you want?”

“Love!  Joe’s given me more love in the time we’ve been together than you’ve shown me in all our years.”

“Really, my dear, you demean yourself talking that way.”

“I pity you, Preston.  You’ll never know the joy I’ve known.”

His hand lashed out, slapping her.  “I hope it was worth it.”

I struggled against the ropes, ignoring how they dug in.  Cobb’s fist plowed into my cheek, cutting skin.  Georgina gave Cobb a glare for that.  Then, pulling herself up tall, she faced De Lancey.  

“Do you remember that letter I sent?  It wasn’t to a friend.  It was to Joe’s family.  His father’s a wealthy man, and he’ll be coming here looking for his son.  It’s over.  Don’t you see?  Please, Preston, stop all this and let us go.”

Relief shuddered through me when he lowered the weapon and stepped to the window.  Georgina had done what I couldn’t and made the man see sense. 

Then came the sound I’d dreaded.  The cocking of the pistol.  “Very good, my dear.  I almost believed you.”

“Wait!  She’s telling the truth.  My father’s Ben Cartwright.  He owns the Ponderosa.” 

“Hey, Boss.  I’ve heard of the Ponderosa.  It’s a real big spread.”

“The biggest in Nevada.”  Now, De Lancey had to listen.  I gave it everything I had.  “She’s right.  My father will be heading this way with a dozen men at his back.  He’s gonna bring the law right to your door, and if anything happens to us, believe me, there isn’t anywhere far enough or dark enough you can hide!”

“And what will he be able to prove?”

The man’s arrogance was unshakeable.  Terror swept through me when he moved.

“For God’s sake, man, stop!  She’s your wife.” 

De Lancey leaned toward me.  That Southern drawl hissing into my face.  “That’s right.  My wife.  My property.”

I twisted to face Cobb.  “You can’t let him do this.  It’s murder!  You’ve got to stop him.”  I was wasting my time.  This man had long since given up any scrap of decency to harness himself to De Lancey’s wagon. 

Georgina shrank back into her seat, staring up at her husband.  I called to her.  “Look at me.”  When her gaze met mine, I held it.  “It’s all right.  It’ll be all right.  Just keep looking at me.” 

I had to get through to De Lancey.  “Listen!  Just put the gun down and think.  You’re right, she does belong to you.  She’ll do whatever you tell her.  You don’t need to do this.  Please, just don’t hurt her.”  I writhed in my seat, struggling against Cobb and the ropes.  Panic tore through my chest when De Lancey pressed the pistol against Georgina’s temple.  “You can’t!”  Cobb’s arm wrapped around my shoulders, holding me down.  The chair rocked as we struggled.  “Don’t do this!  I’m begging you.  Please!” 

“Joe.”

Her soft call cut through the chaos.  Our eyes met, and for that fleeting passage of time, there was only us. 

In that last heartbeat, I told her, “I love you.”

~~~

There was no air in the room, just heat and dust and silence.  My arms, clamped in shackles and stretched above my head, were numb.  Stripped naked, I hung from the rafters like the carcass of a dead steer.  That’s all I was now—a piece of meat.

Head down, my gaze stayed on the ground, moving slowly as I turned.  I couldn’t stop the motion any more than the vibration in my muscles, or putting my feet flat.  I knew every inch of the tiny shack, so I didn’t look up until I reached that one place, the corner where they dumped her like trash.  There, I always looked up.

They’d given me water yesterday.  At least, I think it was yesterday.  Cobb left the bucket a few feet away.  I could smell the water.  Taste it.  But I couldn’t reach it.  They wanted to kill me slow, but I wasn’t about to die.  Not yet.  I’d keep breathing, drawing in air through a chest that hurt and lungs that screamed.  I didn’t care.  I had a job to do first. 

I didn’t look anymore when the door opened.  No point.  I knew who it was.  De Lancey and Cobb to give me another workout. 

They wanted to make me scream, so I gave it to them, good and loud.  That way, Cobb didn’t pound me so hard or for so long.  Yesterday ended with the birch.  This morning, the belt.  Tomorrow – maybe Cobb’s fists again.  Who knows what will take De Lancey’s sick fancy?  I blinked away the sweat, and inches from mine, the man’s blurred face came into focus.

“Tell me, Joe.  Do you have something to say?”  The look in my eyes gave him my answer.  It wasn’t what he wanted, and a snarl twisted his mouth.  “You’ll be begging me soon enough.  Begging me to end your miserable life.”

I managed a chuckle.  It cost me another blow from Cobb, but it was worth it to see De Lancey slam out of the hut.  Guess I wasn’t cooperating.

They’d be back, but for now, I was alone again with the heat, dust, and emptiness where my heart should be.

The tickle on my cheek made me turn my head.   I looked into Georgina’s eyes.  When she smiled, they lit up with light and crinkled at the edges.  My fingers brushed aside the grass she was flicking over my skin.  Laughing, I put out my hand to cup her face—

I opened my eyes.  She was gone, and I’d never hold her again.  Then.  I cried.

***

Chapter Twenty-Two

We kicked in the door, letting in the light, and covered our noses against the smell.  I’d have recognized the stench ten feet away.  Death.  My brother filled the middle of the shack.  Hung like a butchered deer and covered in welts and bruises, he looked like he was hanging onto life.  In one corner, there lay some poor lady who’d long since had her hold broken.

Reaching Joe’s side, I noticed the swelling around his left wrist, meaning a likely break.  Pa was almost beside himself when we realized Joe was shackled, not tied with rope, and we couldn’t get him down.  I calmed him best I could so he’d listen when I told him I’d go find the key.

I rushed out to find Marshal Flint’s deputies, who, along with the hands we’d brought with us, were rounding up the galoots who helped run this rotten place.  None of them were in any mood to cooperate.

Hearing me mention Joe’s name, a young fella standing with all the black folk stepped forward.  “Is Joe alive?”

“Yeah.  But they got him chained up, and I need the key.”

In an instant, he pointed me toward a big, ugly brute.  “That’s Cobb.  He’s the foreman.  He has the keys.”

This was the man I wanted.  After shaking him ‘til his teeth rattled, he gave up the key.

“D’you need help, Hoss?”

I turned to the deputy.  “No.  Pa and I can manage.”

Racing back, I found Pa holding Joe’s head so he could get water into him.  The anguish in his soft words, begging my little brother to drink, brought a lump to my throat.

Pa insisted on unlocking those dadburned shackles, and released from their bondage, Joe’s arms fell to his side.  He swayed for a fraction of a moment before dropping into my arms. 

His eyes locked on one thing, and he began to twist free.  Lord knows I did my best to hang onto him, but he fought loose.

With every stubborn bone in his battered body, Joseph hauled himself inch by inch.  There was pain in his gritted teeth and the new layers of sweat that beaded.  But he kept going until he reached the side of that poor lady lying in the corner.

Why we didn’t stop him, I don’t know, but Pa and me couldn’t move a muscle.  It was Pa’s hand on my arm that brought me out of my appalled stillness, and together, we dropped to our knees beside him.

“Joe, don’t.”  Pa didn’t want him to see what had become of that lady.  But, by the way he drew her into his arms, stroked her blood-soaked hair, and ran his fingers down her cheek, he didn’t even see the tragedy left behind.

Pa’s hands hovered over my brother as if he didn’t know where to lay them without adding further pain.  “We’re here, Son.”

There was no sound except Joe’s breath, drawn in long rasps.  At long last, his gaze shifted, and he looked at Pa.  “He killed her, Pa.  He killed her.”

“I’m sorry, Son.”  Turning to me, Pa asked, “See if you can find something to cover him with.”

This time, I wasn’t reluctant to leave them.  Glad to be doing something other than looking into Joe’s eyes.

I didn’t have to go far.  I found Joe’s clothes tossed in a heap outside the cabin.  Before we could think of dressing him, we had to convince him to let go of the lady.  It took patience, but Joe snapped out of the trance he was in and laid her down.

Pa’s eyes filled with tears, and he apologized for every moan when we eased my brother’s pants over those bruised and cut legs.  Turning Joe’s left hand in his, Pa took in the mottled, swollen, torn flesh around the wrist.  The other wasn’t much better, but at least it didn’t look broken.  We didn’t bother with the boots when we saw the soles of his feet.

“Someone’s taken a birch to them.”  I heard the anger in Pa’s voice.  I felt the same.

Once we made him decent, we hauled Joe out into the light and fresh air.  He recoiled for a moment at the brightness and then looked around.  Men with badges and our own hands had the so-called overseers bundled together and handcuffed, and the poor folks who’d been kept here as slaves were all gathering in front of the rows of huts.

Seeing the men with badges along with our hands, a smile cracked Joe’s dry, cut, swollen lips, and he turned to Pa.  “You came … and you brought help.”

“Yes, Son.  We came.  Now let’s get you to town to a doctor.”

Joe recoiled again.  “No!  Get me to the house.  I need to find De Lancey.”

“Joseph—”

“Pa.  I won’t leave until I see him.”

Over his head, Pa and me exchanged looks.  Joe was more likely to hurt himself fighting us if we didn’t do as he asked.  Hoisting his good arm further over my shoulder, we turned toward the house.

When he saw us, Candy broke away from the group of men outside the property and ran up.  The smile on his face died when he got close enough to see my brother.  “It’s good to see you.”

Joe skipped the pleasantries.  “Where’s De Lancey?”

“The marshal says he’s in the house.  He’s about to go in and arrest him.”

“I want to be the one to do it.”

“You’re in no condition—”

“Don’t fight me on this, Pa.”

“I’m not going to fight you, Joseph.  I just don’t see how you’re going to make it in there by yourself.”

“I’ll make it.  Hoss, I need your gun.”

Whatever this was about, it didn’t sound good.  I looked at Pa, who bowed his head.  He was leaving this to me.  “Joe, I don’t ….”  I couldn’t finish.  The look in my brother’s eyes wasn’t something I could ignore or refuse.  I handed over my pistol, and Joe took it in his shaking right hand.

Marshal Fleet stood within the large double front door.  Seeing Pa, he nodded.

“We’re told De Lancey has locked himself in his study.  We’re gonna go in now.”

“I’m going in first.”

Flint frowned at Joe but held his peace.  We walked across the hall, Joe’s feet leaving a trail of blood on the polished wood.  Pa shook his head and tightened his jaw.  I don’t even know how Joe made it, but he did.

The marshal hammered on the door.  “Mr. De Lancey, this is US Marshal Flint.  Open the door.  We want to talk to you.” 

We waited for an answer, for the door to open.  Joe swayed and hung on tight to my gun.  We all jumped at the explosion from inside the room. 

“What the hell—?”  The Marshall moved but stopped when the lock in the door turned. 

A colored gent with a head full of snow-white hair appeared.  Stepping through, he lifted a hand toward the room.  “You can go in, Gentleman.  Master Preston just done killed hisself.”

When my brother dropped, I was there to catch him.

We buried Georgina in the town cemetery two days later.  Joe hadn’t told us much about her, other than she was De Lancey’s wife and a friend who’d died because she tried to help him.  After what we’d witnessed, Pa and me weren’t buying that story, but for now, we let it ride.  Nothing we could’ve said would’ve kept Joe away from the funeral, so we didn’t bother to object.  I held Joe up throughout.  But once the service was done, so was Joe. 

By the time we reached our hotel room, he was out like a light.  We stripped off the fresh clothes we’d brought with us and put him back to bed.

Pa dropped back into the chair he had moved to the bedroom, and I dropped my hand on his shoulder.  “I’ll go order lunch.”

“Thanks, Son.”

Stopping in the doorway, I took another look at my brother’s battered face.  It was sure good to see him.  After almost four months of searching, worrying, and wondering, the letter, addressed to a wife Candy didn’t have, finally brought us hope.  Joe mightn’t have said much since we’d arrived, but we were here now, and we’d stay right by his side.

***

Chapter Twenty-Three

I turned the lamp up and smiled.  “Hey there, Little Brother, how you doin’?”

Joe blinked and croaked, “What’s going on?”

“What’s going on is you’ve been asleep for three days straight.  Wanna drink or something to eat?”

“Water?”

“You got it.”  I helped Joe sit up before passing him the glass.  He put out his hand and stopped short, seeing the splint on his wrist.  “Doc says the swelling needs to go down some before he can put on a cast.”

Grunting, he took the glass in his other hand and downed the water in one swallow.  “Thanks.”

“Sure you ain’t hungry?  Pa’s got the café next door on standby in case you woke up.”

My brother’s chuckle was a welcome sound.  “Nah.  Is Pa here?”

“Right next door.  I’ll go get him.”

“No.  Let him sleep.”  Our eyes met, and Joe rolled his.  “All right.”

I grinned and left the room.  Less than a minute later, we were back, and Pa went right to Joe’s side.  “Well.  You’re looking better.  How’re you feeling?”

“Fine, Pa.”  Joe fixed me with a look when Pa felt his brow.  I bit my lip and tried not to laugh.  “I’m fine, really, Pa.”

“The fever seems to be gone.”

“Fever?”

“That’s right.  You’ve been out of it for quite a while, young man.”

“Oh.”  Pushing himself further up the bed, my brother brushed the talk of his health aside.  “What’s happened at The Kingdom?  How’re Noah, Isaac, and the others?” 

“They’re all staying on the estate while we try to sort things out.  The marshal has rounded up all of De Lancey’s men and put them in jail.  Along with the sheriff and the judge.”

“Good.  They were up to their necks in what De Lancey was doing.”

“So I understand.  De Lancey’s lawyer is contacting his heir.  I’ve spoken to him about seeing to it that all those people get the opportunity to make a fresh start.”

“They’ve earned that right.”

“You bet,” I agreed.  “How did you get mixed up in this mess anyhow?”

“I stopped to help someone and caught on to what kind of operation De Lancey was running.  Once that happened, he couldn’t let me go.”

Pa’s hand closed around Joe’s arm.  Ever since we found him, Pa felt the need to reassure himself that my brother was really here.  “We’re just glad you’re safe.”

“I’m just glad you found me.”

“Once Candy showed us that letter, which was clever of you—”

“Always said you were smarter than you looked, Little Brother.”

“Thanks!”

“Anyway,” Pa continued, daring me to interrupt again.  “After we read the letter, we gathered up some men and headed for Sacramento to pay a call at the US Marshal’s office.  It seems there’d been talk, and they already had eyes on De Lancey.  Once I showed them the letter, they were prepared to come and talk with him.”

“Did you?  Talk with him?”

Pa flicked a glance at me.  Joe’s recollection seemed sketchy, but that was to be expected, given the fever. 

“No.  We never spoke with De Lancey.  When we reached Chadstone, Marshal Fleet called on the sheriff.  He wasn’t there, but a deputy was.  The more questions Flint asked, the more nervous he got.  When Flint pushed the man, he told us everything.

“When we rode up to the house asking for De Lancey, his men took one look at the badges, and panic set in.  They scattered, so we started rounding them up.”

I picked up the story.  “Once we’d done that, all I had to do was ask one of them about you, and he showed us where you were.”  Joe’s gaze met mine.  He knew my asking had involved more than words.

“Thought I heard voices.”  Candy leaned against the door jamb with that big, easy grin on his face.  “Good to see you awake, buddy.”

“You here, too?”

The grin widened.  “Your pa made me come.”

Hearing the strain in his laugh, I cut a look at Joe.  He was about done in, and I wasn’t the only one to notice.

“All right.  That’s enough for tonight.  Joe needs his rest, and so do we.”

***

Chapter Twenty-Four

The smell of bacon brought me out of my bedroom to find Pa closing the door to Joe’s.

“How is he?”

“Sleeping.  Let’s eat.  Joe can have his later when he wakes.”

I sat at the table where breakfast had been delivered and ladled eggs onto my plate.  “Where’s Candy?  He was already gone when I woke up.”

“He went to check on the men.  There’s no reason for them to stay.  I’ve told him he could get them organized and head back to the ranch.”

“Good idea.”

“I need to speak with the marshal.  Can you stay and see that Joe eats something?

“Sure.”

When we finished eating and Pa left, I took a cup of coffee and strolled into Joe’s room.  Soon as I sat down, he stirred,

“That coffee I smell?”

“Sure is.  Want some?”

“God, yes.”

Fetching a fresh cup, I handed it over.  Joe held it under his nose and breathed in the aroma as if he were smelling it for the first time.  When he took a sip, his smile was pure joy.

“I’ve missed this.”

“Didn’t you have any in that place?”

Joe shook his head and took another swallow.  “The master didn’t allow it.”

I heard the bitterness in the words.  I wanted to know more about what had happened, but business first.  “I’ll order your breakfast.”

When I returned to the room after speaking with the bellhop, I brought the coffee pot and topped off Joe’s cup.  He asked where Pa was, and when I told him, I caught the calculation that crossed his eyes and braced myself.

“I need to get to The Kingdom.  See Noah and the others.  Make sure they’re all right and find Cochise.  De Lancey kept him.”

I lifted one hand to stop him.  “You don’t hav’ta worry about him.  I spotted Cochise and brought him back here.  He’s in the livery.”

“Great.  Can you saddle him and bring him round?”

“Don’t you just about beat all.  In case you didn’t notice, those fellas worked you over real good.  You’ve got a busted wrist and likely a few ribs the same way.  You ain’t in any state to go for a ride.”

“All right.  Hire a buggy—”

“Joseph!  I ain’ taking you nowhere.  It’s over a two-hour drive to that Kingdom place.  You wouldn’t make it halfway, and I sure don’t wanna be the one to explain to Pa why you’ve had a relapse.”

“I can make it.  I have to see the others.”

Joe could be a stubborn cuss when he wanted, and I wasn’t about to argue with an invalid.  The knock that meant his breakfast had arrived gave me a welcome diversion.

“I tell you what.  You eat your breakfast, an’ then we’ll talk.”

Joe managed to eat half a plate of food before his strength gave out, and I had to help him finish the rest.

“Still think you can make it?”

“All right, so I’m too weak to move.  Happy now?”

“No, I ain’t, and you saying that is just more proof that you ain’t yourself.”

Joe had the decency to look ashamed.  “Sorry.”

“There’s a newspaper if you wanna read it.”

“No.  I’m tired.  I guess I’ll sleep some more.”

“Fair enough.” 

In my book, sleep was always the best medicine, so I left Joe alone.  Wandering to the window, I looked down onto the main street.   Chadstone was a prosperous little town, but I couldn’t help but wonder how much of that came about off the backs of those poor folks out at that so-called Kingdom.  How many in Chadstone had turned a blind eye to what De Lancey was doing?  It was hard to believe only the judge and sheriff knew.  I always tried to look for the good in folks, but anyone sitting back and letting slavery continue under their noses were as bad as De Lancey in my book.

Joe slept on and off throughout the day, but when meals came, he ate hearty, and by supper time, he’d cleaned a plate by himself.

The following morning, we saw Candy and the men off.  Pa thanked them all again for coming along and promised a bonus in their pay.

“Good men,” Pa murmured.

“They sure are.”

One extra man went with them.  Young Jess had accepted the job Pa offered him.

Pa slapped me on the shoulder.  “I want to call in on Fletcher.  See how he’s doing.  I’ll be back in time for the doctor’s visit.”

I watched my father march off toward De Lancey’s lawyers’ office.  I hadn’t taken to the man.  In my way of thinking, he should’ve been in jail alongside the judge and sheriff.

When I got back to our suite, I heard movement from Joe’s room.  My suspicions raised, I tiptoed to the door and took a peek.  There he was, sat on the side of the bed, eyeing the chair where his clothes were laid.  I backed away.  He hadn’t heard me come in, and I wasn’t about to let that silver-tongue devil know I was there.  Settling into an armchair, I waited.

I’ll say one thing for my little brother—he doesn’t give up.  It took him almost half an hour, but when he appeared at the door, he’d dressed hisself—sort of.  It ain’t easy to dress one-handed, and it showed.  He’d hauled his pants and shirt on, but the buttons were done up all higgledy, piggledy, and he was barefoot.  He jumped seeing me, but then hobbled forward on the outside edges of his torn-up feet.

“Going somewhere?”

That mile-wide stubborn streak showed on his face.  “I need to see the others.”

“And just how d’you think you’re getting past me out that door?  I could knock you down with a feather.”

Joe hauled in as deep a breath as he could over his bound ribs and glared.  Then, his shoulders slumped, and he gazed at me with eyes that radiated sadness.  “Please.”

“Joseph, if you ain’t gonna be the death of me.  All right.  Let’s see if we can’t get your socks and boots on.”

When I returned with the hired buggy, Joe had already made his way downstairs and was waiting for me.  I climbed out to help him, but he shook me off like the stubborn mule he was.  To my surprise, he scooted across the buggy seat and grabbed the rein.

“Get in!”

“What’s the dadburned hurry?”  Looking up, I saw Pa, who had spotted us and came running down the street.  “Oh, Jiminy!”

Joe snapped the reins, and the buggy leaped forward.  “See you later, Pa.  We’re going to The Kingdom.”

I slew around in the seat as we swung away and gave my father a hapless smile and a wave. 

“Wait!  What about the doc—”

The rest of his words were lost as we cantered out of town. 

I cut Joe a look.  “Ain’t that just like you, Joseph, to do the deed first and ask Pa’s forgiveness later.”

“I’m a grown man.  I don’t need his permission.”

“I guess that’s why you’re racing out of here like you’ve got the devil on your tail.”

Joe checked the horse, handed me the reins, and shrugged.  “You know, Pa.”

“He’s gonna be mad when we get back.”

Joe chuckled, leaned back in his seat, and tipped his hat over his face.  “I can handle Pa.”

When I snorted, Joe lifted his hat and gave me that wide-eyed, indignant look.  “I can!”  Dropping the hat back down, he added, “Wake me when we get there.  That way, you can tell Pa I got some rest.  Keep you in his good books, in case you’re worried.”

I had half a mind to turn the buggy around for that crack. 

Little Brother could sleep anywhere, and he was soon dozing in the sunshine, but I didn’t need to wake him.  When I checked the horse to turn into the drive leading up to the house, he stirred and sat up.  We passed fields and groves of trees, all deserted.  Joe looked about him but said nothing.

Directing me to the quarters, we passed the big house.  The doors shut tight, and the place empty.

When we drew up outside the rows of shacks, people came running.  I helped Joe from the buggy, and they took over, leading him to a seat and asking if he was all right.

Joe introduced me to all the folks, and I shook hands with Noah, Isaac, and Esther.  She teared up, seeing Joe’s wrist, cuts, and bruises. 

Isaac took his good hand.  “They told us you was dead.  It was only when we saw you that day we knew any different.  If we’d known—”

Joe stopped him there. “There’s nothing you could’ve done.”

“Is it true, Joe?  All his time we’ve been free?” Esther asked.

“I’m sorry I couldn’t tell you.”

“You ain’t got nothing to be sorry for.  Noah told us all about your plan.  And it worked.”  The little woman met Joe’s gaze and cried out, “Oh, Joe.  What he did to poor Miss Georgina ….”  

I’d seen my younger brother comfort a stranger just with a look, but today was different.  Sure, he put his arms around his friend, but every tense sinew showed how he crushed down his feelings.  He wasn’t letting anything out.  “I just wish—”

Esther stepped back and clamped her hands on Joe’s cheeks, forcing him to look at her.  “Don’t you go wishing for things that can’t be, and carrying any guilt, y’hear?  There’s only one person at fault, and that’s the master.”

The shadow didn’t lift from Joe’s eyes, but he told her, “I know.” 

Esther’s smile were about the saddest I’d ever seen.  But she patted his chest and nodded.  “Good, boy.”

Joe took a breath and asked if they needed anything.  Although they said they were good, I made a mental note to bring out supplies. 

Meanwhile, Joe addressed the questions he’d come to ask Noah.  “What happened that day?”

“Master Preston was checking on the orange groves when word reached him those lawmen had arrived.  When he got back to the house, he were furious.  Someone brought news that they’d arrested Cobb and found you and Miss Georgina.  That’s when he ordered me to follow him into his study and locked the door.  It was the last thing I thought he’d do.  When the Marshal knocked, I looked away, and that’s when it happened.”

“He shot himself?”

“With that pistol he kept in his desk.”

“That’s it?  Just like that, he killed himself?”

“Yes.”

Joe fell silent, gazing at the ground.  I eased my hand over his shoulder, but he didn’t seem to notice.

“Lunch’ll be ready soon.  Stay and eat with us.”

We were happy to accept Esther’s invitation, and after we’d eaten, Joe said goodbye to his friends, promising to visit them again.  Neither of us talked about Pa’s efforts with the lawyer.  There was no point in getting anyone’s hopes up.

The drive back started in silence, with Joe staring off into the distance.  But I had a question of my own, and now seemed as good a time as any to ask it.

“What was she like?”

“Who?”

“Miss Georgina?”

“Beautiful, Hoss, just beautiful.”  It was hard to imagine the poor lady I’d seen being beautiful, and that wasn’t what I’d meant, but I didn’t say so.  Just when I thought Joe wouldn’t say anymore, he went on, “She was gentle and kind to everyone.  And yet, she was the bravest person I’ve ever known.  A good friend.”

“And that’s all she was?  A friend?”

“What does that mean?”

“You said she were beautiful.”

“She was married, remember?”

“Yeah, but I can understand—”

“There’s nothing to understand!”

I didn’t believe him, but when Joe got that look in his eyes, I knew better than to press.  Silence fell again, and this time, it continued until we hit town.

“Oh, lordy.”  There was Pa, hands on hips, standing on the hotel porch waiting.  When I pulled up, he marched across.  “Hi, Pa.  Can you give Joe a hand?”

After giving Younger Brother a helpful push out of the buggy, I hightailed it out of there.  This trip had been Joe’s idea, and, like he said, he could handle Pa.

In no hurry to get back to the hotel, I hung around in the livery, shooting the breeze with the owner.

“Still here?”

“Oh, hi, Pa.  Joe.”

“Your brother has seen the doctor, and now we’re going to the saloon.  Care to join us?”

I ignored Pa’s tone and smiled.  “Sure.  What’d the doctor say, Joe?”

“He said I’m fine, and all I need—”

“Don’t tell me.  Good food and plenty of rest.”

Joe laughed and slapped me on the back.  “How’d you know?”

“You’re not the only smart one.”

Pa wasn’t having any of our foolishness.  “He also said you should stay off those feet.  So, let’s get you inside and into a chair.”

I grinned at Joe and followed as he limped through the batwings. 

Pa ordered steak dinners to go along with the beers, and a pretty little girl soon brought three glasses over.  Joe picked his up in a hand that shook, held it up to the light, and then took a long pull before setting it down.

“How’d it taste, Little Brother?”

“The best.”

Joe wasn’t wrong.  The beer was good.  Our dinner arrived, and I clapped my hands together at the size of the juicy steaks, accompanied by mashed potatoes, greens, and thick onion gravy.  “Hot diggity, this looks good too.”

The saloon was busy, and the room hummed around us with the usual chit-chat between men who’d come together to catch up on life and the world.  I’d plowed through my plate when the topic around us turned to De Lancey, and voices began to rise.

“So what, if he kept a few negroes?  A fella shouldn’t get arrested for that, should he?”  General murmurs of agreement followed.  I flicked a look at Joe and saw the tension tighten his jaw.  “And it ain’t right for a white man getting killed over ‘em.”

“He weren’t killed.  He killed hisself.”

“How d’you know?  Maybe that Yankee marshal’s lyin’.  De Lancey’s a Southerner, remember.  That land of his is worth a lot.  Be just like the Yankees to use a bunch of stinking negroes as an excuse to steal a Southerner’s land.  They’ve done it all over the South!”

Joe’s fingers tightened into fists, and Pa stood.  “Let’s go.”

We breathed in fresh air.  There was no need to say anything.  We were thinking the same.  In one mind, we headed for the hotel.  Joe’s feet dragged on the wooden boardwalk.  Stiffening his back, he tried to hide it.  I slipped a hand under his arm.  He leaned into my grip and kept going.

***

Chapter Twenty-Five

Joe came with me to the mercantile to help choose the supplies for the folks out at The Kingdom.  I loaded up the hired buckboard with food, clothes, soap, and anything else we could think of, including some sweets and toys for the kids.  Then we headed out. 

This time, Pa rode along with us.  When Noah and Isaac balked at the gifts, he stepped in.  “I owe you all for helping my son.  Let me do this small thing to say thank you.”

No one argued with Pa when he were in the mood to be persuasive, and he got his way.  Once we’d uploaded the boxes and barrels, we left.  We wanted to give everyone their privacy and time to go through everything without us gawking at them.

The doc returned to check Joe’s wrist, remove the splint, and slap on a cast.  My brother’s attitude to the man had improved.  When Pa’d first brought the doctor in, he’d thrown a fit.  Screaming to get the man away from him.  Joe needed that doctor, so there was no way Pa and me were doing that.  But nothing we said calmed him down. My brother had been beaten half to death, yet he fought like a grizzly.  In the end, we had to hold him while the doc knocked him out with one of those new-fangled needles by giving him an injection of something.  It were likely for the best since the wrist needed resetting anyway.  But we were both shaken, and once we released Joe, Pa collapsed into a chair and stayed there ’til the examination was over. 

“What was that with you and the doc anyway?” I asked.

Joe looked from his drying cast to me.  “Huh?”

“You were dead against seeing him, and then you’re nice as pie.”

“He told me he’s only been here since the Spring.”

“Is that supposed to mean something?”

“When a fever hit the quarters last winter, the doctor they had then refused to treat them.  People died.”

I nodded.  I understood why my brother didn’t want that doctor touching him.  I would’ve felt the same way. 

Joe on the mend meant Pa was keen to return home, but we all knew that wasn’t going to happen until things were settled for Noah and the others.  A knock at the door of our suite brought a message.

“It’s from Fletcher.  He’s heard from the heir and wants to see me.”

Joe sat up, tossing the newspaper he was reading aside.  “Good.  Those people have waited long enough to get what’s rightfully theirs.” 

Grabbing our hats, we trod down to the lawyer’s office.  His secretary showed us in. 

“Good to see you, gentleman.  Have a seat.”

“You have news for us, Mr. Fletcher?” 

“Indeed.  Mr. De Lancey’s heir has instructed me to sell the property.  Whole or in parcels and clear any outstanding debts.”

“Good.  And the people?”

“Well, of course, he was shocked to hear of that situation and is insistent that they be compensated.  I have suggested a figure of five hundred dollars.”

Beside me, Joe stiffened in his chair.  Pa leaned forward.  “Each?”

“Good heavens, no.  That will be the full amount.”

“Mr. Fletcher, those people worked without pay for two years.  A good farmhand can expect to earn twenty dollars a month.  By my reckoning, they’re owed over four hundred dollars each.”

“Let’s not forget the children,” Joe snapped.

The lawyer’s eyes bulged.  “You can’t be serious?  That would be a huge burden on the estate.  I can’t, in all conscience, countenance that.  And after all, Mr. Cartwright, we are speaking of negroes, not—”

The explosion that flew toward him was my little brother.  Grabbing the lawyer by the lapels, he hauled him across the desk, sending paper, pens, and inkwell flying. 

Pa rose.  “Joe, your wrist!”  But Joe wasn’t listening.

Nose to nose, he pinned Fletcher with a glare.  “Listen to me, you money-grubbing little weasel!  I was there in those fields.  Nobody worked.  Those people slaved and died.  But those people at The Kingdom survived, and they deserve every penny that’s due to them.  And if you try and tell me that they don’t deserve it because they’re black, I’m going to rip out your filthy tongue and stuff it down your throat.”

“And I’m gonna help him.”  I stood, letting my full size and height impress on the snake.

Joe threw the man back.  He crashed into his chair and fumbled to straighten himself.  “How dare you?”

Pa’s voice shut his mouth.  “He dares Mr. Fletcher because he’s right.  And I’ll tell you another thing.  If there is any more penny-pinching or arguing, I’ll have the marshal over here to inspect your files and see just how much you knew about De Lancey’s illegal slaves.  Shall we agree on a sum of twenty thousand all told?”

Fletcher knew when he was beat.  Trying to rearrange his mangled collar and tie, he pulled himself together.  “Very well.  I’ll arrange for the withdrawal from the bank.  Would the day after tomorrow be agreeable?”

“We’ll be here.”

***

Chapter Twenty-Six

Wherever I looked, someone was loading a covered wagon.  Noah, Pa, and me visited three different towns to find the number needed.  We’d gone along to make sure Noah got treated right.  These people had been dealt a raw enough deal, and we weren’t about to see them gouged.

Joe stayed behind, although he didn’t get to sit around on his hiney all day.   He had the job of teaching the men some of the essentials they’d need for their new life—like how to handle a rifle.  These folks would need to be able to hunt and defend themselves.

Pa tried a few times to get Noah to consider making the Ponderosa their new home, telling him of the land ripe for the plow, but Noah had his own ideas.

“My people were born into a life of working the land.  It’s all they’ve known.  I want something more for them.  Thanks to you, we can find a place of our own.  Big enough for all of us.  Hire a teacher for our children and those who can’t read.  Build a better future.  We’ll farm for ourselves, but for no one else ever again.”

My father understood and threw himself into helping Noah achieve that dream.  Now, he stood before that proud man to say goodbye for the last time.  “I wish you all lots of luck.”

“You’ve helped make this possible, Ben.  I thank you.”

Noah walked away to supervise some of the last-minute packing.  I joined Pa, who welcomed me with an arm around my shoulder.

“D’you think they’ll be all right?”

“I think they’ll do just fine.”

“Won’t be easy.  There’s still plenty of folks who feel like those men we heard in the saloon.”

“Yes.  But, they’ve got each other, Son.  That makes a world of difference.”  Pa looked around and asked, “Where’s that brother of yours got to?  They’ll be leaving soon.”

“I’ll go find him.”

I had no luck searching among the wagons, but then I spotted Joe and Noah ducking into one of the shacks.  When I got close, I heard Noah say, “What do you want to ask me?”

I stepped close enough to see through the small window.  Something told me not to disturb them, but though it wasn’t right to eavesdrop, I couldn’t walk away. 

“That day.  I just don’t understand what happened.  De Lancey believed in his right to do everything he did and that nothing could touch him.  Even with my testimony, he was arrogant enough to think he could talk or buy his way out of trouble.  He wasn’t the kind of man to kill himself.”

“If you say so.”

“So why did he do it?  Why shoot himself when he would’ve believed he’d have every chance of walking away unscathed?”  My brother’s gaze held Noah’s.  “Did he?  Did he do it?  I need to know the truth, for her sake.”

“For her sake, I will tell you.  Master Preston was in his study, just as I said.  But it was like you say.  He was bragging about his friends in high places and how he could buy his way out of trouble.  That’s when I knew.  I couldn’t let it continue.  I couldn’t risk him getting away with what he’d done to Miss Georgina. 

“All I had to do was take that pistol out of the drawer.  He never expected it.  Why would he?  I was the perfect slave.  Invisible.  I’ve never taken a life, and I hope I never will again.  I will carry it on my conscience forever.”

Joe stood with his back to me, but I could see how his muscles tensed under his shirt.  “You could’ve left him to me.”

“I thought you were dead.  But I’m not sorry I didn’t.  She wouldn’t have wanted you to carry such a burden.”

Silence fell.  After a long moment, Joe asked, “Did he know why?”

“Yes.  He knew.”

I ducked around the corner when Noah left, so he didn’t see me.  Coming out of hiding, I peeked back through the window.  Head down, leaning on a chair, Joe clung to the back so tight his knuckles stood out white.  His shoulders shook from the grief that gripped him.  I walked away.

Pa wasn’t happy I couldn’t find Joe, but he needn’t have worried.  Little Brother turned up looking fresh and in control right on time to see the wagon train off. 

Getting a wave from Martha as they rattled past, Joe called, “Write when you’re settled and tell us where you are!”

I dropped an arm around Joe’s shoulder and leaned into him.  Would they write, or would they want to leave everything about this old life behind?  Either way, I hoped they’d be happy.

***

Chapter Twenty-Seven

The Ponderosa was still there, the same as when we’d left it.  Pa had wired Candy a few days out to let him know when to expect us, so Hop Sing had the welcome mat rolled out and waiting.

Joe was on light duties, but Pa was glad to have everyone home and see life return to normal.  But if my father didn’t notice Joe’s moodiness and the way he’d go off by himself, I did, and I told him so.

“It ain’t right.  He ain’t said a word about that little gal, and it’s eating him up inside.  Why don’t he just spit it out?”

“She was a married lady.  To talk about her falling in love with another man… no.  Your brother isn’t going to sully her reputation.”

“C’mon, Pa.  He knows better than to think we’d care about that.”  Pa’s expression changed, and I frowned.  “You don’t do you?”

The look he shot made me regret asking.  “Of course not.  We need to give him time.  You know Joe.  He’ll come around and talk when he’s ready.”

This was the usual tactic we took with my younger brother, but this time, he didn’t seem to be working around to talking.  Cooling faster than the weather was closer to his mood.  Joe and me had always been close, like two parts of the same coin, and I missed that.  Life weren’t as much fun without Joe to laugh with.

I watched him over the breakfast table, talking over the day’s work with Pa.  He was always business now, and that spark in his eyes had died.

“We need to get on with fixing that line shack up on the West-forty.”

Joe wiped his napkin over his mouth.  “I’ll do that.”

“I’ll come with you.  Give you a hand.”

Shooting me a look, Joe crumpled his napkin.  “I can manage.”

“Sure you can, but I ain’t got nothing else pressing.  Ain’t that right, Pa?”

Pa cleared his throat.  “No, no.  That’s a good idea.  You’ll get the job done in half the time.”

A muscle worked in Joe’s jaw, but he didn’t voice his objection.  “See you outside.”

“Be right with you.”

The ride out to the line shack weren’t much fun.  No matter what I tried, I couldn’t get a conversation going.  We unloaded the wood needed to replace the damaged roof, and Joe wasted no time getting to work.

When he finally climbed down, I offered him my canteen and took my shot.  “I know you’re hurting over that girl.  I wish you’d talk about her.”

“There’s nothing to say.”

“Look, Pa and me ain’t blind.  We know you loved her.  But we understand, and you don’t hav’ta be ashamed.”

“What’re you talking about?”

I shifted my feet under his icy glare.  Maybe I should’ve thought this through.  “I mean, we figured because she was married—”

“You think I’m ashamed?  Loving Georgina?  I’m not, and neither was she.  We were going to be married.  That’s all that matters.  I don’t give a damn what anyone thinks.” 

Joe slammed the canteen against my chest and turned to march back to the shack.  I called after him, “Then why won’t you talk about her?”

The raw grief that lined his face when Joe spun around sent a jolt right through me.  “I can’t!  If I think about what I did, I won’t be able to bear it.”

“Joe, you didn’t do nothing.  De Lancey killed her.”

“But I promised her, Hoss.  I promised her it would be all right.  I promised her she’d be safe.”  Joe raised his face to the sky, his voice breaking on his words.  “I told her I’d never let anyone hurt her.”  Through the eyes of a broken man, my little brother looked at me.  “And he killed her, right in front of me.  I couldn’t stop him, Hoss.  I couldn’t stop him.”

Joe turned away, but three strides took me to him.  With one arm around him, I pulled him into my chest.  I said all the things a man should say.  How much he heard, I don’t know, but I knew he understood.

We sat side by side on the bench outside the shack, and Joe told me about Georgina.  All the little things he’d loved, like the way she smiled and how her eyes crinkled when she laughed.  More than that, he told me about her bravery.  “She chose to fight back.  To risk everything.  For me, for us.”

When he finished, I pulled out the bottle of Red Eye I’d brought with me — just in case.  We drank in silence, our words no longer needed.

The afternoon moved toward evening, and I began to think about cooking supper.  We’d need some food after the whiskey.  Joe followed me to the shack and leaned against the jamb, watching me stuff kindling into the stove.

“So Pa is okay with my being with a married woman?”

“I ain’t so sure Pa knows that exactly.  But he knows Georgina fell in love with you even though she were married, and he figured you wanted to protect her reputation.”

“I guess it mightn’t be a bad idea to let Pa think that.”

I grinned.  “You always were the smart one, Joseph.”

When I rode in two days later, Pa and Joe were sitting on the porch.  I always knew when they’d talked.  There was just something in the way they looked at each other, with that mutual understanding, respect, and love.  I smiled.  That talk meant Joe was on the way to healing.

One thing, though, had become a regular topic of complaint, and that was the length of time it was taking to arrange the trial for Cobb and the others.

A week later, Joe and I walked back into the house, and Pa looked up from his desk.  “Joe, I need to speak with you.  I’ve had a letter from Marshal Flint.”

Tossing his hat on the credenza, Joe began unbuttoning his coat while he walked to the desk.  “Has he got a trial date at last?”

The expression on Pa’s face brought me over to stand at my brother’s side. 

“There isn’t going to be a trial.  The Prosecuting Attorney has decided that with De Lancey’s death, pursuing a case against the others for not revealing his illegally kept slaves is not worth the cost.”

“What they mean is, they don’t care enough to bring a case.”

“They think that with the tensions after the war, it’s best to drop the matter.”

“What about Cobb?  He was right there when De Lancey murdered Georgina and did nothing.”

My father glanced again at the letter in his hand, and a gleam of the anger he was feeling flashed across his eyes.  “Since he didn’t actually commit the crime, they don’t feel there’s a case to answer.  I’m sorry, Son.”

When Joe marched out the door, I followed right behind.  Whatever he needed, I’d give it, and that included being the person he could take a swing at if that helped.  Although I was grateful he didn’t.  Joe swung a lot harder these days.

Joe didn’t take the news lying down.  He wrote to the District Attorney, the Governor of California, the newspapers, anyone he could think of, but nothing came of it.  Everyone was glad to let the ugly matter drop with the death of De Lancey and the sale of The Kingdom.  

The work of the Ponderosa filled our days, and our frustrations got buried under the load.  Joe grieved, and we kept him close for a while.  Some days were better than others.  On those nights when I heard him pass my door, I’d come down the stairs and join my brother as he sat staring into the embers of the banked fire.  Grabbing a couple of glasses, I’d pour the brandy.  The toast was always the same.  “Georgina.”

***

Epilogue:

I dropped the mail on Pa’s desk, walked over to where Joe lay sprawled on the sofa, and waved the envelope under his nose.

“Got yourself one, too.”

Sitting up, he scrunched up his nose, looking at the postmark stamped on the top.  “Ventura, California.  Who can that be from?  I don’t know anyone down that way.”

“Why don’t you try opening it and see?”  Pa’s dry voice stopped Joe cold in his examination of the manila envelope.

I smirked.  “Sounds like a smart idea.”

Joe pulled a face, and I snagged an apple while he ripped open the envelope, spread the single sheet of paper, and began to read. 

“It’s from Noah.”

“Hey!  What d’you know?  What’s he say?”

Pa joined us while Joe read the letter.  “They’ve bought a property not far from the ocean.  They’ve built homes, a church, and last year, a school.  He says they advertised back East and hired a schoolteacher.  He says she’s very nice and very smart.”

“That’s wonderful.”

Joe glanced up to smile at Pa before reading the letter out loud.  “Everyone has been busy learning new skills.  Carpentry, leather work, barrel making.  Any skill that is useful around the settlement or produces goods we can sell.  We’ve even got a forge.”

“Sounds like they’re building themselves a regular town, don’t it?”

“The women make butter and cream from their cows, and Jemima met a lady who’s showing her how to keep bees and make honey.”  The smile on Joe’s face spread even wider.  “Listen to this.  Isaac and Esther have had a baby girl.”  His voice softened as he read on.  “They’ve called her Georgina.”

“Ain’t that wonderful?”

I glanced at Pa when Joe folded the letter and slid it back into the envelope. 

Pa patted Joe’s knee.  “I’m certainly glad to hear they’re doing so well.”

“Yeah.  I’m gonna get some air.”

We let him go and pretended to do something else for a moment.  Then Pa cleared his throat.  “I think I’ll join your brother for that air.”

He’d beat me to it, but that was all right.  Joe and Georgina had shared a love most folks never find in their whole lives.  Later, he’d remember that.  Until then, whether it were Pa or me, one of us would always be there to help Joe through.  We were always there for each other, and we always would be. 

**The End**

July 2025

If you enjoyed my story, I hope you’ll scroll down and leave a comment to let me know.

FEATURED STORY

***

Returning Home

By Beppina

Three months ago, Joe’s bags were packed, and he was heading out the door for a well-earned vacation in Boston with Adam. Now he had reversed the journey and was stood at the front door of his home…
Written for the 2024 Just Joe Summer Challenge.
Rating: GA – Word count 1326

If you enjoy the story, please leave a comment for the author
to let them know you appreciate their hard work.
They’d love to hear from you.

Joe’s Courage in Tough Days.

By Marcella Petillo

PROLOGUE

The day was warm, and they had been traveling for hours now. The sight of a group of trees and a stream running through them made Joe smile, reviving him. He turned to Adam with a flash of defiance in his eyes:
“Last one in takes care of the horses and cooks dinner!”
Adam wasted no time, spurred Sport on, inciting him with a yell, and set off at a gallop.
Joe launched himself in pursuit, shouting in turn. Cochise stretched out into a gallop that took him into the lead. The Pinto went along with the thrust that Joe’s whole body transmitted to him. Horse and rider were one, moving in unison, perfectly in tune.
Adam’s lips hinted at a smile. His young brother and horse were a sight to behold, and Adam knew he couldn’t hold a candle to them. No one rode like Joe! He was what they called ‘a natural’.

Besides being a precocious and instinctive rider, Joe had become an outstanding bronc buster. Adam had to hand it to him. He was a good wrangler, but Joe’s method and style had slowly become established at Ponderosa and had made a lot of money. The horses supplied to the Army, the working and saddle horses, were paid a handsome sum if they had been broke by Joe. When he was still very young, Pa had put him in charge of the horse section at the Ponderosa, and the men on the ranch respected him.

Joe combined his instinctive affinity for horses with certain Indian methods for gentler, more natural training. He let them calm down after they were captured. He walked among them, allowing them to recognize his scent and his voice. He caressed and touched them, speaking in a low voice, almost in a sing-song tone. He blew into their nostrils while offering them a piece of carrot or apple. He never broke their spirit, never brutalized them, and in the end, he obtained more cooperative, trusting, and reliable animals. He started with Cochise and then refined his technique.

They were just returning from a business trip in which they had delivered two stallions and four mares, highly bred and perfectly trained, to a ranch far out in the territory.
They had gotten the money they requested without any trouble, and Joe had also received compliments on his work on the animals, accepting them with a big smile.

Adam looked at his brother with pride. Hard to believe; only a few years earlier, tensions between them often marred their relationship. It was hard for Adam to forget his twelve-year age difference with his feisty younger brother, but Joe was no longer the irritating, overly impulsive boy who always acted before he thought, capable of getting on his nerves like nobody’s business!

He had turned twenty-three a few months earlier. He had matured, worked hard, taken responsibility on the ranch, and although his temper was still quick to flare up, Joe tried to control himself.

Since Adam had finally noticed that his brother had grown up, since he had stopped forcing him to do things his way, leaving him free to decide how to get the results, since Adam had finally begun to listen to Joe’s opinion and ideas, many differences had smoothed out.

Oh, not that it was always sunshine and roses between them, but certainly their relationship had improved. Proof of this was this trip during which they had enjoyed each other’s company in a pleasant and relaxed atmosphere.

Joe dismounted from Cochise, without waiting for the horse to stop. With long strides he continued toward the creek, laughing.

Adam followed closely behind him, but Joe was younger, agile, and fast. The young man stopped after seeing that the creek had formed a placid, calm pool at that point. He turned to Adam with a wild flicker in his eyes, laughed, and frantically began to undress.

Off came his boots and socks, which landed disheveled on the bank, close to the water.

Off came his belt and gun belt.

Off came the jacket and almost ripped the shirt off, then it was the turn of the pants, which went to everything else.

Naked, tanned, his body young and lithe, Joe dove in, letting out a scream as his skin touched the decidedly cold water! He swam with vigorous strokes to get the cold off him, then shouted to his brother to join him. On the shore, Adam had taken off his shirt, and was washing, but answered that he had no intention of freezing in that icy water!

A little later, Joe came out too; the water was definitely too cold to be comfortable. He shook out his mane of thick, curly hair, ran his hands over his naked body to remove as much water as he could, threaded his fingers through his wet hair to try to comb it out, and lay down on the blanket in the sun to finish drying off.

Meanwhile, Adam prepared dinner and set up camp. As he cooked beans and bacon, he looked at his brother, then looked at him better, with interest,“Since when do you have all those muscles?” asked Adam in a casual tone.

“Me?” Joe was surprised by the question. “Since when do I have muscles? I don’t know what you mean,” Joe looked at his brother with the dumbfounded face of someone who really didn’t understand.

Adam explained further, “You have always been thin, and when you are dressed, you still look thin, but now that I look at you I see muscles I didn’t know you had. I didn’t notice how muscular you have become in the last period. I haven’t been paying attention.”

Joe glanced down at his body. His eyes wandered over the broad shoulders and strong arms, the smooth, muscular chest, the flat stomach and belly, the long, slender legs. Joe had never had a problem with his nakedness, but now, feeling he was being watched, he turned onto his stomach exposing his back and butt to the sun, shielding his manhood from stares.

“The work, I suppose. So much work on the ranch, so much work with the horses, so much work splitting wood…what’s the matter with you, Adam? You look like you’ve never seen me!” Joe was bewildered and even a little embarrassed. They had always bathed naked, the three brothers, laughing and swimming for as long as Joe could remember. Now, Adam’s remarks had surprised him.

“It’s that you’ve grown up, little brother, you’ve really grown up!” Adam winced and continued, “I didn’t mean to embarrass you. I’m sorry if I made you uncomfortable, but I’m realizing that Little Joe, who you’ve always been to me, has grown up without me really realizing it. You really are a man…even though you still don’t show your age!” Adam chuckled at Joe’s grimace of disappointment and resumed. “…But it’s the truth, you look younger than your years! I almost find it funny that I have noticed the change in your character and not how much your physique has transformed over the same period! Now get dressed because the air is getting cold!”

He was always going to be a big brother!

Adam smiled at him. A smile that expressed respect. A smile that Joe appreciated. As a kid, he had tried to imitate that big brother of his, wanting to look like him, then he had realized that he couldn’t, and wouldn’t, do that. They were completely different; they loved each other, but they felt things differently, so Joe had found his way out of his brother’s shadow. That appreciation from Adam, however, had pleased him.

CHAPTER 1

The next morning, at first light, they were on their way home. There was still a long way to go to reach the Ponderosa, but the two brothers rode together, alternating chatting with moments of comfortable silence. It was toward early afternoon that it happened.

Adam and Joe stopped to eat and rest, before resuming their journey. They had watered their horses and filled their canteens with fresh water, knowing that they would not find any more for several miles. The area they were crossing was a barren landscape.

A group of Bannock Indians sprang up from behind a stone rampart and launched themselves in pursuit of the brothers. They were out of their territory, but it still happened that rebel groups raided ranches or assaulted travelers, mostly to get weapons.

The Bannocks were fierce, cruel, and hated whites. To end up in their hands was almost certain death, but to become their prisoner was even worse.

Adam and Joe launched their horses at a gallop to distance themselves, but it did not take long for the Indians to gain ground.

Cochise was much faster than Sport, and Joe was lighter than Adam, but Joe stayed by his brother’s side as they galloped toward a group of rocks for shelter.

The Bannocks screamed like madmen, shooting arrows that passed over their heads without doing any damage, but suddenly Adam heard a grunt beside him and saw Joe arch backward and then fall forward on Cochise’s neck. An arrow was lodged in Joe’s right shoulder.

It was sheer force of will that allowed the young man not to fall and lose consciousness, despite the excruciating pain in his shoulder.

Adam shot blindly into the screaming group and had the satisfaction of hearing a shout behind him. Spurring on the horses, they ducked among the rocks for cover.

Joe managed to dismount on his own, but when his feet touched the ground, his knees began to give way, and Adam grabbed him around the waist for support. He sat him on the ground with his left side leaning against a rock. The arrow was still in one piece and protruded from Joe’s shoulder in its full length. Adam took the rifles from the cases on the horses and stood next to Joe, firing at the Bannocks who hid among some rocks in front of them.

Joe did not make a sound. His eyes tightly closed, his head down and his breathing panting. Drops of sweat were beading on his forehead, blood was running down his back, and his face was pale and slick with sweat.

Adam was torn between the need to shoot to defend himself and the urgent need to help Joe, check his wound and get that damn arrow out of his shoulder. He did not notice that behind him, among the rocks, a Bannock was about to shoot an arrow.

He gasped when Joe’s gun fired so close to him, he turned sharply and saw the Indian fall. Joe had opened his eyes just in time and hit him full in the chest.

A wild flash in those green eyes. A small, trembling smile on his face, which bore the marks of the pain that pierced him, a sigh, “Adam… please… take it out.”

“Joe…I know, I know it hurts! You have to hold on a little longer, we have to fix those damn Indians, then I’ll get it out! Hang on!”

Joe collapsed against the rock trembling in pain, and Adam kept firing, hitting two more Indians, but there were still three of them, hiding in the rocks.

Suddenly the attack ceased. Evidently the Bannocks were regrouping, but Adam took advantage of the momentary calm to check on Joe. He wanted to get that damn arrow out right away!

With the knife, he widened the hole a little in the fabric of Joe’s jacket and shirt, which were soaked in blood, and bared the wound.

He had Joe lying on his stomach and was grateful that his brother could not see the expression on his face when he realized the situation. The arrow had gone very deep and it would be difficult to get it out by pulling it outward. The Bannocks used triangular-tipped arrows for hunting, and pulling it out would have further torn and damaged muscle and flesh.

That arrow was designed to do as much damage as possible. The pain for Joe would be unbearable.

Adam took a piece of bandage from the medical supplies he carried in his saddlebag, rolled it up, and put it in Joe’s mouth so that he could bite it hard when it would hurt.

He spoke to him in a calm but firm voice. He explained the situation to Joe without hiding the difficulties. He would have given anything not to have to do what he was about to do!

Joe mentally prepared himself for the pain he knew was coming, closed his eyes, and bit down hard on the cloth pad.

Adam snapped the arrow shaft and a wave of pain went through Joe who gritted his teeth. He cut around where the arrow had penetrated to allow the tip to exit more easily, and Joe groaned but did not move. Finally Adam firmly grasped the wooden stump of the arrow and began to pull upward.

Joe’s body twisted, his muscles contracted, his hands clenched into fists until his knuckles whitened. Finally his scream of agony told of the unbearable pain he was experiencing.

Adam paused. He was shaking with tension. He put a hand on Joe’s head and slid it over his uninjured shoulder, which he squeezed. “Joe…Damn it!…Joe…I can’t take the arrow out! Not like this! I’ll risk killing you! If at least the tip had gone out the front! It would have been easier to pull it out. We need to find a doctor…”

And as Adam finished his sentence, the Bannock rebels attacked again from another side. Adam moved quickly and began firing.

Joe stayed where he was, breathing hard, trying to control the pain that ripped through him. The wound burned internally like fire, as if the wooden shaft of the arrow was glowing metal.

Joe was losing consciousness, but something Adam said kept buzzing in his head.

If at least the tip had come out in front… “

One Indian fell under Adam’s fire. Two remained. Joe slowly began to move, groaning softly, with great effort, but he managed to sit back up with the rock behind him.

If at least the tip had come out in front…”

He looked toward Adam, intent on shooting, and began to undo his jacket and shirt buttons. He shrugged with a trembling hand at the fabric, exposing his chest and right shoulder.

If at least the tip had come out in front…”

Sweat bathed his face and chest. Joe’s jaw was clenched tightly, and with stubborn determination, he got into position.

If at least the tip had come out in front…”

Adam screamed after killing the second rebel and turned toward Joe. In a flash, he understood what he intended to do and shouted again. “Joe! Don’t! Don’t! Joe, for heaven’s sake! No!”

At that moment. Adam turned, shot, and killed the third Bannock. It was over.

At the same moment, Joe leaned forward, held his breath, and pushed backward with all his remaining strength. His back struck the rock violently, he felt the stump of the arrow penetrate all the way through. He felt the arrowhead pierce the flesh, saw the arrow shaft come out high on his chest, bloody.

He screamed. A terrible, agonizing scream, as of a mortally wounded animal. With a hoarse groan and panting loudly, Joe slid sideways, leaving a bloody trail on the rock he was leaning against.

He slumped to the ground at the same moment Adam reached him with his face petrified with horror. “Joe! Oh, Lord! Joe…”

He had the strength to stretch his lips into a lopsided smile. Green eyes fixed in Adam’s dark ones, eyes full of confidence despite everything. “Now…you can…get it out…” And he surrendered, overcome, to the oblivion that claimed him.

Emotion threatened to overwhelm him, but Adam forced himself to become lucid again, quick and efficient. Carefully, he laid Joe on the blanket, then Adam wrapped the handkerchief he had around his neck around his palm to increase his grip and keep from slipping on the blood soaking the wooden shaft. When he was ready, he pulled the arrow to himself forcefully but slowly. Joe’s whole body tensed with contracted muscles, but he did not jerk or wake up.

With an obscene suck, the arrow exited the flesh and the two wounds began to bleed profusely. Adam washed them thoroughly with water, then let alcohol run over them. Joe gasped violently.

He made two swabs with cotton bands, laid them on the front and back, and pressed hard with his hands to stop the bleeding. Then she bandaged Joe’s shoulder and chest tightly He groaned, but did not regain consciousness.

Finally, he closed his shirt and jacket in front, covered Joe with another blanket, and sat beside him, completely exhausted.

CHAPTER 2

The next morning, Adam prepared some kind of broth with the spare dried meat and made Joe drink it.

The night had passed in relative calm. Joe had gone from unconsciousness to an exhausted and agitated sleep that had lasted until almost dawn. Waking up was not as good. Joe had a high fever and was in great pain. Adam had checked his wounds, but had seen no evidence of infection; it would have been too early for that anyway.

All he had left of his medical supplies were cotton bandages; he had nothing to relieve Joe’s pain as he complained of that constant burning inside his wounds. Adam did not understand what it could be caused by, but Joe was in pain, and it showed.

He let him rest as much as possible, giving him water and broth regularly, but Joe was unable to travel, so they spent a second night camped among those rocks.

The young man was really sick.

He alternated moments of wakefulness in which he struggled not to complain, resisting the piercing pain, with periods of drowsy stupor in which he lost control and groaned softly from the suffering that was tearing him apart.

They left again at dawn the next morning.

Adam was worried and wished Joe could be seen by a doctor. He had already done all he could, but it surely had not been enough. He had thought of building a travois to carry Joe, but the journey would have been much slower. Additionally, in the arid area where they were, there was no suitable vegetation for their purpose.

They rode in doubles all day, alternating between Sport and Cochise, and in the evening, they set up camp. Fortunately, they had come out of the barren area and found a grove and a stream. Painful memories had tormented Adam along the way. Another circumstance in which he had carried his brother, accidentally wounded by one of his bullets.

Adam dressed Joe’s wounds and then placed wet compresses of cool water on his forehead, burning with fever.

For the past few hours, the young man had been alternating between moments of wakefulness and long periods of unconsciousness. He had certainly gotten worse, and Adam feared for his life.

The next day, they rode again without finding help. Adam was discouraged and exhausted. He was holding with only the strength of his arms, the weight of Joe in the saddle in front of him.

When Joe was himself, he leaned back on Adam’s chest, keeping his head on his older brother’s shoulder, but when he lost consciousness, he slumped forward, and it was harder for Adam to support him.

Despite stops to rest, check wounds, and change mounts, Adam was growing tired, and Joe was getting worse and worse. In the afternoon light, on the road to Carson City, the structure of a large ranch suddenly appeared.
On the sign was written, Golden Star, with a J and an L intertwined with a large M. Adam had only heard of it and did not know it, but he rode toward the house, calling aloud for help.

Out of the stable came a couple of men and from the house a girl, drying her hands on her apron. Adam quickly spoke up: “I’m Adam Cartwright, and this is my brother Joe. He needs help! He is badly hurt, and I need to find a doctor!”

The girl looked at the injured young man slumped in her brother’s arms. His face was pale and shiny with sweat. She immediately realized the seriousness of the situation: “Josh, quickly, take him into the house!”

The two men sidled up to Adam’s horse. Adam passed Joe into their waiting arms, then dismounted himself and the three of them carried Joe toward the house.

The girl threw the door wide open for them to pass through and led the way to a room on the ground floor with two beds.

Joe was lain on one of the beds, and the girl immediately approached him. She touched his forehead, opened his shirt, and unwrapped the bandages from the wound on his chest, then checked the one behind on his shoulder, “What happened to him? Arrow?”

“An arrow, yes!” replied Adam breathlessly, ”We ran into a group of Bannock. They hit him from behind. I removed the arrow, but he is very sick and has a high fever! He says the wound burns like fire, that he feels burning inside!”

The girl turned to Adam “I’m Linda Miller, this is my brother Josh”, pointing to the younger of the two men, “And this is Bill, our foreman. You are on our ranch. There is no doctor near here. The nearest one is in Carson City, half a day from the ranch, but you are lucky. Our father was a doctor, a very good doctor. He died a year ago, but I learned from him. I’m as close to a doctor as you could find in the area. I’ll take care of your brother, partly because he’s certainly in no condition to get to Carson”.

Adam was not entirely convinced, but Linda was right. Joe was no longer able to travel, especially not for another six hours at least, so he agreed that the girl would lend him a hand.

Linda quickly organized what needed to be done and explained it to Adam: “Your brother has a very high fever, too high, we need to bring it down, so we will give him a bath with just lukewarm water, then cool him from time to time with ice while Joe is in the tub. In the meantime, I’ll be able to check the wounds and if it is as I think, give him a treatment that will decrease the burning he feels. He’s right, poor boy, the Bannocks poison their arrows!”

Adam gasped, “Poisoned arrows? Will Joe die?”

“It’s not a deadly poison, but an irritant and corrosive substance that causes severe tissue inflammation. That’s where the burning comes from. The substance starts to take effect right away, causes a high fever in a short time, and the wound becomes inflamed…then it all depends on the constitution of the person affected.” Linda lowered her voice as she looked at Adam with understanding “Your brother is young; he looks strong and healthy to me. He will have to fight, but I think he will make it! Now let’s get the bath ready! Josh, Bill, I need your help!”

CHAPTER 3

A metal tub was brought into the room where Joe had been placed. It was filled with lukewarm water and Linda dissolved soothing powders and herbs in it, then turned to Adam and asked him to undress his brother while she would wash and prepare her father’s tools, then wrap his hips in a towel so that he would not slip in the bathtub even if he lost consciousness completely.

The second reason not explicitly stated was that Linda had to take care of him and his injuries, and it would not be appropriate for a girl to have a naked young man in plain sight! Adam understood exactly the point without another word being said.

He undressed Joe, who was still semi-conscious, then had Josh and Bill put him on his feet while he tried to wrap his hips with a towel before lowering him into the tub.

Linda found herself passing by the slightly open door and caught a glimpse of Joe from behind, supported by Josh and Bill, and the first thing she noticed was that he was completely tanned, including his buttocks and legs.

A moment later, she couldn’t help but notice the harmony of that young, slender, muscular body. His broad back, slim waist, narrow hips, firm butt, and long, strong legs.

It was only a moment, but Linda felt a dip in her heart, as if she had missed a beat. Not that she had never seen a naked man before. In assisting her father in the medical profession, it had happened to her before, but never had she had such a reaction.

When she heard the sound of stirring water, Linda entered the room.

Joe had been submerged in the tub; he had reacted to the almost cold water with a little throaty cry, but now he was silent and motionless, his head reclined to the side. Josh and Bill left the room to tend to the Cartwrights’ horses and shelter them for the night.

Linda touched the young man’s hot forehead, his body also radiating a strong heat. On contact with the cold water, he had reacted with goose bumps, and a long shiver shook him. Carefully, Linda removed the temporary bandages from the wounds and examined them carefully, then began washing them with soap and water. As slowly as she did, Joe moaned, arching his back, but Linda continued with her work, explaining to Adam what she intended to do

“We have to wash him well, including his hair. You’ve been on the trail for days, and by now, the dust is everywhere. The cleaner his body is, the less risk of infection. Then I will do an internal wash of the wound with a solution that is first a cleaning wash, then soothing and calming. This will take away from his tissues the irritant that causes him so much burning and fever. We will do this now and tomorrow, finally, I can suture the wounds. Tonight I will do it here while your brother is in the water. You can also start adding a little ice at a time to bring down his temperature.”

Together, they washed Joe’s entire body thoroughly, then Adam watched intently as Linda filled a rubber pump with an amber substance and connected it to a rather long rubber tube.

The girl began to slowly insert the small rubber tube into the chest wound. Joe immediately stiffened and moaned loudly, but Adam held him still, watching the maneuver in amazement.
Linda began to squeeze the pump and spray the wound internally, then did the same thing to the wound behind, on the shoulder. When she removed the small tube, the water in the tub began to color with the medicinal amber liquid, and some blood dripping from the wounds.

After flushing the pump and replacing the medicine inside, Linda did the whole operation all over again. Joe moaned, shaking his head. Meanwhile, Adam had also continued to cool the water with ice.

While performing the internal washings of the wound, Linda told Adam that it was her father who had found the remedy for the poisoned arrows of the Bannocks, who had made many forays into their area. Fortunately, things had changed for the better, but a few bands of rebels still circulated, and Adam and Joe had had the misfortune to encounter them.

Some time passed, Linda periodically checked Joe’s temperature, and when he began to shake and chatter his teeth, Linda called Josh again and left the room so that he and Adam could dry Joe off and put him back to bed.

She returned a short time later to find the young man motionless in bed, with the sheet covering him. Linda put disinfectant ointment on the open wounds, then bandaged them tightly. She placed a hand on Joe’s forehead and smiled smugly. His fever had dropped quite a bit.

Unfortunately, among her father’s medical supplies, he no longer had any pain-relieving powders, but he still had a remnant of Laudanum. She lifted Joe’s head and put a spoonful of the right amount of the medicine between his lips.

He swallowed without opening his eyes, immersed as he was in his painful limbo. At least he would sleep for a few hours. It was obvious that he was in pain, even though he was not much in himself. Even without wishing to consider the poison of the arrow, his was still a serious wound, and it would take time to recover, hoping no complications would come.

Joe had never opened his eyes, but now his chest rose and fell in regular breathing and he slept soundly. They let him sleep soundly as they set the table for dinner. They all needed a break!

CHAPTER 4

It was a relaxing dinner. Linda and Josh were pleasant company. Adam discovered that he and Josh were almost the same age, Linda was twenty, and they raised thoroughbred horses for the eastern market. Josh promised Adam that he would give him a tour of the ranch and show him his finest horses, which were selected based on demand from wealthy eastern cities.

They had a thriving ranch, a beautiful home, and Adam wondered why he’d never met them before. Perhaps it was only because their interests and markets were so different.

In contrast, the Millers knew about the Ponderosa, the Cartwrights, and the vast expanse of their land, but they had never had a chance to visit, and Adam vowed to invite them as soon as possible.

He wanted to reciprocate their kindness and hospitality and was sure the Millers would like Pa and Hoss as well.

Adam told about his trip with Joe, how his brother, although so young, was a great expert on horses, and how he knew how to train them. How he, too, would have liked to see the Golden Star horses as soon as he could.

Then he told about their encounter with the Bannocks.

Josh and Linda were impressed by the bravery shown by Joe when Adam described to them, still shaken, what his brother had done to allow him to extract the arrow from his body.

“Joe is the bravest man I know, but he is also determined, loyal, and generous. He will not be stopped by anything or anyone if he decides to intervene in a good cause! His stubbornness is well known in the family!” Adam smiled, then resumed. “I’m the eldest, he’s the youngest of three, but Joe is always on the move, unstoppable, inexhaustible…often prone to trouble! Sometimes, we wonder how he managed to reach adulthood!”

Josh laughed and winked toward his sister “I know what you’re talking about! Here I have a female copy of what you described!”

And they all laughed heartily as Linda complained to her brother about the bad impression he was giving of her, but her big iridescent eyes shone with affection as she tapped Josh’s shoulder with her napkin, apparently indignant.

Linda had prepared some broth to give Joe as soon as he woke up, and having finished dinner, with great authority, despite her young age, she sent Adam to rest on the other bed in Joe’s room. She would take the first shift, and then Adam would take over.

Linda wanted to monitor Joe’s reactions to the treatment. She hoped that the fever would not return dangerously high and that Joe would be able to rest, but she also knew that could happen. Gingerly, she had warned Adam to keep his brother’s temperature under control just in case. If nothing else, they had gotten a few hours of quiet rest for Joe.

Exhausted by the fatigue and excitement of the last few hours, once in the room, Adam covered Joe with the light bedspread that stood at the foot of the bed. The days were warm, but the evenings were still cool. He touched his forehead to check the temperature, moved the sweat-damp hair from his heated forehead, and placed a cloth soaked in cool water on it.

He watched him sleep, noticing the signs of pain he was in, wishing that he could be well soon.

He placed a hand on the side of his neck and ran her thumb over his cheekbone as he whispered, “Don’t give up, Joe, you have to fight! You’re a fighter, you always have been, don’t give up now, you can’t, do you understand me? You don’t have to!”.

When Linda entered the room, Adam was lying on the bed fully clothed and had already fallen deeply asleep. It was she who laid a bedspread over him so that he would not get cold.

Linda took a seat in an armchair next to Joe’s bed. She checked him first with a serious and professional air, then the nurse in her stepped back and emerged the young woman she was.

By the faint light of the lamp, he observed the sleeping, suffering young man. She noticed his features so finely sculpted, those high cheekbones, the pure line of his jaw, twitching with pain, the small, straight nose, the soft lips, the shape of his eyes, which she had not yet seen open, but which were equipped with long, thick, curved lashes. Linda smiled to herself.

No man should be allowed to have such eyelashes when so many women did not have them so beautifully!

She remembered his slender, tanned body before the bath, blushed as she thought of his nakedness before Adam covered him with the towel, and smiled, resting her cheek against his palm, sighing.

As Linda watched him, Joe suddenly stirred in the bed, his hands became restless on the sheet. With his left hand, he grabbed the sheet and pushed it down, uncovering his body from his belly to and hips.

The spasm made him arch his back and clench his teeth, his head tipped back on the pillow, his eyes closed and clenched tightly. A weak moan escaped his throat. The pang he felt was so evident on his contracted features that Linda felt a squeeze in her heart. The panting in his chest became even more evident. Shiny with sweat, he shook his head on the pillow, but almost immediately became still again, as his body slumped and lay limp on the bed. Adam didn’t notice anything.

Linda’s eyes wandered over the smooth, muscular chest, over that flat, hard, taut stomach and belly, over the slender hips where the relief of the pelvic bones and the junction of a thigh could be seen. The piled and crumpled sheet and bedspread hid his manhood, but Linda blushed anyway.

The girl carefully freed the part of the sheet that had been enclosed in Joe’s fist and covered him again, slowly and carefully, leaving her arms uncovered and resting on the bedspread.

Oh, yes, Joe Cartwright was really a handsome young man! Linda admitted that she had never seen a more handsome man in all her young life!

She placed her hand on Joe’s and squeezed it lightly. She was amazed when she felt Joe weakly return the squeeze and even more so when a faint whisper came from his lips, a barely audible plea, “Pa…” Joe moved his head, sighed, and fell back into sleep with a small groan.

Linda smiled to herself and then became emotional as she thought of the deep love she had held for her father. It had been a year since his death, and several more since the loss of her mother, but Linda remembered them each day with love.

Evidently, Joe also had a close relationship with his father, and Linda imagined that he was a much-loved son.

About three hours passed, and Linda gave way to Adam and retired to her room to get some sleep. Up to that point, Joe had been fairly quiet, although his pain was evident, but as the hours passed, the young man began to stir and moan. His temperature had risen again, and Joe was in a sweat bath.

Adam alternated cold compresses on his forehead and wiped the sweat on his body. He desperately wished Pa was with them in that circumstance. He knew that Ben had a calming effect on Joe, especially when he was sick. His father’s closeness made him feel safe and protected ever since he was a child.

Joe had a special relationship with his father. A deep, total, shadowless love of complete trust in him. Now, in his suffering, Joe called his father, and Adam could do nothing to make him feel better.

Finally, dawn came, and Joe’s fever came down enough for him to get some rest. Adam also fell asleep, drained.

When Linda entered the room softly, the two brothers were sleeping an exhausted and troubled sleep.

CHAPTER 5

Adam slowly lifted Joe, and Linda placed several pillows behind his shoulders, almost sitting him up. Joe let it happen without resistance, keeping his eyes closed, physically challenged and lost in a world where sounds came to him muffled, aware only of the pain he was in.

Linda managed to get him to swallow some warm broth, which Joe swallowed almost automatically, then administered the last remaining drops of Laudanum. They would not be enough to put him to sleep or even take away the pain, but perhaps they would keep him as calm as possible.

Linda gave the young man the treatment again to remove the irritant with which the Bannock arrow was smeared, and finally prepared to suture the two wounds on his back and chest.

Joe had moaned as the rubber tube was pushed inside the wounds, and Adam had held him down, but eventually he had regained his senses completely, and despite the calming effect of the little Laudanum he had been given, he was awake and alert for the first time since they had arrived at the ranch. His fever was almost gone.

He looked at Linda questioningly, then looked at Adam, who was smiling at him,“…Adam…where?…Who?…”

“Don’t worry, Joe, we’re at Golden Star, a ranch half a day from Carson City, you’re safe now, you’ll be fine!”

“Water…please…” asked Joe in a broken voice and a parched throat; Linda hastened to place a glass of cool water to his lips, which he drank to the bottom, thirsty.

Adam was relieved to see Joe’s evident improvement.

“This is Linda Miller; this house is hers and her brother Josh’s. She saved your life, Joe. Linda really saved your life! How are you feeling?”

A small smile stretched Joe’s lips as he decided to tell the truth, “It hurts, it hurts…damn it, but I don’t feel that burning inside the wound anymore….”

Adam explained about Linda’s treatment of him and the Bannocks’ poisoned arrow, then added, “Joe…it’s not over yet. Now Linda has to suture your wounds, so you will heal faster and there will be less risk of infection. It will hurt, I’m sorry, I’m really sorry, but we have no other choice. There is no more anesthetic to put you to sleep.”

As Adam explained to Joe what they had to do, Linda was struck by the injured young man’s large green eyes, which she saw open for the first time. Eyes of iridescent color, changing from bright green to hazel depending on the light that hits them. Beautiful, expressive eyes, framed by those long, curved lashes he had admired before.

Joe sighed, closing his eyes. The pain was already so much to bear. He had no real awareness of the last two days, except that he had been immersed in a kind of muffled and painful limbo. Now he would be conscious, and he was so tired…so tired of so much pain.

He opened his eyes, misty with suffering, and looked at Linda, who stood beside him, “Just do it…”

Linda smiled at him, gently brushed his furrowed brow, then leaned over Joe, looking at him with understanding, “I’ll do it as soon as I can, I promise, but you hold on! It will hurt, but you must hold still, as still as you can. Do you understand?”

Joe nodded slowly and tried to prepare himself for the new pain.

It had been hard for Joe, but Linda had kept her word. She had been quick, and her skilled hands had sutured the edges of the two wounds with precise, quick stitches, then she had bandaged his chest and shoulder.

To distract Joe from the pain, she had talked to him the whole time, in a low, soft voice, while her hands worked with precision. It had worked, although a few muffled moans had escaped his control.

Adam had held a hand on his uninjured shoulder to make him feel his presence, but was ready to intervene if his brother became agitated.

Several times, Joe had turned his head to rest it on his brother’s arm, panting loudly as the needle went in and out of his flesh and his muscles twitched in pain, gritting his teeth on that cloth swab.

His hands clutched the sheet, locking it in his clenched fists as his back arched and a few stifled moans escaped his throat. Then, finally, it was all over, and Joe was resting in the dimly lit room.

He had eaten a light meal and had been asleep for a while, but now he was awake and looking around the unfamiliar but carefully and soberly furnished room. The furniture was fine, the pictures on the walls showed majestic landscapes or horses of all breeds, some of which Joe had not been able to recognize. It was a room that revealed a certain comfort. Joe had not yet seen anything of the house or the ranch, but surely the Golden Star was a thriving and well-kept ranch.

His mind wandered among disparate thoughts. The Bannocks, their escape, the arrow that had hit him, and his somewhat foolish gesture for Adam to take it out. Everything else was blurred in a haze of which he remembered only the excruciating, continuous pain.

He touched his bandaged chest. The pain was always there, but now he could bear it better, and that terrible burning inside the wound was gone.

He was reminded of Linda’s face, leaning over him as she sutured the wounds and to which he had clung to take his mind off the pain.

A sweet face, the golden skin of someone who lives a lot outdoors, a sprinkling of freckles on the small, sassy nose, a mouth with full, soft lips, two immense gray-green eyes, glistening with golden straws, and a mane of long, soft, antique copper-colored curls. Probable inheritance from some Irish ancestor. A beauty that radiated from within, that stood out in the sweetness of her smile with perfect white teeth, the expression of her changing, iridescent eyes. A person who made you feel good, Joe thought, smiling to himself.

He had not yet had a chance to get to know her better, but Joe suspected that Linda’s personality was one to be discovered and appreciated.

A down-to-earth girl who could be counted on, not one of those endowed only with the charm of a pretty face and body, which in the past had attracted the attention of the dashing young Joe.

With these pleasant thoughts, he fell asleep again. A natural and healing sleep at last, for the first time since he had been wounded.

CHAPTER 6

Three days later, when Linda had entered the Cartwright brothers’ room with Joe’s breakfast, she had found the young man sitting on the bed, leaning back against the pillows, dressed in his clean pants and a spare shirt still open over his bandaged chest.

Adam stood beside him, wondering if he felt all right, if he could trust him to leave him alone because he wanted to travel to Carson City with Josh. He wanted to stock up on supplies, get the necessary medicines, and send a telegram home to alert the family of what had happened and their subsequent delay.

Joe smiled, rolling his eyes, reassuring Adam that he would be fine. He was not alone; there was Linda and the men from the ranch; he could safely hold out until evening, when his brother and Josh would return.

As Linda entered the room, Joe turned to her and smiled again, one of those shining smiles of his that was like magic, and Linda gasped, stopping short with the tray in her hand.

Adam looked at her, raising an eyebrow, shook his head, and smiled. His brother’s charm had struck again, evidently.

Linda blushed, tried to pull herself together, placed the tray on Joe’s lap, and dignifiedly left the room. Adam watched Joe and realized that he was unaware of the emotions he had aroused in Linda,

“Interesting situation…” thought Adam, as he said goodbye to his young brother and walked out of the room, ready to leave.

When Linda returned to the room some time later, she found Joe pensive, his face serious and attentive, a shadow of sadness in his eyes so evident that Linda felt compelled to seek a solution, “Joe…how are you feeling? Do you think you can get up a little? I’d love to take you to see our thoroughbred horses! I can bring the buggy out front so you’d only have to walk a few steps, and then I’ll give you a tour of the ranch. What do you say?”

Joe’s face instantly revived, and he smiled with joy and immediately accepted the proposal! He had to laugh, remembering that he was usually the one who took the pretty girls for a buggy ride through the enchanting landscapes of the Ponderosa, but really, he was grateful to be able to get out in the fresh air after so many days of bed and suffering. His shoulder sent back a dull, continuous pain that still plagued him, but he was able to manage, so he moved to get up.

He threw his legs to the side, but he had not reckoned with his actual condition. As soon as he got to his feet, he found himself staggering, suddenly seized by dizziness, and he felt his knees give way beneath him.

Linda was quick and instinctively grabbed him so he would not fall. One arm around his slim waist, the other on his back, her hand on his bare skin, under his still-open shirt. She held him against her, steadying him as Joe grabbed her shoulders, almost hugging her, his eyes closed tightly.

A small moan of surprise escaped his throat as he regained his balance. It was like a jolt, an intense vibration that ran through his entire body, a complete mind-body fusion that stunned him, and then he realized it had been the same for Linda.

Linda looked up at him with eyes that had become immense with surprise, her trembling hands resting on his skin as a tender blush began to spread across her worried face. “Are you all right, Joe?” she tried to play it cool, to get over that moment, that blush that embarrassed her, but she was also genuinely worried about him.

Joe roused himself, lowered his arms, releasing her from his grip as Linda did likewise. The young man sat on the edge of the bed and automatically began to button his shirt, leaving it outside his pants. Linda procured a sling to support his right arm and left him sitting down to fetch the buggy.

Left alone, Joe thought back to the intense sensation he had felt. He could not remember ever having felt such a connection with another woman before.

Something similar happened when he found himself in his father’s arms after a danger he had run, after a long absence from home, when his father held him close if he had been hurt, but he was the person he loved most in the world all his life!

It didn’t make sense…or did it?

He let go of his thoughts when shortly thereafter he found himself sitting in the buggy driven by Linda, on a perfect late spring day, happy just to breathe in the pure air rich in olfactory stimulation. A mixture of the smell of sun-warmed hay, the scent of flowers and pine resin, the strong smell of horses, filled his senses.
Then to his nostrils also came Linda’s scent, a fresh aroma of Lavender, as she sat beside him, dressed in a light green cotton dress that set off her eyes and the dark copper of her hair. She wore no hat, and a few strands of hair had broken free, falling down her sun-gilded face. The breeze danced around her face and shoulders, and Joe found himself staring at her adorable freckles, her sassy nose, her full mouth opened in a smile, as if seeing them for the first time. Then he gasped in wonder.

In several adjacent corrals, Joe saw magnificent horses, and his attention was completely captured. His expert eyes darted from one to the other, admiring their coats, their proportions, and their shapes.

These were not wild Mustangs or Quarter Horses, typical of western cattle ranchers and prized for their versatility in work, nor were they large Morgans, like Hoss’s horse, which were also suitable for pulling. These were refined animals of rare beauty, and Joe stood watching them open-mouthed, spellbound.

Linda laughed when she saw his reaction and approached a particular enclosure where large horses with shiny jet-black coats stood. Soft tufts of hair covered their hooves, and their gait was as graceful as a dance. Their superb, distinctive feature was their long, thick, wavy tails and manes that reached the ground. They were statuesque, powerful, and overwhelmingly beautiful.

Joe was completely fascinated!

A graceful mare with a long, heavy, perfectly wavy mane broke away from the group in the enclosure and approached the fence, neighing softly. Linda leaned out of her seat on the cart and called her, introducing her to Joe, “This is Lady Morgan, she’s my mare, do you like her?”

“Oh, Linda, she’s magnificent! Wonderful! Where do these beautiful horses come from? Are they Friesians?”

Linda smiled, admiring Joe’s expertise, as she stroked her mare’s velvety black muzzle: “Originally from Friesland, yes. The first specimens came from Europe and are still rare here! In the cities of the East, they want them for rides in the large city parks, for elegant carriages, to show off their wealth.”

Joe was fascinated: “I don’t think I’ve ever seen one in real life before! They’re magnificent!” A flash, a distant memory formed in his mind, interrupting his words.

Linda saw the change in Joe’s face and his effort to remember,

“Maybe, maybe I’ve seen one before, but I was so little! I think the black stallion my mother rode, and which killed her when it fell, was a Friesian! He was a beautiful animal, even though I don’t remember him very well…” Joe’s face darkened for a moment, then he resumed looking at the beautiful horses in the paddock, “Oh, Lord! I’d love to ride one!”

Linda laughed heartily at the look of pure desire on Joe’s face, “As soon as you’re back in shape, you can come back and do it!” She laughed again at the look of enthusiasm she saw on his face.

“You bet! You bet you can!” Joe’s eyes sparkled in anticipation of that moment.

Late in the evening, Adam and Josh returned to the ranch after their long trip to and from Carson City with their load of supplies.

Joe was in bed resting after a pleasant but tiring day. Linda was next to him, and the two young people were chatting quietly when Adam entered the room, eager to see Joe.

His face was tired and pale, but he was laughing at something Linda had just said, with that typical, infectious laugh of his, then he suddenly stopped, bringing a hand to his injured shoulder, “Stop making me laugh! It hurts! Damn, it really hurts!” and his face contorted into a grimace of pain.

Adam noticed the change in Joe and Linda’s behavior compared to that same morning, much more relaxed and at ease, but he was concerned and asked them, “Joe, how are you? What happened today? Are you in so much pain?”

Linda explained to Adam that she had taken Joe to see the horses, then apologized because perhaps they had overdone it a bit and Joe had gotten more tired than he should have.

Linda was sorry, so much so that Joe intervened, “It’s not your fault! I’m the one who wanted to enjoy the day outdoors after so many days cooped up in bed! I’m fine, I just need a good night’s sleep”.

He smiled at Linda and Adam, who was staring at him with that typical big brother look.

It was that ‘I’m fine’that alerted Adam. Joe would have said he was fine even on his deathbed so as not to worry anyone! So he decided to give him a painkiller, which they had finally stocked up on. Joe deserved it after so many days of severe suffering, and he finally had a peaceful night.

The next morning, he claimed to be really fine after sleeping without pain.

CHAPTER 7

The next two days passed quickly as Joe and Adam were shown around the ranch by Josh and Linda, who were proud to show off their magnificent specimens to the two Cartwrights.

In addition to the magnificent English Thoroughbreds, bred for racing, the noble Arabians with their strong temperament, and the wonderful Friesians, they saw horses they had only read about in books, and some they didn’t even know existed.

They were fascinated by the large and powerful Percherons, imposing draft horses, originally from distant France, which the Millers bred for transport and heavy work: 1763,7 Pounds of powerful muscles, large size, with a gray dappled coat, and a docile character. An extremely calm and intelligent animal. Their size commanded respect, but they were energetic animals that liked to work and were easy to get along with.

The Cartwright brothers admired the beautiful Andalusians with their harmonious, elegant shapes and regal gait, which made them look as if they were dancing as they walked. These were also requested by wealthy landowners in the South to show off on walks and for sport. It would have been nice to give one to their father, remembering the loss of the Great White years earlier, which had almost cost Joe his life, but the ranch did not need horses for show, but working animals that could interact with livestock, strong and resilient, so they shelved the idea of the Andalusian with a sigh of regret.

But the surprise for them was yet to come, and it would be overwhelming.

The Miller ranch was extensive, well-organized, and dotted with paddocks and stables where the horses were kept according to their breed.
Josh and Linda accompanied Adam and Joe to a stable near a small wood crossed by a stream.
The stable opened directly onto a paddock, half of which was shaded by the woods, while the other half was sunny.
The carriage with Linda and Joe stopped in the shade, immediately followed by Josh and Adam on horseback.

The paddock was empty, but from inside the stable, they could hear neighing, and among them, Joe immediately recognized the higher-pitched sound of a foal.
Josh went to open the stable and shortly after brought out a stallion, followed by two mares and a newborn foal. From where he stood, he enjoyed watching Joe and Adam’s amazed faces, literally open-mouthed at the sight of these absolutely incredible horses.
Linda smiled proudly and winked at her brother. No one could remain indifferent to these wonders of nature!

The stallion ran around the paddock, passing from the sun to the shade and back again, his golden coat flashing in the light, like metallic reflections on precious metal.

It looked like it was made of pure gold!

He was slender, graceful, refined, aristocratic, with a supple gait and long legs, and an expressive head. Of the two mares, one was shiny like silver with almost pink hues, while the other looked like it was made of shining copper. Even the foal was sparkling gold like its father, but with a darker shade.

Joe was literally speechless. Adam watched those beautiful horses closely, wondering how they could have a coat that looked metallic. They didn’t know the breed; they didn’t even think animals like that could exist. With wide eyes, the two brothers watched those living wonders.

Josh and Linda let them admire the pride of their ranch, giving them time to take it all in, then Josh whistled softly and called the stallion, “Mida, come here!” He reached into the enclosure with his hand holding a sugar cube.

The golden stallion approached immediately, shaking his mane, his tail high, neighing, snorting, and dancing on his hooves. With a gentle touch, he took the sugar, then willingly allowed Josh to stroke his neck.

Joe could no longer resist and got out of the carriage to approach the splendid Mida. With sweet, almost sing-song words, he approached the fence and stroked his long neck, his noble and proud head, his velvety soft lips, enjoying the contact as much as the horse did. He was so excited that his eyes became watery.

Linda sensed his feelings, so similar to her own, and she liked that emotional side of Joe, who was not ashamed to show his involvement.

Josh said that the breed’s name was “Akhal-Teke” and told them about the peculiarity of the coat, which took on a metallic effect under the light, and why.

He explained that these were rare and precious horses, originally from Central Asia, bred since ancient times by Turkmen tribes, also called “Celestial Horses” and “Desert Greyhounds” because of their raised bellies, just like greyhounds.

The horses’ coats could be of various colors, light or dark, but always with that incredible metallic effect.

Adam was familiar with greyhounds from seeing them when he was at college in Boston, and he immediately understood the reference.

Josh went on to say that their hooves were very sturdy, with nails so hard that they often did not need to be shod. Furthermore, by nature, they were horses that bonded deeply with their owners, establishing a relationship of loyalty, fidelity, and devotion.
Joe immediately thought of his Cochise and smiled.
Finally, Linda chimed in, saying that legend had it that Alexander the Great’s legendary horse, named Bucephalus, was actually an Akhal-Teke.

CHAPTER 8

Joe and Adam were overwhelmed. They never thought they would see horses like these in their lifetime. In the Wild West, horses were selected for different purposes, and although the beauty of an animal was an added bonus in saddle horses, the main focus was on training them for the work they had to do.

Working ranches like the Ponderosa also depended on the ability of their horses, and Joe had become a master at training them. The ease with which he related to them, his instinct, the lightness of his touch, and the gentleness with which he treated them made him an undisputed and expert trainer.
The four young people stayed for a long time talking and comparing notes.

Joe was impressed to hear that Linda was not only a skilled horsewoman but was also active in training saddle horses for the wealthy Californians. The more he got to know her, the more he found they had in common, and the more he spent time with her, the more he found himself interested in her.

Joe was certainly not stupid. He understood that Linda liked him, as she was no longer able to hide her interest in him, but strangely, after the strong feelings of that morning when they had physical contact, Joe did not rush into a relationship that seemed almost inevitable.

He liked Linda very much and was learning to appreciate her for who she was. Linda wasn’t just beautiful. Linda was a solid, practical, competent girl, perfectly integrated into her working world. A girl who was on equal footing with her brother Josh and who had the respect of the men on the ranch. Linda wasn’t the little princess of Golden Star, all spoiled and capricious; she was the beating heart of the ranch and its balancing force.

Joe was gradually realizing all this and was attracted to her…and also a little intimidated. The girls he had dated, and even loved, had never been even remotely similar in character to Linda, nor had they ever made him feel that complete fusion, that connection, that he had experienced with her. So Joe reflected, thought, and questioned himself, afraid of making a misstep or hurting Linda, who was so taken with him.

Through it all, Adam watched, almost able to hear the mental processes of his younger brother, who was usually more impulsive than this. Joe was holding back. It wasn’t like him. Adam watched and waited.
It was late afternoon when everyone returned home. They had been out all day, touring the ranch and looking at the horses. They had had a picnic sitting by the stream, near the paddock where Mida and her mares were kept.
Joe had even taken a nap, lying on the grass, overcome by tiredness and emotion. He had fallen asleep without realizing it, while contemplating those spectacular horses over and over again.

Now, returning home, Joe felt tired, almost overwhelmed, and remained silent, distancing himself a little from the conversations that were going on around him.
He leaned back in the carriage and closed his eyes, letting Linda take him home. Their voices became an indistinct murmur that lulled him and accompanied him to sleep, but he did not fall asleep. Instead, he began to feel a general malaise that he could not name.

Adam was busy discussing breeding and plans with Josh, while Linda was busy keeping the horse at a steady pace as they made their way home, avoiding ruts and uneven ground that could have caused Joe further pain. No one noticed anything.

When they arrived in front of the house, Joe was in real pain. Emotionally involved, physically debilitated, and undermined by the pain that had tormented him day and night, He jumped out of the carriage with a sudden movement, taking a couple of steps to the side.

His head was spinning frighteningly, and he staggered as he turned pale. He let out a faint moan and collapsed.

Adam lunged forward and managed to catch him in his arms just before he hit the ground. Kneeling on the ground with his brother in his arms, he held him against his chest.

Joe’s head fell back on his shoulder, one hand clawing at his shirt sleeve,

“I… Adam… I feel sick…” and he fainted with a small moan, letting his head fall onto his older brother’s broad chest.

Linda had screamed when she saw Joe collapse to the ground. She then crouched down next to Adam, who was holding his brother in his arms, and immediately examined him.

She touched his forehead and felt the heat of his fever, saw his exhausted and pale face, and noticed beads of sweat forming on his forehead. His skin was shiny and wet, but there was no trace of blood under the bandages covering his shoulder and chest. Linda sighed with relief.

Efficient as always, she had Joe carried to the bed, where Adam removed his boots, jacket, and shirt.

They began to wet his forehead with cold compresses to lower his fever. They wiped the sweat from his chest, and Linda checked his wounds more closely, finding nothing wrong. They were healing well, and there was no sign of infection. So why?

Adam was keeping his cool, as always, but he was worried.

Linda answered his unspoken questions, “Joe still has Bannock poison in his blood. With treatment, I’ve relieved the burning sensation and removed most of the substance, but while the arrow was in his flesh, his blood absorbed some of it. Joe is struggling with the effects of the poison; he is still weak, and I was stupid not to take that into account. He has tired himself out too much over the last three days, and I shouldn’t have allowed it! He kept saying he was fine, and I believed him! Now he will have to rest and recover. I know you were thinking of heading home, but Joe is not yet ready for a long journey. It will take a few more days.”

Adam ran a hand over his face and shook his head, “My father and Doc Martin would skin me alive if they knew I let Joe get out of bed and walk around as much as he wanted! You haven’t known him long, so you can’t know this, but I’ve known him all my life, and when Joe says he’s fine, that’s when you have to be careful! I didn’t do that. I was out with Josh and neglected Joe, leaving him in your care.

I know the signs, and I didn’t pay attention to them. It’s my fault he’s sick now. Keeping Joe confined to bed has always been a battle, often a very tough battle! He’s impatient, stubborn, and so full of life that he can’t stand being stuck in bed for days or weeks. He’s always on the move, he has boundless energy, he never gives up, he has an iron will, and a great capacity for recovery. This usually allows him to heal in less time than the doctor himself would have predicted. I hope it works this time, too.”

Linda listened carefully to Adam’s outburst and gleaned more information about Joe. She liked what she heard; she liked Joe and his multifaceted personality. She realized she loved everything about the Joe she had met so far, and she felt increasingly involved and attached to him. She wanted to know everything about him. Joe was charming and handsome, his smiles took her breath away, but Linda had already gone beyond physical beauty, now she wanted to get to know him deeply, delve into his personality, discover what he liked and what could make him suffer. Perhaps this latest incident would give her the opportunity to do so.

When Joe opened his eyes again, he found himself in bed. Adam and Linda were with him, watching him closely.

“What happened? I don’t remember much…”
“You went down like a rock, little brother!” Adam joked to ease the tension. “You got out of the carriage and passed out. Your fever has returned, but fortunately, it’s not very high. The truth is, you’ve been overexerting yourself these past few days, and this is the result! Linda says you still have poison in your blood and you’ll be weak for a while, so don’t move from that bed or I’ll tie you down, mark my words!”

Joe’s eyes widened, then he smiled, one of his crooked, mischievous smiles, but Adam was serious and didn’t let himself get drawn in. Joe gave up, “Uh! Are you serious? I can’t get up? But I’m fine!!!”

Adam roared with laughter and Linda laughed until she was almost in tears, then left the brothers to sort things out for themselves and went to prepare dinner.

CHAPTER 9

Realizing that it was still too early for Joe to make the journey home, Adam decided to leave with the promise that someone would come and pick Joe up after a week.

Joe grumbled that he didn’t need a nanny, but Adam was adamant. He wouldn’t allow Joe to travel alone, having to camp on the trail for at least one night, cook, remove, and replace Cochise’s saddle, straining his injured shoulder. Adam also feared that his brother might fall ill with no one around to help him.

After getting assurances from Josh and Linda that they would not let Joe leave alone, Adam thanked them for their hospitality, made them promise to visit the Ponderosa, said goodbye to everyone, and set off for home.

He had carved out a moment alone with Joe, and as he was being escorted to his horse, he put his arm around his younger brother’s shoulders, pulling him toward him, then joked,“Lucky man! You still have a week to spend with Linda! She adores you, I think you’ve noticed, she only has eyes for you!” Then he became serious, “Joe, she’s a good girl, and she’s also very beautiful. You seem made for each other. What’s been holding you back so far? Because it’s obvious you’re torn! Is something wrong?”

Joe lowered his head, his chin on his chest, his eyes fixed on the ground. Adam felt him trembling under the arm that was around his shoulders. Joe spoke in a whisper, “I don’t know, Adam, I don’t know… I like Linda very much and I know she’s in love with me. I’m experiencing new feelings, different from the usual, so intense that they almost scare me, and I don’t understand. I don’t want to hurt her, Adam. I have to figure out my feelings for her before I risk hurting her. I don’t want to lead her on. I haven’t even kissed her!”

Adam was surprised to sense Joe’s real torment. He advised him to take all the time he needed, without rushing or pressure, to figure out what he really wanted and only then make his decision. After an understanding look and a final squeeze on Joe’s shoulder, Adam left.

The week passed quietly, with some much-needed rest, a few picnics near Mida’s enclosure, which Joe couldn’t tear himself away from, and regular visits to the newly broken horses. Joe’s suggestions had been invaluable in some difficult cases, and the ranch hands had immediately respected him. He looked so young, but he was definitely a great horse expert, and they acknowledged that.

His injuries were improving day by day, and Joe no longer wore the sling to support his arm. He felt stronger and more like himself, but his thoughts about his feelings for Linda did not make as much progress.

Joe was confused. He felt comfortable with Linda, they got along well because of their shared interests, and a deep friendship was definitely developing, which Joe was reluctant to jeopardize… but he was also aware that Linda felt much more than friendship toward him.

Joe was strongly attracted to Linda, and he found himself desiring her when their bodies brushed against each other or their hands accidentally touched. Each time, his young body reacted instinctively and powerfully, and Joe found it difficult to maintain control. Sometimes he called himself stupid. In other circumstances, with other girls he liked even less than Linda, he had felt free to satisfy that desire, but with her it was different, and Joe didn’t understand what was really holding him back.

His father’s words, spoken a few years earlier, now echoed in his ears, “Joe, are you sure that what you feel for her isn’t just a kind of sentimental attraction to each other?”

But he was sure he wanted to marry Laura; he really loved her… and then he lost her tragically, before their dream could come true.

His world had been turned upside down, and the wounds in his soul had taken a long time to truly heal. Why was he thinking about it now? Pa also told him that a wife is something special, not just a desirable woman, but the woman you choose to build a life with and start a family; she is the one who knows how to weave bonds of love within her family, who sustains and supports. She is the woman with whom you want to have children. Joe thought about all this for the first time in years and tormented himself trying to understand.

Linda, for her part, understood Joe’s confusion, his unspoken doubts, his restrained desire, his inner torment, and respected them in silence. She had decided to give him time to understand what he was feeling and hoped that Joe would soon discover that he was in love with her.

As far as she was concerned, there was no doubt about it. She loved him with all her heart! Madly, tenderly, deeply. Every fiber of her being was in love with him. She couldn’t hide it from herself or from him. And Linda waited, sighed, hoped, and wondered anxiously… what if Joe didn’t…?

CHAPTER 10

The week was now over, and the next day, someone would arrive from the Ponderosa to travel home with Joe.

That morning, Linda was at the Friesian enclosure, pampering her Lady Morgan with caresses and sweet carrots.

Joe joined her while Linda was working on her mare’s mane, dividing it into many braids to form a geometric diamond pattern. The mane, thus worked, looked like a large shawl draped over Lady Morgan’s neck. The effect was magnificent, and Joe complimented Linda on her work and creativity.

It was not only for beauty, but considering the great length of the Friesian’s mane, it made riding more practical without the wind blowing the mane onto and into the faces of their riders.

As they talked next to the mare, two young males began to fight with each other and, in their agitation, pushed Lady Morgan, who bumped into Linda, causing her to fall to the ground in a dangerous domino effect.

Joe was quick to lift Linda off the ground and move her away from the danger of being accidentally injured by the hooves.

He found her in his arms, pressed against him, her large eyes wide with fear at the danger she had faced, which softened as she looked at him.

Joe lost himself for a moment in those eyes and, almost without realizing it, leaned over her and kissed her, long and hard, then shook himself, staggered, asked her forgiveness, and moved away from her, apologizing.

Linda touched her lips with her fingertips, a little shaken, disarmed, but she smiled to herself, sensing a possible change in Joe. he had seen him upset, but she had read something in his eyes that filled Linda’s heart with hope.

Joe had quickly walked away, his heart pounding in his chest, his body in turmoil, his breath labored, and that feeling he had already experienced the first time he and Linda had come into close contact. A full and incredible sense of connection and belonging that Joe felt only partly when he was embraced by his father.

He’d been stupid to give in to his desires and kiss her… but that kiss had shaken him, forcing him to face the fact that he wanted to be with Linda, but also that he didn’t want a casual relationship, he didn’t want to hurt Linda, who he knew was in love with him, and what Joe was trying to figure out was whether he was finally ready for a total, serious, deep, and lasting commitment.

Was he ready to consider Linda as a wife? In the past, he had asked himself far fewer questions and more than once had thought he had found the right girl for him, the one to marry, and he had sincerely believed it, or forced himself to believe it.

It hadn’t worked out, for various reasons, but those failures weighed heavily on his heart and had made him cautious, perhaps too cautious, Joe reflected, still savoring the memory of the kiss with Linda.

In the hours that followed, he had deliberately kept away from the ranch. He had isolated himself on purpose and spent most of the day with Mida and her mares. He had brushed their metallic coats until they shone with every glint of light.

He had thought, reflected, and agonized, knowing that the next day he would be leaving for home and not wanting to leave things unresolved.

Finally, at sunset, tired and heavy with thoughts, he decided to go to the river to swim and clear his head. The river flowed not far from Miller Ranch, so Joe took Cochise and headed there.

CHAPTER 11

The young man shivered in the cold water and began to swim vigorously; perhaps physical exhaustion would bring him relief, perhaps it would ease the tension and confusion in his mind.

He swam for a long time in the placid current of the river, which formed a quiet bend in that stretch. The air was ablaze with the sunset, the tops of the rocks were all reddened, and the trees along the bank stood out dark against the sky, which was already beginning to turn violet. The magnificent and imposing spectacle of Creation cheered him up a little, but his soul was so torn that the pleasant feeling soon faded.

The swim had invigorated him; he felt physically better than he had in days, but his mind continued to send him confusing messages.

His feelings, the strong sense of duty he felt towards Linda, with her loving eyes, locked in her silence. His family, his work, and his life on the Ponderosa; Josh and Linda, his gratitude to them for the help they had given him, all the care and attention that had saved his life; all this, and much more, troubled and shook him violently.

The flood of emotions overflowed in a sigh, and he realized that tears were streaming down his cheeks. For a few moments, he let them flow silently, bowing his head in shame at his own feelings. He saw them fall silently into the water in which he was immersed up to his waist, forming small concentric circles that slowly widened. He understood that every action, every decision he made, would inevitably provoke a reaction in the lives of those around him, just as he could not prevent those circles in the water from forming one after another.

He had decisions to make that could not be postponed any longer. With a sudden movement, he dived in, swam below the surface holding his breath, letting the cool contact with the water wash his face, erasing the signs of crying. He resurfaced near the shore and walked out of the river in the shallow water.

That was how Linda saw him as she was catching up with him.

Naked, with agile, strong legs, like the long stride of a young puma, the harmonious movement of his arms and shoulders accompanying his loose, elastic gait. The light of the sunset lit up his shiny, wet skin, his hair falling down his neck, dripping with water; he had the absorbed look of someone immersed in his thoughts and oblivious to his surroundings.

Linda held her breath, brought her hands to her throbbing throat, and, surrendering to her love, made the most important decision of her young life.

Joe had just pulled his pants on over his still-wet body when he looked up and saw Linda in the distance.

She moved towards Joe, her steps soft and slow, her gaze finally free to express the promises she wanted to keep, her smiling mouth still remembering that one kiss. Raising her arms, she loosened her hair, which fell like a living wave over her face, reddened by the intensity of feelings she no longer wanted to resist.

So womanly in her sensual innocence that Joe, seeing her advance toward him, luminous in the last rays of the sun, stopped suddenly, savoring with amazed eyes every step, every expression, every movement.

He couldn’t resist her and almost unconsciously opened his arms wide, waiting for her with unfamiliar anxiety.

Linda took refuge in his chest, and his arms closed protectively around her, but she didn’t want protection, not now, not yet.

Slowly, she ran her hands down Joe’s wet back until she reached his neck and the nape of his neck. Gently, she took his head in her hands, her fingers sinking into his wet hair, and forced him to look her in the eyes. In that gaze was her whole life, her love set free to reveal itself, and her desire for him, for his kisses, for his love. Joe read her eyes like an open book; chained to those eyes, almost lost in the turmoil of feelings stirring within him, he heard her voice coming from afar.

In a whisper, she said softly, “I can’t stop you, I wouldn’t know how, and I don’t have the right; I won’t ask you to stay, even though it’s what I want most in the world; I only ask you for one night, this night is for me, it’s mine alone. Tomorrow you will leave to go home, but tonight you will love me and you will be mine for one night only, and I will be yours for the rest of my life. I won’t ask you for anything more, just love me, love me tonight, love me now, just this once… pretend to love me.”

Tears of love and pain flowed from her eyes, shiny and bright as if with fever, and wet her cheeks, reddened by the violent emotions that struggled within her. Now she felt no shame, no shyness, in openly showing the intensity of her feelings, making her even bolder.

Linda’s hands, clasped behind his neck, didn’t wait for an answer, moving gently but determinedly. Without taking her eyes off his, she pulled him slowly toward her.

Something broke inside Joe, his heart pounding in his chest, his breath breaking into a faint moan, a wave of heat running through his body. With a long sigh, he surrendered to her completely. Guided by her hands, he bowed his head toward her as she looked at him lovingly, her heart in her eyes, waiting for him, only him.

It would be so easy to love her, so easy.

He kissed her soft mouth long, slowly, tenderly, and then passionately; he kissed her closed eyes, her broad forehead, her cheeks wet with tears. He tilted her head back and kissed her neck and throat, offered up to his kisses and caresses, making her tremble in his arms. Tender and passionate, she responded to his kisses and caresses, returning them with the ardor of a young woman in love.

He kissed her mouth again, and the kiss became deep and demanding. Overwhelmed by his desire for her and by a new, unknown, profound emotion, Joe sank with her into the realm of pure sensation, clinging to each other like shipwrecked people in a storm.

The darkness of the evening fell complicitly upon them, protecting them from the sight of anyone. They loved each other, giving themselves to each other as only those who truly love can do. Only the night heard the sighs and moans that tell of love, the secret words exchanged by lovers, the tender phrases of love whispered softly, and spread over them a blanket of stars that seemed like a miracle.

Later, rising brightly, the moon caressed them with its rays as they rested embraced and defeated.

In its glow, Joe looked tenderly at Linda, curled up in his arms in search of warmth and protection. Woman and child, sensual and innocent, a shocking revelation for him, who now saw her with new eyes. In her abandonment, there was fulfilled love, but also resignation and pain. One night, just one night.

He held her close, burying his face in her fragrant hair, overwhelmed by the new and profound emotions he was feeling. No one in his entire life had ever made him feel what Linda had made him feel that night. His mind tried to rationally analyze the facts, emotions, and sensations, but his heart needed no explanation.

Finally, he knew, he understood,“I love you,” he murmured, almost to himself, into Linda’s hair, “I love you.” Excited and confused, overwhelmed by the truth, surrendering to the truth.

No answer came from her, apparently asleep in his arms, but a small smile, hidden her hair, stretched her lips.
“I know,” thought Linda with the certainty of a woman in love, and she was almost afraid that he might hear the thumping of her heart, mad with joy; then she let sleep overcome her, curled up in his strong arms as if in an impregnable fortress.

It was already dawn when Joe suddenly woke up and opened his eyes. Linda was sleeping next to him with her head on his chest, her hair spread out, her tender, sensual mouth slightly open in her sleep. He touched her gently, waking her softly, and felt her lips brush his chest softly, sweetly, like butterfly wings; she raised her head, her face hidden in her hair, beautiful.

With her eyes still closed and her voice sleepy, she sighed softly, “Good morning, love.” She sought his mouth for a first kiss.

He realized that it could be like this every day of his life, if he wanted it to be, if he decided that Linda was truly the woman he wanted to marry and start a family with.

Joe felt as if a weight had been lifted from his shoulders, his breathing became lighter, and a powerful and strong feeling of love pulsed in his heart. He surrendered completely to this new sensation. His mind had no more questions that his heart had not already answered. The confusion that had tormented him for days vanished like snow melting in the sun. His eyes suddenly filled with tears of joy, and his heart beat fast in his chest.

He touched Linda again to wake her up completely, and she sat up next to him, looking at him intently through her loose hair that fell over her face and shoulders, already feeling a twinge in her heart thinking that Joe was going to leave, out of her life, but he was smiling at her, his eyes shiny with unshed tears.

Joe raised himself on his elbows, then knelt in front of her and took her hand. “Linda, I love you, I love you with all my heart and as I have never loved before, now I know! Will you marry me?”

And she said yes.

CHAPTER 12

It was mid-morning when Ben and Hoss Carwright arrived at the Golden Star, tired and dusty, but eager to see Joe, hoping he was really well after the difficult days he had been through.

Adam had told them everything, and Ben was anxious to see for himself how well his youngest son had recovered from his serious injuries.

Josh welcomed them into the house, giving them fresh water to drink and the chance to wash and freshen up. Then, while they drank fragrant coffee, he informed them that Joe was with Linda at Mida’s corral to say goodbye and see those spectacular horses one last time.

Ben and Hoss had heard about Mida and his mares from Adam, who was also fascinated by those horses, and asked if they could go to the corral right away.

From early morning, on the lawn at the edge of the grove, enveloped in pleasant shade, Joe and Linda lay on a blanket.

They talked and planned their future together at the Ponderosa. Between kisses, Joe told Linda where he would like to build their new home.

He would ask Adam to design it according to Linda’s wishes, and as soon as it was ready, they would get married!
Linda listened to him, smiled at him, looked at him, and kissed him.

Then they stopped talking, and their kisses became greedy and deep.

Linda was not a girl intimidated by her feelings and openly showed her love and desire to an increasingly involved Joe. Protected by the shadows, they let their long-held desire explode and made love again with great passion and transport.

Joe was an experienced and passionate lover, thoughtful and attentive to a woman’s timing. Linda entrusted herself completely to him, returning his kisses and ardent caresses, letting their young bodies find their natural rhythm in that dance of love, letting him bring her to the height of her pleasure.

Linda cried out, calling Joe’s name several times, as her body arched and reached orgasm with him.

With a deep, hoarse groan, Joe collapsed trembling on top of her, his head resting on her shoulder, his face hidden in her hair. Both sated, defeated, and satisfied.

A sense of total connection overwhelmed them and enveloped them completely. They felt they belonged to each other for life and that they would never be separated again.

Linda looked at Joe, asleep in her arms after making love. His beautiful, serene face, his slow breathing, his soft mouth slightly open in sleep.

Excited, she murmured to herself, “He’s not just the man I love. He’s a fortress. A promise. A living wall against anything that could hurt us.”

Later that morning, as they stood near Mida’s fence, they heard the sound of three horses’ hooves approaching. Joe moved, curious to see who it might be, a joyful anticipation already in his heart.

His cry rang out loud: “Pa!!!…Hoss!!” and he moved toward them.

Linda saw the imposing gray-haired man dismount from his horse and embrace Joe tightly, who did not push him away, but rather let himself be completely enveloped in those strong arms, resting his head on his father’s shoulder. His body relaxed at the contact, clinging to his father, whom he had missed so much, as he returned the embrace.

Ben held him close, then pulled him away to get a better look at him.

“Joseph, are you okay, son? How are you feeling? Adam told us, and I know it’s been really hard for you.”

“I’m fine, Pa, honestly, it’s over, it’s done, I’m fine now!”

Hoss’s bear hug took him by surprise, and Joe laughed as he looked at his brother. “Hey, Hoss, you’re not going to break my bones, are you? I’ve had enough of being in bed!”

They laughed together, while Josh watched them smiling, then Joe became serious and went back to get Linda, who had kept a little apart, letting the family get together.

He took her by the hand and led her to his father and Hoss: “Pa, Hoss, this is Linda. She saved my life after that poisoned arrow from the Bannocks. I wouldn’t be alive today if it weren’t for her!”

Linda blushed, but at the same time looked at Ben and Hoss’s imposing figures with respect and admiration.

This was Joe’s family, a family that loved him deeply and whom Joe loved back with fierce determination and unconditional love.

She felt an immediate liking for Ben and Hoss, an affection that made its way into her heart. She had loved her father deeply and missed him terribly, but she felt that Ben and his family could fill that void. Joe had never let go of her hand, and now she felt him pull her toward him and put his arm around her waist,

“Pa, a moment please, it’s important!” He turned to his father and Linda’s brother, “Pa, Josh… I love Linda, I love her deeply, with all my heart, I asked her to marry me and she said yes!”

Ben smiled broadly, Hoss whistled, and Josh laughed! The Cartwrights had also been informed of this by Adam, who personally hoped that Joe would realize that Linda was the perfect girl for him. Hearing Joe introduce Linda as his future bride made them happy.

Ben approached Linda, hugged her, and held her close, then kissed her forehead, deeply moved: “I can’t wait, my daughter!”

Hoss also hugged Linda gently: “I’m finally going to have a sister! Yes, I know you’ll be my sister-in-law, but I prefer to think of you as the sister I never had! Congratulations, Joe and Linda, I know you’ll be happy!”

Josh hugged his sister tenderly, held her in his arms for a long time, rocking her emotionally, and wished her happiness with Joe.

They spent some time shaking hands, congratulating each other, hugging, and patting each other on the back. Then Ben and Hoss finally realized what they were seeing inside that enclosure and fell silent.

Mida, the two mares, and the foal shone in the sun like molten metal, watching the unusual commotion with attentive eyes.

Joe laughed at their surprise, saying that it had been the same for him and Adam when they had first encountered them.

Ben wanted to know everything, and Josh recounted the story of the Akhal-Teke, from their origins to the legends surrounding them, leaving Ben and Hoss literally spellbound.

Later, they visited the ranch and were amazed by the wonderful specimens of the various breeds that the Millers raised on their thriving ranch.

CHAPTER 13

It was decided that the Cartwrights would stay the night and leave with Joe the next morning, and it was at dinner that Ben had an idea and made a proposal.

Why not leave together? Josh and Linda could get to know the Ponderosa, and after all, there was a wedding to plan and a house to build! Once they had chosen the location and made the plans, they would quickly build the house, and in no time, the two young people could get married!

Joe looked at his father with teary eyes, smiling emotionally. He hated the idea of separating from Linda, now that he had just realized he loved her so deeply that he wanted to marry her; this trip together gave him a few more days, and he would cherish every minute spent with her.

Of course, Linda would have to return to the Golden Star soon to organize her final departure, gather the things she cared about most to take with her, and find a good housekeeper for Josh to take care of the house and food. Linda had heard about Hop Sing from Joe and Adam… perhaps one of her countless cousins would agree to take care of Josh and their home? But in the end, everything would be ready, and she would become Mrs. Joseph Cartwright!

The weeks that would separate her from living with him forever would seem very long, but there were so many things to prepare, and the wait would only increase their desire to spend their lives together!

Early the next morning, with their bags packed, orders given to their foreman and the ranch hands, and the pack horse loaded with the necessary supplies for the journey, the Miller brothers were ready to leave with the Cartwrights.

Joe had eyes only for Linda, riding her shiny black Lady Morgan. Cochise had immediately taken a liking to that mare with her long, artistically braided mane, and now he moved alongside her perfectly at ease.

The black and white Pinto and the black Friesian mare had found their stride and moved smoothly together, their movements synchronized. It was a real sight to behold!

Linda was a true horsewoman, riding as naturally as Joe, at one with her mount, and Ben found himself admiring them both.

He had always been proud of Joe’s ability to relate to horses, but seeing the same ability in Linda, the same smooth attitude and elegance in riding, filled him with joy and amazement.

He already loved that girl like a daughter, and in his heart, he knew she was the right choice for Joe.

Linda would know how to stand by him, support him, sustain him in his choices and his work, doing her part as the wife of a successful rancher, which Joe was destined to be.

Above all, Ben had seen the loving way Linda looked at Joe; she certainly loved him, very, very much, and Ben had no doubt that Joe reciprocated with the same intense feeling of love.

They would form a family, and Ben was certain that, when the time was right, little Cartwrights would tread the soil of the Ponderosa with their restless, quick little feet. Just the thought made him smile; the idea of becoming a grandfather softened his heart, and Ben was surprised to find himself moved.

Turning back as he rode alongside Linda, Joe caught that emotion on Ben’s face, their eyes locked, and Joe smiled at him.

Then he looked at his father with a soft, warm light in his eyes, and Ben felt the flow of love passing from his son to him, felt his unspoken gratitude, and felt that his boy was grateful to him for those extra days to spend with Linda, for the chance to deepen their understanding in preparation for the wedding.

Hoss and Josh, riding alongside Ben, caught that look and that conversation, as if it had been spoken aloud, and both were moved.

Hoss coughed, bowed his head to hide his teary eyes, and the deep emotion that had overcome him. He knew the intensity of that love, and now Joe, his beloved little brother, whom he had loved and protected all his life, was about to get married.

Now he would have another task: To love and protect Linda alongside Joe!

Josh recognized in Joe’s eyes the same love that he and Linda had felt for their beloved father, whom he still missed fiercely. He regretted that Linda would walk down the aisle without her father to accompany her, but he promised himself that as her older brother, he would do everything he could to make her feel calm and serene.

They stopped after about three hours of travel to rest a little, then continued for another three hours and finally came within sight of Carson City, where they could eat a good hot meal, rest the horses, and send a telegram to Adam announcing their arrival.

Linda asked Joe to accompany her to a special tailor’s shop in town, but recommended that he wait outside. She wanted to choose her wedding dress and have her measurements taken so that when she returned home to prepare for the wedding, the dress would already be ready.

And Joe waited willingly for his Linda to choose the dress that he would only see on their wedding day, but knowing in his heart that she would be beautiful!

Peering through the shop window he saw innumerable white fabrics, shiny satin, delicate lace, being handled by the seamstress and Linda. Then he sat down on the sidewalk, not wanting to see any more, ready instead for the surprise he would receive that day. He smiled to himself until Linda reappeared, happy and excited, at the shop door. He kissed her there, in the middle of the street, holding her tightly in his arms, not caring who might see or disapprove.

As they returned to the others, who were waiting for them a little further on, Joe stayed a step behind Linda, and Ben noticed that his son had instinctively put his hand to his injured shoulder with a grimace of pain. A moment later, he was laughing and joking with Linda, but Ben decided that they would spend the night in Carson City, using the excuse that he was really tired and no longer young enough for such long journeys.

They believed him, Joe included, and booked rooms at the Palace Hotel, where both the Cartwrights and the Millers were known.

They spent a pleasant evening together and retired early to their rooms to rest, knowing full well that another long journey awaited them the next day.

Ben and Joe shared a room, and it was when Joe took off his shirt to go to bed that his father saw his scars, still fresh and reddened.
He remembered what Adam had told him at home.

What Joe had been able to do so that his brother could pull out the arrow. He thought of his son’s fierce determination, the pain he must have felt, the courage it must have taken him to make that decision and carry it out.

He couldn’t help but ask, “Does it still hurt? It must have been hard for you…”

Joe answered him sincerely as he slipped under the covers, “A little, but only when I’m tired”… and suddenly he understood why his father had wanted to stop for the night!

Joe looked intently into Ben’s eyes, while his father tried to keep a neutral expression, then smiled at him, and his eyes flashed mischievously. Ben realized he had been found out!
Joe’s gaze softened, as did his smile: “Thanks, Pa, you’re the best!”

They had spent some time talking to each other. It was rare now that they had time alone together, and Ben had seen and felt, in Joe’s eyes and words, the deep love he felt for Linda.

With all his doubts now cleared up, he wanted nothing more than to marry her as soon as possible.

Those precious minutes between father and son strengthened their exclusive bond even more, if possible. Joe had opened his heart and told his father all his emotions and feelings, how solid and mature they were, not a sudden flash in the pan, not a fire that would burn out quickly.

Later, Ben watched his son drift off to sleep and felt happy and blessed for the man Joe had become and for the deep love and trust they shared.

CHAPTER 14

The next morning found them on the road again. Ben had accompanied his reluctant son to the town doctor for a checkup and to stock up on painkillers and medicines that might be useful on the trip. Once they had confirmation that Joe was fit to travel, they set off.

Leaving Carson City behind them, the group rode several miles into the territory.

The air smelled more and more of resin, and the tall Ponderosa pines, which gave the ranch its name, towered toward the clear, deep blue sky.

In the distance, the mountains rose imposingly, and the high peaks of the Sierra still glistened with the white snow that had fallen in winter.

Linda and Josh fell silent when they were told that for some time now, and for many miles, they had been riding within the boundaries of the Ponderosa, entering the vast territory that Ben Cartwright could claim as his own.

They stopped near a stream to water the horses and rest for a while.

Joe, helped by Linda, made coffee for everyone. Suddenly, in the valley below, they heard the sound of hooves running, and a large herd of wild mustangs galloped across the green valley.

Their coats were of various colors, and among them were several spotted Indian ponies. The horses ran with their heads and tails high, their nostrils flared, sniffing the wind. They were the very image of freedom.

Josh and Linda were fascinated by the spectacle. Their type of breeding was necessarily different, and it was the first time they had been able to admire a wild herd running free in such a vast territory.

At the Golden Star, foal births were planned according to demand, and these were horses that, for better or worse, had already grown up in contact with humans, knew them, and were not afraid of them.

For them, taming a horse meant getting the horses to accept both the saddle and the weight of the rider, while the subsequent training served to make them reliable and docile saddle horses for riding and sport. In the case of working horses, this meant understanding the commands given for the task at hand.

The capture of horses that ran free as the wind on the prairies and had no contact with humans was quite different. The figure of the bronco buster, who had to tame and train a wild horse without breaking its spirit, convincing it to cooperate with humans in the various tasks to be performed on a ranch, was not necessary at Golden Star, but essential at Ponderosa.

As they ventured into the heart of the Ponderosa, Josh and Linda admired the beautiful views, the clear, crisp air, the scents of resin and flowers, the backdrop of the mountains, and the brilliant sapphire blue of Lake Tahoe seen from above.

Suddenly, a vast green prairie opened up before them, sloping downwards, and at the bottom, nestled among the pine trees, was the Cartwrights’ large house, the beating heart of the Ponderosa.

Joe looked at Linda, who was thrilled by the view, and urged her to follow him. Cochise galloped off, and Lady Morgan was immediately by his side. The two horses stretched out into a fast gallop, enjoying the ride as much as their respective riders.

Joe shouted, urging Linda to stay by his side, and she didn’t need to be told twice. She shouted back, caught up in the frenzy of the ride, and stayed close to Joe’s side. They ended their ride in a meadow near the house, where they reined in their horses and then led them at a walk into the yard.

Adam threw open the door. He had heard the shouts and seen the last stretch of the two young riders’ mad dash, and now he waited for them with a smile as the rest of the group caught up with them.

He gave Joe a firm handshake with an affectionate pat on the shoulder, but he gathered Linda in his arms and held her close, happy to see her again, happy that she would become Joe’s wife, his sister-in-law, like a sister.

The telegram received from Carson City brought the good news, and Adam was pleased that Joe had made the right decision and that he, first of all, had understood that Linda was the right girl for his brother.

They laughed together, Joe playfully jealous, urging Adam to let go of Linda, who moved into the arms of her beloved, hugging him tightly, her heart bursting with happiness.

Finally, Josh and Linda were introduced to Hop Sing, who emerged from the kitchen in a cloud of delicious and stimulating smells.

The little cook had words of loving welcome for Missy Linda while congratulating his third son on his good choice.

EPILOGUE

That afternoon, around sunset, Joe took Linda by the hand and asked her to follow him somewhere. Ben looked up from the armchair where he was sitting, reading, and looked at Joe.

“Pa, I’m taking Linda to the lake… You know where…”
And Ben smiled at his son, nodding his head in understanding.

The two young people took their horses and headed for the place where Joe wanted to take Linda.

They tied their horses to a tree, walked a short distance uphill, and found themselves in a small green clearing by the lake, surrounded by pine trees.

A wooden bench was placed against a tree, in front of a large tombstone.

Joe took Linda’s hand and kissed it, then led her to his mother’s grave, “Mom, this is Linda, the girl I’m going to marry. I love her, Mom, I love her with all my heart, she’s the one for me! Oh, you would have loved her too, I know it! Soon she’ll be my wife, and we’ll be a family, and we’ll have children that we’ll love immensely. I wanted you to meet her…”

Joe placed his hand on the large gravestone, caressing it gently, touched the wild lily he had picked with his lips, and placed it on the stone.

Linda picked some wildflowers nearby and carefully placed them on the grass under the gravestone, tears of emotion streaming down her face, touched by Joe’s gesture and thinking also of her mother, so beloved and lost years before.

“Don’t worry… I love him so much, I will always love him with all my heart. I promise I won’t hurt him and I will always be there for him…”

She whispered so softly that no one heard her, but she felt a great peace in her heart.

Joe walked back to the wooden bench with Linda, sat her down, and sat down next to her. He put his hand in his jacket pocket and pulled out an exquisitely crafted antique ring with a large, transparent aquamarine that sparkled with a thousand reflections.

He placed it on Linda’s finger, his eyes shining with happiness, “This ring belonged to my mother, and I give it to you as a token of my love. Now we are officially engaged, and soon I will marry you! I love you, Linda, I love you like I have never loved anyone in my life!”

He took her face in his hands and kissed her long and hard to seal his promise.

Linda was overwhelmed by the emotion and love she felt for him and hugged him tightly as she returned his kiss.

“Joe, you are my most precious treasure. I love you, I will love you forever! Your family will be mine. I already love them all, including Hop Sing! Marry me soon, my love, marry me soon!…”

They laughed, moved, hugged each other, kissed again and again, unable to hold back, feeling their souls merge together, their bodies responding to desire.

Suddenly, the sunset set the lake ablaze with gold and red. Standing on the shore, side by side, hand in hand, the two young lovers stood out against the rays of the setting sun.

The golden light sparked metallic glints in Linda’s shiny copper hair and danced in Joe’s green eyes as they both gazed at the glory of that sunset, the first of many they would see together.

The End.

*********

Episodes Referenced: The Storm: Written by Denne Petitclerc.

The Brother Keeper: Written by Seeleg Lester

Many thanks to June Baker for her invaluable assistance.

Casa Blanca

by jfclover

A Story Told by Hoss and Joe

BOOK 1

Chapter 1 ~ Hoss

We worked hard over the last two weeks.  Pa and Adam studied tirelessly over a situation concerning water rights.   A newcomer—a brute of a man named Alec Carlson—bought land adjacent to the Ponderosa and two other ranchers—the Baldwins and the Morrisons—and had proved to be a difficult neighbor in every way.  He was a bully.  He wanted his way and was determined to change the route of a fast-flowing stream that benefitted the three long-established landowners.  A clash among strong-willed men was guaranteed, but that wasn’t the only problem we battled.

The spring drive to Sacramento had been a disappointment.  Cattle prices had bottomed out and after paying the drovers and wranglers who worked for us, Pa said our profit was so minimal that we needed something major to get the ranch up and running again, and winning the new timber contract was key to the Ponderosa’s survival.  But not tonight.  On this. particular evening, we’d dance the night away.

“You boys ready to go?”

“Coming, Pa.”

It weren’t like Little Joe to stay home on a Saturday night, but he’d come down with a bad cold and didn’t feel up to swinging a gal around the dancefloor at the Founder’s Day Ball.  Me and Adam already had plans to take the Matthew sisters, and it was too late to back out.  Besides, a night with a pretty young lady hooked on my arm didn’t happen every day of the week.

Although Pa hesitated to leave our little brother behind, Joe assured him he’d be fine.  All he planned to do was sleep, and Pa gave in to his wishes.  Nothing new, of course.  Joe had a way with our father that rarely failed.

*

“You boys ready to go home?”

Even though the dance was in full swing, Pa wanted to cut out early.  He didn’t have a date for the dance, and he wasn’t keen on riding home alone.   We couldn’t leave our young ladies stranded halfway through the festivities, but we didn’t make it a late night either.   Just before ten, we gathered our stabled horses from Orvis at the livery and started for home.  Although we’d all had a few cups of punch, none of us was too loopy to ride.  The clean, summer air felt good against my skin after nearly roasting to death inside Fred Dickerson’s barn.

Leaving Joe alone had left Pa in a keep-your-distance mood all night long.    With Hop Sing caring for a sick cousin in town, Pa was anxious to get home and rode two lengths ahead of Adam and me.  Neither of us said a word.  What good would it do?  Pa was on a mission, and nothing would slow him down.

And then it happened.  A rope had been strung between two trees and in the dead of night, there was no way Pa or his mount could’ve known what lay ahead.  Buck went down and Pa went down with him.   Fear hit me and Adam like an avalanche of fast-falling boulders, and we pulled Sport and Chubb up as fast as we could.  Buck was quick to stand, but our father wasn’t.

Adam got to Pa first, knelt on one knee, and cradled our father’s head with his right hand while he spoke in a voice that would only be used for broken men and small children.

“Pa.”

Even though our father’s eyes were glazed and he hadn’t moved, he found the will to speak.  “What happened?”

“Let’s not worry about that now.  Think you can stand up?”

“Yeah.  Give me a hand.”

We each took an arm and helped our pa to his feet.  Neither of us let go.  We didn’t know if something was out of kilter or not, but it didn’t take long before Pa came back to hisself.  He slapped our hands away and smacked at the dust that clung to his trousers.

“Quit your fussing.  I’m fine.” 

“Sure you’re okay?”

“I’m sure.  Where’s my dang horse?”

Our father was in no mood for tomfoolery.  He was so anxious to get home to Joe that nothing, not even a trap to hurt one or all of us, would keep him from racing back to the house.  I didn’t know who the culprit was, but nothing would stop me from finding out who wanted us dead.

Both me and Adam noticed that Pa favored his right leg, but he never let on that anything was amiss.  Neither of us said a word.  It wasn’t the time or place, not when his mind was on Little Joe.  Later, we’d discuss any injuries our father suffered because of the fall.

Still brushing loose dirt from his trousers, he snatched the reins from my hand and dug his foot into Buck’s stirrup.  We both heard a painful grunt as he swung his leg over the saddle and landed with a hard thump.  We assumed nothing was broke, but we wouldn’t know anything until we got home, and Pa had a chance to make sure his youngest was still breathing.

“Let’s ride.”

Like obedient schoolboys, we followed in our father’s wake and hoped he’d learned a little something about charging down a dirt road at night.  Joe wasn’t that sick and a few minutes here or there shouldn’t matter.  After all, Pa would be the first to give us all a licking if we rode home like wild banshees.

After pulling up in front of the barn, Pa’s aches and pains were beginning to show and he was slow to dismount, but he shoved Buck’s reins into my hand and marched toward the house in a huff.  His pride had taken a hit, but he saved most of his energy for Joe.  I didn’t mean no disrespect, but I rolled my eyes at Adam before leading the horses into the barn.  Pa could have two broken legs, but he’d still find a way to check on Little Joe.

Adam scraped a match across the back of his leg and lit the lantern closest to the stalls.  I started to lead Chubby and Buck through the barn when—

“Adam!”

Our mounts were quickly forgotten as my brother and I dropped to our knees next to Joe.  The sight in front of me was as ghastly as I’d ever seen.  Our young brother had been stripped naked, beaten, flipped onto his stomach, and hogtied.  A brown leather belt had been looped around Joe’s neck and nailed into a wooden upright that held his head up off the ground.  His eyes were closed and before anything else was done, Adam felt for a pulse.

“He’s alive.  Let’s get him inside.”

While Adam cradled Joe’s head just like he’d done with Pa, I pulled a knife from my boot and cut the ropes that bound his hands and feet behind his back, and like a rag doll, his limbs fell to the ground with a thud. 

“Hurry, Hoss.  Get those nails out.”

If Adam hadn’t held our little brother’s head steady, he could’ve hanged hisself as soon as the belt came loose.  When I shifted my knees to get a better grip, I saw an empty bottle to my right and realized that’s why the barn reeked of whiskey.  It took all the strength I had to yank out the three long nails that attached the thick leather to the post. 

A pitiful-sounding cry came from my little brother when Adam eased him into my arms, and after the three of us made our way to the house and through the front door, Pa looked fit to be tied as he ran down the stairs.  Joe wasn’t in his bed, and Pa was madder’n a hornet.  But Pa’s eyes grew wide when he saw us come through the door. 

“What’s this?   What happened to Joe?”

“I don’t know, Pa, but he’s hurt bad.  Adam says he’s alive.”

Pa closed in on me and touched the side of Joe’s face.  “My, God.  Someone’s beat him half to death.”  Pa looked toward Adam.  “You better ride for the doc.”

“On my way.”

I carried Little Joe up the stairs and laid him on his bed.  I didn’t see hide or hair of my young brother’s clothes and wondered what the men who nearly killed him had done with his nightshirt and long johns.  It’s not something that’s generally stolen, but after seeing the condition my little brother was in, I could almost believe anything.

As soon as me and Pa pulled the blankets up over Joe, I began to wonder why they’d come.  Had anything else been taken?  What were these men after?  Surely, they didn’t ride out here to beat up a sick kid who couldn’t defend hisself in the state he was in.

“Why, Pa?”

My father stroked Joe’s cheek as gently as a whisper on a summer’s day.  “He’s just a boy, Hoss.  A boy.”

The anger I felt left me blind with rage, and I couldn’t find no comforting words for my pa.  There was plenty I could say, but it had no worthwhile meaning. Joe was a young’un, a seventeen-year-old that only a monster could do that much damage to and live with hisself after the fact.  “Guess I should go look around.  See if everything’s in place.”

“Good.  You do that, Son.  I didn’t have much money in the safe, but I don’t know if that’s what they were after or not.  Oh, and Hoss.  You better put some water on to boil.  We need to clean these cuts.”

“Yessir.  I won’t be but a minute.”

My brother lay on the barn floor for I don’t know how long, and it weren’t the best place to be with open wounds.  Me and Pa knew that, and the quicker we got him cleaned up, the better.  I’d seen Little Joe’s knuckles and it seemed that he gave as good as he got, but I got to think there was more than one man involved, and Joe, being off his feed, didn’t stand a chance of coming through on top.

With Hop Sing’s large copper pot on to boil, I set out to check the house for missing items like silver and cash.  At least, that’s what I’d take if I were a dad-blamed robber, but I found nothing missing.  The pillow had fallen off the settee and the bowl of apples had been upturned, but that’s the only damage I found.  Nothing else looked amiss, so I headed back upstairs with a few clean cloths and the pot of hot water.  As he sat on the edge of Joe’s bed, Pa used the few minutes he had to soothe Joe’s soul before giving my brother a good washing.

“Still not awake?”

“I’m afraid not.  The boy smells like whiskey.  What do you make of that?”

“I don’t rightly know, Pa, but there was an empty bottle in the barn.  Think them fellas poured whiskey down his throat?”

“I don’t know what to think.” Pa dipped the first clean cloth in the pan of water and started cleaning my brother’s face.  “Anything missing?”

“No, Sir, but it looks like Joe tried to fight them off downstairs.”

“I guess we know how that turned out.  It’s the reason they were here that I don’t understand.”

“Me neither, Pa.  It just don’t make no sense.”

Pa dabbed at the cuts on Joe’s face with such ease and confidence that I didn’t do nothing to interfere.   My father was an old pro at taking care of his boys.  He’d done it often enough.  When Joe’s eyelids began to flutter, Pa stopped treating the worst cuts and took hold of my little brother’s hand. 

“You’re safe now, Son.  Your brother and I are here with you.”

Joe wasn’t in any shape to talk.  It took everything he had just to open his eyes or should I say a single eye.  His left was so bruised and swollen, it didn’t open at all, and then it began.  The awful retching and helpless cries broke my heart.  I’d never seen a man so weak from sickness, but this time, it was the whiskey that had done him in.

Pa knew better than to make him go into all the details when he was that bad off, but he kept a steady pace of working at every cut until the kid was clean enough for Sunday meeting.

I moved toward the window and wondered how long it would take my brother to fetch the doc and get him out to the ranch.  It was a long ride, especially at night, and I didn’t envy Adam the trip to town and back.  We was all tired, and after seeing our pa fly off Buck … that’s when my mind started to dance in another direction.  Had the people who strung the rope across the road been the same men who beat my little brother within an inch of his life?

I turned toward my father and adjusted the wick of the China lamp.  “This all ties together, Pa.  You and Joe.  Your fall and Joe’s beating.”

Pa stopped dabbing one of Joe’s cuts and looked up.  “I think you’re right, Son, but why?  Who wants us dead?”

“I ain’t gotta clue, but I ain’t gonna sit here and wait for round two.  Me and Adam’s gonna find them fellas and—”

“Slow down.  You leave that up to Sheriff Coffee.  Tomorrow morning, I want you to ride in and tell him what happened.”

“But Pa …”

“Do as I say, Son.”

I never went against my father’s wishes, but I was ready to head out and find the culprits now, not in the morning when Roy had better things to do.   This was my family and two of them had been hurt at the hands of men without a conscience.  Men who disregarded life.  I didn’t want them coming back and trying again, and that’s just what would happen if they weren’t caught.  When they found out Pa and my brother were still alive, then what?

*

~ Joe

Sleep wouldn’t come and I ventured downstairs to the kitchen.  With Hop Sing gone, I had to fend for myself, but all I wanted was a tall glass of milk, and when someone banged on the front door, I stopped in my tracks and turned to see who was calling so late at night.  After opening the front door, two men I didn’t know stood under the beam of the front porch light. 

“Are you Little Joe Cartwright?”

“Yeah.  Why?  Who are you?”

After the first punch to my gut, my breath came in shallow gasps, but that was only the beginning.  “Hold him up, Zeke.”

The words shot out as I gasped for breath.  “Who … who are you?” 

The violence of the attack and the explosion of pain knocked me to my knees, but I was hauled back to my feet, and the blows to my midsection began again.  When I fell a second time, I curled into a fetal position although I was hauled up again and dragged across the yard and into the barn.

“Strip him naked and hogtie him.”

“He’s just a boy.  We can’t do nothing like that to a boy.”

“You heard me.”

“But—”

“You wanna be next?”

As I became lost in my captor’s harsh words and the leader’s brutal laughter, the chill of night air stormed my unprotected skin.  And when a bottle was forced to my lips, I turned my head to the side, but I was a fool to think I could mess with men who came to do harm.

“Hold the kid still.”

Grabbed by the chin, my head was turned upright and the neck of the bottle was forced inside my mouth.  Gulping and sputtering are all I remember before my mind began to betray me and everything became unclear.

After being tossed onto my stomach, I tried to settle the angry bile, but after swallowing bits of dirt and straw, I was too done-in to care.  My only thought that split through the pain was that I’d never have a chance to say goodbye to Pa and my brothers.

*

Chapter 2 ~ Hoss

“They’re here, Pa.  Paul and Adam’s here.”  I raced down the stairs and threw open the front door.  “Pa’s upstairs with Joe, Doc.”

After tying both horses’ reins to the hitchrail, Adam rushed across the front porch.  “How is he?”

“He ain’t woke up yet.  Pa’s cleaning him up some.”

My brother let out a sigh.  We was all baffled by the whole situation.  Were me and Adam next in line?  Could we protect ourselves better than Pa and Little Joe?

Joe was sick.  He’d been sick for two or three days before he was attacked and his body was weak.  He couldn’t have fought off a fly much less two or three tough hooligans. 

“Let’s go up.”

I nodded and followed my brother up the stairs where Doc already had his sleeves rolled up, his bag open, and was listening to Joe’s breathing.  Pa had moved from the edge of the bed to stand behind Paul, and while I stayed by the bedroom door, Adam moved in close.

“How is he?”

Doc didn’t answer, and Pa shook his head.  I didn’t like the sound of silence.  I needed reassurance that Joe would be okay.

Pa stepped away from Joe and Paul but as much as he tried to hide the pain from his tumble off Buck, the discomfort was noticeable. He motioned me and Adam close.  “I’ll stay up with Joe.  I want you two to get to bed and then ride to town early tomorrow morning.  Tell Roy everything you know.”

“Pa, you need to have Doc take a look at you too.”

“I will, Son.”

“Make sure you do.”

By six o’clock the next morning, me and Adam was on our way to Virginia City.  We didn’t take time for breakfast.  I wanted answers, and I promised Pa we’d check in with the sheriff first.

Roy asked all the proper questions.  “Did we have any enemies?  Did we know anyone in Virginia City who’d want to do us harm?”  And the answer was no.  We didn’t have a clue.  I thought about Alec Carlson and the water rights, but the man wasn’t that much of a brut.  Ornery, but not a boy beater.

Although we hadn’t woken the sheriff, it was early and he’d just sat down for his first cup of coffee when the two of us barged into his office.  We stood silently while he slipped on his vest and buckled his gun belt. 

“I’ll do some checking, Boys.  Someone’s bound to know something.”

“We’ll go with you.”

“No.  That won’t do.  You two go home.  Help Little Joe and your pa and let me do the footwork.”

I knew better than to argue with the sheriff.  He was as stubborn as Pa when it came to rules and regulations, and it would only make for bad feelings, but me and Adam weren’t done in town yet.  The best way to find things out was to hang out at a local saloon.  And we did.

“I’ll buy the first round,” I said and Adam was with me all the way.

Only a seasoned drunk would pick up a glass of beer this early in the day, but me and Adam had to look the part.  We didn’t have nothing else to do but wait for the chatter to begin, and we sipped slower’n molasses, slower than I ever drank before, but it could be a long while before the right men came into the saloon and started going on about their activities at the expense of the Cartwrights.  We were hopeful, maybe too optimistic for our own good, but we didn’t know what else to do.  We needed information.

I couldn’t help thinking about Joe and Pa, and I began to squirm in my seat.  Pa would live.  If he had any injuries, it seemed he’d only bruised his pride, nothing broken, but Joe was a different story.  I’d never seen such a messed-up human being.

“Something wrong?”

I almost forgot where I was and why I was there until my brother’s words grabbed my attention.  “Yeah.”

“Want to fill me in?”

“I’m scared, Adam.”

“Scared of what?”

“I ain’t so sure we’re doing the right thing.”

Adam set his beer down.  He was curious.  “Go on.”

“I’m afraid for Joe.  I’m scared he and Pa ain’t safe at the house alone.”

“Aren’t you bringing trouble where there isn’t any?”

“Maybe, maybe not.  Maybe I should ride home.”

“Go ahead.  It wouldn’t hurt to have one of us at the ranch.  I’ll hang around here and see if something pops up.”

“You ain’t mad, are you?”

“No.  Go on.  Get out of here.”

*

~ Joe

With another bottle of whiskey pressed to my lips, the men were having the time of their lives.  Laughter rang out every time the leader slapped my face or punched me in the gut, and even though the younger one wasn’t fond of beating up a kid, the jokes they made would make any man blush.

“Look at them pretty eyes, Zeke.  Bet the schoolgirls are all over this one.”

“Let’s go.  Let’s get out of here.”

“Oh, no.  We haven’t had any fun yet.”

My head ached, my vision clouded, and the world around me spun like a whirlwind.  I dropped my head to my chest.  I’d lost the strength to hold it in place, and I’d lost the strength to care about anything.  My mind was a flurry of nonsense, but the fist connecting with my jaw came fast and hard, and I could feel beads of sweat leave my body.  I was as done in as a man could be when my captor started running his mouth.

“You ready to talk now, Kid?”

“Talk?”

“Do I have to go through all this again?”  The man in charge pushed my head back against something hard and uneven and when my eyes shot open, he continued.  “Now that I have your attention.”

My stomach lurched in revolt as I glared at the two men who had squatted in front of me.  Orvis took hold of my chin.  I wasn’t in my room, lying on my bed.  I’d been tied to the trunk of a tree, and everywhere I looked were more and more trees. 

“Be sad to see all this timber burn to the ground, wouldn’t it, Kid?”

“What do you want from me.”  My throat ached and my stomach churned, and I hoped my captor would grant me the decency to end my life.  I’d never felt so sick and tired and ready to give up the ship before.

“Same thing I wanted yesterday, but you failed to hold up your end of the bargain.”

“The bargain?”  My mind was blank.  Why would I make a bargain with an outlaw?  Pa would have my hide if he found out I’d partnered up with men like these.  “I don’t understand.”

“We went through all this yesterday, Little Boy.  Are you dim or what?”

“I don’t remember much about—”

He jerked my head sideways again.  “If you don’t convince Papa to back off and let Jake Milton win that contract, there won’t be any trees left to cut.  You got it this time, Kid, or was my explanation too difficult for you tounderstand?” 

“Trees?”

“Yeah, Little Boy.”

The big man lifted my nightshirt and stared at me.  “Look what we got here.  Ain’t that a purty sight?”  After his idea of teasing failed to get a response, he ripped the soft cotton material up to my chest, jammed a gloved hand between my legs, and grabbed hold of my balls.  And when he twisted, I held back the tears, but I cried out. 

“What the hell do you want from me?”

“What’s that, Son?” 

I tried to move away from my tormenter, but since I’d been tied to a tree and his hand hadn’t moved, I was trapped.  Sweat trickled down the side of my face, and I couldn’t find the right words to say.  I don’t think I’d ever been so frightened in my life until he gave one more twist, and my cries echoed again through the forest.

“Why?”

“Trees burn to the ground, and little boys lose special parts of their bodies.  What would old man Cartwright say if all of his trees were gone, and his youngest boy didn’t have anything left between his legs?” 
 

I couldn’t think straight.  I could barely remember my own name.   With his hand still holding tight, I didn’t care about trees or anything but saving my manhood from being torn to shreds.

*

Chapter 3 ~ Hoss

After returning home from the saloon, I pulled the saddle from Chubb and hung a bag of oats for him to munch on then moved toward the house to check on my family.    It was nearly lunchtime, and I hoped to see Joe and Pa well enough to be sitting at Hop Sing’s table.  I could use a bite, and if my luck held out, Hop Sing’s cousin would be cured and a good meal would be waiting for me to sit down and enjoy.

“Hey, Pa.  I’m home.”  There was no return answer and, I didn’t smell a big juicy roast or an ample batch of fried chicken as I’d hoped for, so I gave up on the idea and headed up the stairs to check on Pa and Little Joe.

“Pa?  Pa?”

I realized Joe was probably sleeping and Pa would have my hide for yelling inside the house and after my outburst, I walked quietly through the hallway and into my brother’s room.  Nothing.  No one.

Again, I hollered.  “Pa?  Joe?”

An empty bedroom didn’t bode well.  Buck and Cochise stood in their stalls and it made no sense that Pa and Joe wouldn’t be inside the house recuperating.  Little Joe’s beating was less than twenty-four hours ago.  He wasn’t ready to be out and about, and I doubt my father was either.   When Paul Martin suggested he wrap Pa’s right ankle just in case, my father fussed but gave in to the doctor’s wishes. 

My heart beat a little faster than normal, and I let my eyes dart around for anything out of place.  Again, nothing had been touched.  Nothing but Joe and Pa.

After checking the bedrooms, I raced down the stairs and ran back to the barn where I’d found Joe yesterday.  Nothing.  I moved back to the house and walked into the kitchen to find our cook tied and gagged and sitting on the floor next to a cold stove.

“Hop Sing?  What the heck?”  I knelt on one knee and released the gag and the ropes from my friend’s wrists and ankles.  “What happened here?”

“Bad man hit Hop Sing on back of head.  Fall to floor.  Not know much after that.”

“You okay?  Can you get up?”

“Hop Sing fine.  Not know about Mr. Ben and Little Joe.”

I reached under both arms and helped the little man to his feet, got him to the chair, and seated next to his chopping block, which he leaned against after his ordeal.  To attack a man like Hop Sing was a sin in my book.  This bunch was out for blood, and I hoped they hadn’t gone too far to make a point.

“Hop Sing hear commotion but not know where noise come from.”

“They ain’t in the house or the barn, and I didn’t see no wagon tracks.  I ain’t sure where else to look.”

“If not in front of house, maybe in back of house.”

“Right.  That makes as much sense as anything.  Thanks, Hop Sing.”

I left our cook in the kitchen and took his advice.  The only thing behind the house was a newly dug outhouse and a winding little creek that ventured off the main stream that our idiot new neighbor wanted to re-route.  Not a chance that would happen.  Not with Pa and James Baldwin and Will Morrison stopping the fool with every law on the books.  But Alec Carlson.  Was he the man behind Joe’s beating and Pa’s run-in with the rope?  Were scare tactics how he got his way in this world?  Dang.  I wanted to run it by Adam and alert Roy Coffee that I knew who was behind the attack, but I had to find my family first.

“Joe!  Pa!”  I yelled as loud as I could and hoped for an answer but there was none.  Nothing but a hint of birdsong in the distance, and a family of chipmunks scrambling to get out of my way. 

“Little Joe?  Pa?”  My words were wasted on fowl and vermin until I heard a banging sound that didn’t make sense in an empty forest.  “Who’s there?”

It took me a minute but when I realized the sound had come from the outhouse, I darted in that direction, pulled the door open, and saw my father tied and gagged and sitting in a place no one wanted to spend a lot of time.

“Pa.  What on earth?”

I pulled the ragged cloth from my father’s mouth and words I’d never heard Pa say poured out like a heavy spring rain.  As soon as I had him untied—wrists and ankles both—he was up and out of the little structure faster than a man his age should move.

“Slow down, Pa.  We still got work to do?”

“What does that mean?”

“I ain’t found Little Joe yet.”  Pa’s hands flew to his hips, and I could nearly see steam flooding from his nostrils.  I ain’t never seen my father so mad.  “Any ideas?”

“Those damn idiots hauled me out of the house before they took your brother.  He could be anywhere.  I don’t  have a clue where to look.”

“Want me to saddle the horses?”

“Hoss … I don’t know what to do.  Your brother is sick.  Paul said he needed rest more than anything else, and I let those men take my son.”

“Don’t go blaming yourself.  That won’t do no one no good.”

“I’m sorry, Son.  I’m just so mad, I don’t know … I just don’t know.”

I stared into space hoping a bright idea would hit me, but nothing came.  Me and Pa were wasting time, but where would we go?  Where would we start looking for Little Joe?  Was my brother even alive?  We had no way of knowing. 

“Maybe they left a note.”

Pa seemed interested in my revelation.  “Let’s go.  It can’t hurt to look.”

At least we were doing something.  I couldn’t stand amongst a forest of towering pines and do nothing all afternoon.  At least we had a plan.  Maybe it would pan out and maybe it wouldn’t, but it beat hanging around doing nothing.

*

~ Joe

From a cloudless sky, the sun blazed, and the day grew warmer than usual for this time of year.  My tongue felt twice its normal size, and my head pounded so hard, I just wanted to lie down and forget about all that had happened.  The amount of whiskey they dumped down my throat softened the results of the beating until it didn’t, and every inch of my body ached and cried out for a soft bed and a few hours of rest.  The vomit that spewed down the front of my nightshirt made me want to hurl all over again.

Though the tree trunk didn’t offer much comfort, and with my arms pulled behind me and tied, there was no way to find a moment’s relief.  The only good thing to come of this was that everything between my legs was still intact.  I should’ve been thankful, but with my head still pounding and coughing my fool head off, exhaustion should’ve put me to sleep although that wasn’t the case.

I thought I heard voices although I wasn’t sure whether I was clearheaded or dreaming that my father had come searching the back woods for his youngest son.  Different sounds mingled and fought against each other until not much about my surroundings registered as they should, and I let my head rest against the rough bark.  I was low on choices. 

*

Chapter 4 ~ Hoss

I didn’t saddle the horses.  Which way would we ride?  Would we take the road to Virginia City or would we head south to Carson?  Was the kid in Reno or Genoa?  Me and Pa was at a loss, and it seemed foolish to ride just for the sake of riding so we remained on the ranch and when Hop Sing brought out a plate of sandwiches, we each had a hard time eating when we knew Little Joe was in trouble.

“I can’t sit here no longer, Pa.”

“What do you plan to do?”

“I gotta find him.  Why did they lock you in the outhouse?  Is there some hidden meaning or … I don’t know.  I’m trying to make sense of … for the life of me, Pa, there ain’t no rhyme or reason for any of this.”

“Sit down, Son.”

“I can’t.  I know who’s behind all this, and I’m set to ring his neck until he talks.”

Pa looked at me as though I’d lost my mind.  “You know?  How do you know?”

“Carlson, Pa.  It’s gotta be Alec Carlson.  Who else has it in for you?  Who else wants to break you down so you’ll hand over the water rights?”

“You don’t know for sure, Hoss.”

“But I do, Pa.  It’s him.  I swear it is.”

Pa took hold of my arm.  “Sit down, Son.  Let’s talk about this.”

“Joe may be dying and you want me to sit and talk?  No, Pa.  My little brother’s out there somewhere, and I’m going to find him.”

“Then go!”  Pa flung his arm toward the door.  “Go find your brother.”

“Yessir.  I won’t come home without him.”

But there were problems with my plan.  I didn’t know which way to go.

*

~ Joe

I began to shiver.  The night air wore me down even more than the whiskey or the beating.  The voices I thought I heard must’ve been a dream, a pleasant dream, but no one came, no one thought to look a few feet from the house for a man tied to a tree and unable to wriggle loose.  I’d pulled at my restraints so many times that my wrists had become raw and sore, but that was the least of my worries.

My feet and my hands had gone numb, and after sitting for so long, I wish I’d worn my long johns.  I tried to readjust my posture, but my balls were swollen and I couldn’t find a comfortable position.  Moving from one side to the other didn’t help, and the rope tying me to the tree held tight.  Any movement was less than a satisfactory solution.  Pa says never give up, but he doesn’t know how miserable my useless life has become.  That’s what the man told me. 

“You’re a useless kid,” he said the first time I tried to fight back.  “No one cares if you live or die so don’t play the hero.” 

Pa doesn’t know that I tried to make sense of it all.  He doesn’t know that I tried to be the man he taught me to be, but I was tired, too tired to fight, and too tired to care if I lived or died.

“One more thing, Little Boy.”  I tried to look at the man straight on, but with rain pelting my face and running down the front of my nightshirt, I had a hard time concentrating on his words.  “If you don’t stop your Papa from bidding on that contract, you’ll be a dead man.  Dead.  Heed my words, Little Joe.  As dead as the tree you’re hugging.”

*

Chapter 5 ~ Hoss

When I spotted Sport tied in front of the Silver Dollar, I pulled Chubb up next to the gelding and pushed through the batwing doors.  Adam sat at a corner table trying to look inconspicuous, but I could’ve found my brother anywhere.

I banged my hat against my leg.  It had started to rain, and there was nothing I hated worse than riding through a dang storm.  By the time we got home, me and Adam would be soaked to the skin. 

“Give me a beer, Sam.”  The heat of the day had been pushed aside by a cool night breeze, the beginning of a storm, and a huge drop in temperature.  I grabbed my beer, thanked the barkeep, and crossed the room to sit with my brother.  I wasn’t quite as inconspicuous as a regular-sized fella dressed in black.  No one was going to run their mouth after they saw me sitting in the saloon.  “Hear anything?”

“No, but I can’t put Alec Carlson out of my mind.  He has an agenda and a time frame, and our father is in his way.  No one else has reason to hurt Pa and Joe the way he does.”

“We think alike, Big Brother.  I told Pa the same thing.  Ain’t no one else as determined as that man to have his way.”

I downed my beer before I told Adam why I’d left the ranch.  I shouldn’t even be in town, but I couldn’t search for the kid by myself.  I needed help.  Before I finished my story about Joe being taken, and Pa’s unpleasant situation, Adam had grabbed his hat and bounced to his feet faster’n a jackrabbit.  The look on his face showed me that he was as scared as I was, and the two of us were at a loss.  Where the heck would we look?

“Did you tell Roy?”

“No.  Guess we should though.”

“How long’s he been gone?”

“Don’t rightly know … a few hours.”

“I don’t know how we’ll find him in the dark, but if he’s somewhere outside, he’s apt to freeze to death before dawn.”

*

~ Joe

My teeth began to chatter, and my body shivered with every blast of wind that sailed around the trunk of the tree.  My fingers were numb from trying to slip my hands through the ropes that kept me from leaving the hellhole my captor thought would be a glorious place to die.

No one would find me here.  Spring rains had thickened the low-growing scrub.  The trees were healthy and needed to be thinned, and if we won the contract, Pa said this area would be one of the first places we’d mark for cutting. 

“The trees are too thick this close to the house.  It’s becoming a fire hazard.”

My family could look for hours on end but no one would think to look behind the house, so close to home, but far enough away that death would come before anyone figured out my captors’ way of thinking.  An abandoned mine.  A wolf den or a bear cave would make more sense than this close to the main house.

My resolve was waning.  I was losing the battle.  I could feel the pain in my father’s heart when he discovered how close I was, and that would haunt him forever.  Not twenty feet from the house, but it was planned that way.  Just another nail added to my father’s coffin.

And just before dawn, it happened.  I heard a noise, twigs snapped,  and I called out as best I could.  With my throat as dry as a summer day, my voice cracked, but I was able to make enough sound that a body flew from behind my tree.

“Little Joe!  I find!  I find!”

I smiled up at the heavens as Hop Sing worked the knotted rope until my hands and feet were free, but I was deadweight and too weak to stand.

“I go.  I get help.”

*

Chapter 6 ~ Hoss

The three of us were dead asleep when Hop Sing screamed from the bottom of the stairs.  “I find!  I find!”

I heard Pa scolding him for making such a racket, but there must’ve been a reason for his behavior, and I had to know why.  I dressed, as did my brother, and we nearly collided in the hallway trying to find out what the commotion was all about.  After gaining our senses, that’s when Pa did a bit of his own hollering.

“Hoss!  Adam!”

“Comin’, Pa.”

“Hurry up.” 

Hop Sing had already shot out the front door.  Pa was on his heels, and we followed close behind.  I still didn’t know what all the yelling was about, but like little children without a voice of our own, me and Adam followed the others to the back side of the chicken coop and toward a cluster of pines.

There he was.  Tied to a dead tree, barefoot, clothed in a soaking-wet nightshirt with a smelly mess of sickness staining the ripped open front panel.  I almost blurted out words I’d never say in front of my father.  I held my tongue, leaned in, and picked up my young brother.

Pa nudged my shoulder.  “Let’s go.  Let’s get him warmed up.  Adam, you ride for Paul Martin.”

If my brother weren’t sick before tonight, he’d sure be done-in by now.  If he should survive a second round of Carlson’s wrath against my father, we’d be more grateful than any other men alive.  My little brother meant everything to this family.  He was so full of life that without his fiery temperament and boisterous laughter, we’d all be tempted to give up on living ourselves.  We were a family of four, and I aimed to make sure it stayed that way.

*

~ Joe

The storm had taken leaves from their branches and scattered them about the sodden earth.  Buckets of rain had darkened my dead tree and soaked what was left of my nightshirt, and after spending the night outside, my body ached.  I was chilled to the bone, and I shivered.   Every breath brought a sharp pain to my chest, and the pounding in my head was a constant.  Swallowing was difficult, and I needed water, but I was alive. I’d been found.  With Hoss’s arms holding me tight to his chest, I felt safe and knew I would heal.  Pa and my brothers never let me down.

*


Chapter 7 ~ Hoss

It weren’t no time before Joe’s fever soared.  Me and Pa had cocooned Little Joe in blankets, but I wondered if that had been the right thing to do.  The kid was burning up and his cough never seemed to end.  The cold compresses weren’t doing nothing to cool him down and it made me wonder if the doc had any magic powders that could help bring my little brother’s fever under control.  Men died from the fever, but not our Little Joe.  I’d never let that happen.

Doc came and went.  He wrapped Joe’s raw and bleeding wrists, and gave us a list of instructions, but there wasn’t much he could do but let the fever run its course.  I didn’t like them words, but Pa and Adam seemed to think like Doc.  Though he’d left a bottle of quinine, tears welled in Joe’s eyes every time Pa put a spoon to his lips.  It was awful tasting, and I understood why Joe carried on. 

“If it helps, you can mix the quinine with whiskey or brandy.  It might go down better that way.”

I remembered Doc’s words and I brought a bottle of whiskey up to Joe’s bedroom, but when my brother saw the label, he turned his head away.  I’d forgotten what them men had done to him, and it was a dumb move on my part.

“Sorry, Little Joe.  I weren’t thinking straight.”

*

~ Joe

Breathing became more of an effort; each breath became a struggle against the weight pressing hard against my chest, but the battle to breathe had transformed my way of life.  In.  Out.  In.  Out.  Was it a battle I could win?  I remembered the doc’s words. 

“He’s a very sick boy, Ben, but I’ll do my best to keep him alive.”

Paul’s words hit me hard.  “Keep him alive?”  How sick was I?  Did he know I would die but was afraid to tell Pa the truth?

I hated lying in bed, and the only connection I had to the rest of the world was an open window.  Clouds floated by, and birds that had time to give me their best tune were much appreciated.  But today was different.  Gloomy and cold.  Gray clouds scudded across an angry sky and left me wishing I could crawl under the covers and never come out.  Days like this were becoming more frequent than not.  I felt myself wasting away, like a log charred by fire where nothing but ash was left behind. When my father popped his head inside my room, I turned in his direction. 

“Can I get you anything, Son?  Coffee?  Milk?”

“I’m fine, Pa.”

“I’ll bring lunch up soon.”

“Okay.”

My family visited often, and each offered a reassuring smile.  Paul was in and out although my sickness was all-consuming, and anything he tried seemed a waste of time.  The cures the doctor offered ranged from every remedy the medical periodicals had come up with except for bloodletting, something Doc thought should be outlawed.  Nothing seemed to do the trick, but he gave it his best shot.

Adam brought books to my room, but my interest didn’t fall along the same lines as his. Shakespeare and Milton weren’t my favorites, and when my brother recognized the problem, he grudgingly spent fifty cents on five dime novels and tossed them on top of my covers.

“Thought you might like these instead.”

I wasn’t sure whether to laugh or cry, but I couldn’t do either without having a coughing fit.  I nodded my thanks instead.

*

Chapter 8 ~ Hoss

Roy said he’d ride over to Carlson’s ranch and question the man, but me and Adam knew he’d get nowhere tiptoeing around a bully with an agenda.   Had the newcomer brought harm to the Baldwins or the Morrisons?  They were just as involved as we were over the natural forks in the river.  If any of that changed, all three homesteads would be in dire straits.

Not only did Pa worry about Carlson and his henchmen, but he also had a timber contract to bid on and win if we planned to keep the ranch in proper running order.  Me and Adam checked on our new herd religiously.  We had a slew of little calves—and a few sets of twins—that needed our attention all the time.  Without Joe doing some of the work, my brother and I were tuckered by the end of the day.

If I tried to put ranch business aside, there were personal problems that plagued our family.  Joe was improving, but Doc was cautious about letting him out of bed.  The kid had lost weight and looked more like a child than a young’un of seventeen.  It worried me to think how long it would take before he fully recovered.  Little Joe prided hisself on his looks and his entry into manhood.  He was eager to be a real ranch hand, a real working cowboy.  Them were his words.  According to Joe, he wasn’t a man until he could leave his schooling behind and work a ten-hour day along with his brothers.

*

~ Joe

“Eat, drink, and remain hopeful.”

“I’m trying my best, Doc.”

“I know it’s hard, Son, and I sympathize.”

I stared at the four walls that surrounded me and noticed things that were not essential before but bothered me now.  The rough-edged walls needed a new coat of whitewash.  How long had it been?  Were we neglecting the place we called home, our haven from the world around us, but the world had invaded without asking.  The outside world had brought harm.

 As sunlight filtered through my window, I woke with a lighter feeling.  The air around me smelled sweet and refreshing.  The air that had once been my enemy felt like a friend, and from that day on, I breathed more comfortably, but I was still bedridden.  No going downstairs to lay on the settee.  No dining with the family.

“Not just yet,” Doc said.  “Let’s give it a couple more days.” 

Although my patience had grown thin, did I really have the energy to climb out of bed and get dressed?  I tried to picture myself walking down the stairs, feeling each wooden plank on the ball of each bare foot, but it seemed like a monumental task, and I might fail to accomplish the simplest jobs that were expected of a boy my age.  I wasn’t a baby who hadn’t learned how to crawl, I was nearly a man and as fearless as anyone, but I wasn’t the same Joe Cartwright as before.  I was a weakling, and I spent day after day with my covers pulled to my chin.

For years, I dreamt of the day I’d ride out with my brothers after Pa explained the day’s task.  We’d finish our breakfast, saddle our mounts, and ride out to the job of the day.  Maybe we’d check the herd or repair the fences.  Maybe fill line shacks or break a few broncs.  Would that ever be the case for me?  I had a hard time even picturing myself in the saddle much less riding or roping or carrying on like a true ranch hand.  My dreams of a future seemed void of purpose and as empty as a dry well.

*

Chapter 9 ~ Hoss

Today was the day.  Joseph was given the okay to come downstairs, but it was hard to tell how he felt about the situation.  After weeks in bed, I thought he’d be thrilled with the doctor’s words, but he didn’t react like any of us thought he would.  He seemed a bit melancholy, not a word I used daily but a word I’d heard Doc use to describe my young brother’s mood.

“What’s that mean, Doc?”

“It’s a feeling of sadness, Hoss.”

“So, you think my little brother is sad?”

“I believe he wants to make up for lost time, but he’s going to be weak and unable to do the things he wants to do.  I think Joe realizes what’s ahead of him and the road won’t be easy.  His muscles have atrophied, which means he needs to be patient and try to build his body back up to what it was before.  He’s lost weight, and you and I know that Joe didn’t need to lose a pound, much less ten or more.  He’s skin and bones.  His face is sullen and gray, and all that added together could bring on a mild case of melancholy.” 

“What can we do to help?  I was speaking for the whole family, but Paul knew that already.  We’d all have to work together to get Little Joe back on track.

“Keep him busy.  Don’t leave him alone for long periods and try to keep his spirits up but remember, there’s no overnight cure.  It took a couple of  weeks for Joe to slip into this condition, and it will take the same amount of time for a full recovery.”

“We’ll do it, Doc.  We’ll get him back to his old self in no time.”

When I woke the following morning, I had all the confidence in the world that Paul Martin was wrong, that it wouldn’t take as many weeks as he predicted.  Me and Pa and Adam would all work with Joe and help him on his journey back to full strength. 

I convinced the family that I wanted first crack at my young brother. Though it wasn’t a major decision—Pa and Adam were fine with my request—and I was glad there’d been no fuss.  I’d treated damaged animals my whole life, and that’s how I thought of Little Joe—damaged.  Paul Martin had me thinking about that melancholy business more than I should, but I could see Little Joe falling into that trap.  Even before he got sick, he was always trying to measure up, never thought he was good enough, but I would change all that.  There was no reason for him to feel that way. After I downed my breakfast, I climbed the stairs with a hot mug of coffee and found Joe awake but still lying in bed like he had for the past couple of weeks.

“Time to rise and shine, Little Brother.”

*

~ Joe

I didn’t want to disappoint my brother or the rest of my family, but I didn’t have the strength to do much of anything.  After Hoss led me to the settee, that was it for the day.  No walking to the barn.  No saddling and riding Cochise through green meadows or along a fast-running stream.  I was too done in.  The day’s activities ended at nine o’clock that morning.

God knows I didn’t want to feel this way, but every step I took was more agonizing than the one before.  I nearly cried out, but if Hoss knew what a feeble waste of a man I was, I’d never live it down.  I’d be the laughingstock of the family.

As days passed I did everything Hoss asked.  I sat on the settee and then on the porch.  I walked to the barn and polished my saddle until it shined like Mary Ellen Baker’s coal-black hair, but I was so tired that all I wanted to do was crawl back under my covers and sleep till the end of the year.  I hated my life.  I hated being treated like a boy who couldn’t do for himself.  I hated everything about everything.

“Where did Pa and Adam go so early this morning.”

“Why do you ask?”

“Is there something wrong with the question?”

“No, not at all.  They rode in to deliver the bid on that timber contract.”

“Timber contract?”

“Yeah.  The project that will keep us afloat next winter.  We gotta win that contract.”

“Wait.”  I rubbed my fist against my forehead trying to remember, but talking about timber contracts made my head throb.

“Something wrong, Little Brother?”

“Yeah, but …”

“But what?”

“It’s not important.”

“Is it about the bid?”


“Um, no.  Not really.”

“Pa’s worried, but that don’t mean you need to fret none.  Adam assured him the bid was fair and honest and there was no reason it shouldn’t be accepted.  Hopefully, by the end of the week, we’ll be celebrating.”

*

Chapter 10 ~ Hoss

The following morning, Joe said he didn’t feel well and didn’t think he could complete any chores I had in mind.  “We could sit on the porch, maybe even eat breakfast out there.”

“Not today, Hoss.  I can’t do more than this coffee.”

“If you’re sure.”

“I am.  Maybe later I’ll ….”

“Yeah.  Maybe later.”

*

~ Joe

They came into the house twice before, and they would come into the house again.  I wasn’t safe in my own home, and I had to get away, somewhere, anywhere.  I heard what Jake Milton’s henchmen had said.  If Pa submitted a bid, I was a dead man, but I wasn’t ready to die.  My family would be disappointed to know that the youngest member of the family was a coward, but that was the truth.  I couldn’t take another beating, and I didn’t plan on being dead before I had the chance to see what my life would become.  I wasn’t a kid, but I felt like one, a scared little child who was afraid of his own shadow.

*

Chapter 11 ~ Hoss

Halfway through breakfast, Pa gave us that look that meant business.  “I want you boys to give up the thought that Alec Carlson was involved with Joe’s injuries or the rope in the road.”

“But, Pa.”

“Let me finish, Hoss.”

“I spoke at length with Roy and he assured me that the man had nothing to do with any of the unfortunate events that took place here.”

Though I was skeptical, I think Adam was too, but Pa had the last say on the subject.  He was the boss, and we rarely disobeyed the boss.  The question was who.  If it weren’t Carlson, who else wanted to hurt Ben Cartwright or his youngest kid?  It made no sense.  Little Joe didn’t have any enemies and even if he did, no other boy his age would’ve survived the trauma Joe had been through. 

Adam and I set to ride out. I’d had my week with Joe, and it was Pa’s turn to find things the kid could do that wouldn’t tire him out before noon. Joe was still asleep, and Pa said he’d wake him after we were on our way.  The boy didn’t need any more distractions than was necessary.  He couldn’t ride out with us anyway.  Checking line shacks was way too hard for Joe right now.  That was a few months down the road.

Book 2

A Change of Scenery

Chapter 1 ~ Joe

As the hawk soared across the face of the sun, I guessed it was the last time I’d see a sunrise or a bird of any kind before I died. My lungs had gone raw, and the heat of the high desert had burned me inside and out. I crawled across the dry, cracked ground for most of the morning, and I was growing too weary to carry on.  Without food or water, I was doomed to death from starvation or dehydration, a new word my big brother had talked about when I was sicker than a dog.

“You need to drink, Little Joe.  Doc Martin worries about dehydration.”

 I’m not sure why I remembered the word, but it stuck in my mind like most of the words Adam said aloud.  Even though this was the doctor speaking through my brother, I will think of Adam every time I hear the funny-sounding word.

Ragged holes wore through the knees of my trousers, but it had been my choice to leave. With the timber contract sealed and delivered, according to Jake Milton’s henchmen, I was a dead man, and my family didn’t need the constant worry.  Leaving the Ponderosa was the best decision I could make.

I shed my jacket when the sun hit its zenith—another Big Brother word—on its daily climb to the top of the sky.  Tonight I would curse my stupidity but at the time, I had no choice if I didn’t want to die of heatstroke.   

Sharp-edged rocks cut and bruised the palms of my hands, but if I were to find shade or a place to lay down and rest, I could live with roughed-up hands and knees.  That was the least of my worries.  I would die of thirst long before I died of cut-up hands.

Most of my recall was fuzzy although I remember the rented mount rearing when he caught sight of a rattler, his front feet high off the ground.  After pitching me out of the saddle, I wasn’t able to stop myself from skidding down a rocky ravine until I reached the bottom of the gully.  I laid out in the open for hours.  Day turned into night and when the sun rose the following morning, I didn’t have the strength to go on.

When I tried to stand, something felt wrong with my left ankle.  It wouldn’t support my weight and crawling up the ravine seemed like way too much trouble. I was tired and hungry and although Cooch might’ve stayed with me, the rental had run off with my canteen.  There should’ve been water at the bottom of the canyon, but even though the grass was tinged with green, there was no running water to be found.

*

Chapter 2

She was unlike any other woman I’d known.  She was rough and rugged and larger than most, and with her feet propped up on the front of the driver’s box, she slapped the reins like a man, reins that had been looped through beefy fingers and the strength that many women didn’t possess.  After being hauled up from the ground, I began to investigate my surroundings as soon as she slung me over the lowered tailgate and dropped me onto a gray-striped mattress in the bed of her wagon.

“Hey!  What the heck?”

“Just you settle down.  This is for the best, Boy.”

She was a traveler, maybe a gypsy, with a child that sat next to her on the wooden seat.  I didn’t have the strength to call out, and so I curled into a tight ball.  I’d let her carry me off and if I was lucky, she’d feed and water me until I felt like a man again.  Perhaps she would tend my ankle, and I be ready to start home on my own.

I’d made a foolish mistake.  Leaving home because Pa put a bid in for Ponderosa timber was just plain stupid.  Perhaps my family could’ve protected me this time, and seeing how I still didn’t have my strength back, I didn’t want the woman or her son to know I wasn’t long for this world. I didn’t want her to feel any blame for my death.

The road didn’t care that I wanted to sleep and when rocks and uneven ground nearly shattered the wooden wheels, I woke but dared not move.  The woman had been gracious enough to save me from dying alone, and I didn’t want to make matters worse by presenting myself as a helpless creature she had to care for when she had other things to do, but I had to pee, and I didn’t know how long it might be until her arms needed a rest from the taut reins.  I knew how hard it was to keep a team in line, and it had to be twice as punishing for a woman.

But this woman was a brute, and it seemed like hours before she pulled the wagon off the rutted road and into a small clearing with two large shade trees.  The wagon swayed when she stepped on the wheel and lowered herself to the ground.  Just as she grabbed for the youngster on the seat, I sat up and began scooting to the edge of the mattress and waited for her to open the tailgate, but that didn’t happen.  She sent the child off to gather firewood while she tended the two horses and guided them toward a creek that flowed just down a small embankment. 

It was up to me to get out of the wagon, find a bit of privacy, and get the job done before I embarrassed myself, but the woman came from around the side of the wagon and took hold of my right arm. 

“Come on, Son.  Let’s get you settled in.  You ain’t in no shape to be wandering around by yourself.”  When she tried to guide me toward the circle of rocks she’d built to contain her campfire, I motioned toward the trees and she was quick to catch on.  “Do you need help?”

“No, Ma’am.”

Even with the uncertainty of my swollen ankle, I wasn’t about to let a stranger help me with my personal business.  I had a little pride left, and I managed to lean against a tall cottonwood and get the job done.  A few feet away stood the woman, waiting.  And when I finished, she tucked my hand through the crook of her arm and guided me toward the campfire she’d lit while I completed my business.  Maybe she knew I’d been sick, but she was kind enough not to point out the obvious. 

“Thanks.”

“You’re welcome.  You gotta name, Boy?”

“Joe, Ma’am.  My name’s Joe.”

“That’s a good solid name.  Short for Joseph?  Am I right?”

“Yes, Ma’am.”

“Like Joseph from the bible.”

“I guess it could be.”

“You can’t go wrong with a strong biblical name.  Remember that, Son.”

“Yes, Ma’am.”

The woman helped me to the ground where I leaned back against a fallen limb that was sturdy enough to hold my weight.  I pulled my left knee toward my chest and tried to rub away the pain in my ankle, but the old woman didn’t miss a beat and when she stepped forward with strips of torn cloth, she kneeled in front of me.

“Pull that boot off, Joe, and let me tend that ankle.”

“Yes, Ma’am.”

After removing my boot, she yanked the sock off and began twisting my foot until I yelped, and she stopped.  “Don’t think it’s broke.”  Ragged breathing prevented me from answering, but my thoughts weren’t necessary anyway.    “Hold that leg up.”

I did as she asked, and she wrapped the torn rags so tight I wanted to yelp again.  Instead, I closed my eyes and let her fix me up as good as she could.

“Thanks.”

Her boy didn’t come and watch the proceedings.  He was a quiet kid, maybe too shy for his own good.  Resting his elbows on his knees and cupping his chin with both hands, he looked about ten or twelve.  We both watched the woman stir something in an iron pot she’d sat directly into the bed of hot coals and if he was as hungry as I was, neither of us cared what she was cooking as long as it was ready soon.

“You boys hungry?”  She didn’t look up, but I believe she expected an answer.

“Yes, Ma’am,” we said in unison.

By the time she served up three tin plates of beans and bacon, the sun had set behind the mountains, and the final glow of daylight began to fade into night.  I would sleep with the woman and boy and then take off on my own at morning light.  I didn’t want to be a burden, and I needed to start for home before my family came searching.

*

Chapter 3 ~ Hoss

Adam and I had marched straight back to the house when we noticed Joe’s horse was gone.  He’d ridden off sometime in the night.  His bed had never been slept in, and a set of clothes and his boots was gone from sight.  We checked all of Joe’s local haunts that day and had come up with nothing.

Me and Adam will saddle up and ride out in the morning, Pa.”

“Slow down, Son.”

“You mean we ain’t gonna—”

“I mean we should have a plan before we leave the house.”

“Oh, right.  Good thinking.”

“I’ll ride back to town and inform Roy Coffee.  You ride toward Carson, and why don’t you head west, Adam.  One of us is bound to stumble upon a sign of some sort.”

“How long are we gonna look?”

“We’ll meet back here at suppertime.”

After saddling our mounts, we all took off in different directions.  I rode down the mountain toward Carson City but at a slower pace than normal.  Any sign of Joe would be hard to find, but maybe one of us would be lucky.

*

~ Joe

I’d been gone all night, all day, and all night again.  My family would be furious, but I had no choice.  I thought the contract had sealed my fate, and my rented mount didn’t mean to stumble.  Rattlers scare everyone.  When my family found Cooch at the livery, they’d hear the whole story from Jimmy, the boy in charge.

As I gathered my things, a loud voice stopped me in my tracks.  “Stay put, Young Man.  There ain’t no sense running off with a bum ankle.  You wouldn’t get a mile down the road.”

“I don’t want to be a burden, Ma’am.  I don’t want to hold you and the boy up.”

“Boy’s name is Peter.  You can call me Elsa.”

The large woman with graying hair stood above me and blocked the morning sun.  The air was crisp and cool, and the sky was as clear as glass.  “Bacon be ready soon.  You get your business done now.  We be pulling out right after we eat.”

I did as the lady asked and as soon as we’d eaten and cleaned the dishes, I helped hitch the team and we were off down the road heading south.  Though I didn’t ask how far the woman planned to travel, I could always catch a stage home. When we reached a decent-sized town, I could send a wire and let everyone know I was okay. 

Not realizing how tired I was, I slept off and on for the next couple of days.  My body was worn out.  I wasn’t fully recovered.  The night spent tied to the tree with all the rain and wind the clouds could muster had left me as feeble as an old man.  I still couldn’t pull my weight, but that’s the last thing my family would expect.  I’d done a very foolhardy thing.

*

Chapter 4 ~ Hoss

Three weeks passed since Joe’s bed had been slept in.  Me and Pa and Adam had looked everywhere within a twenty-mile radius and found nothing that gave us hope of ever seeing Little Joe again.  Roy had been told, and he was as dumbfounded as we were over my brother’s disappearance. 

“I just don’t understand, Ben.  Why would that young’un run off like that?”

“Roy, if I had the answer, I’d be the first to let you know.”

Pa had won the contract, and somewhere in the back of my mind, I wondered if our bid had anything to do with my brother’s sudden departure.  I didn’t say nothing to Adam or Pa, but it was that itchy feeling a man gets when things don’t seem quite right and flares up when he don’t expect it.

While Pa and Adam filled the timber camp with capable men, I was on the hunt for my brother.  I hit everything local, saloons, jails, rooming houses, and hotels, but no one had seen a young man with curly brown hair and a slight build.  I’d have to expand my search but where?

*

~ Joe

We formed a unique partnership—Elsa, Peter, and me.  After long days of traveling, we had a routine we followed every night.  Elsa had plenty of food for two hungry boys, and Peter and I were eager to tend the horses and anything else she wanted us to do.  I felt lucky to have found the pair of travelers.  Actually, they found me, and my life had become more livable since I didn’t have to think about dying every waking minute. 

Even my breathing had become more manageable.  I wasn’t wheezing and coughing all the time, and I was beginning to feel like my old self, a good feeling.  I had to give Elsa and Peter some of the credit.  They took me in and treated me like family, and I was grateful.

“Whoa!  Whoa!”

When the team slowed to a stop, I looked up from my bed in the back of the wagon.  Three men on horseback and one man driving a big iron wagon had ridden up and were talking to Elsa.  I couldn’t hear the conversation, but it seemed cordial enough.

Elsa tied off the reins and climbed down from the wooden seat.  After reaching up for the boy, she helped him down and stood him on the ground beside her.  I climbed out of the wagon and walked up to stand beside my friends.

“You know these men?”

“I’m afraid I do, Joe.”

The man driving the wagon slid off his seat and stood in front of the three of us.  “Come on, Boys.”

The man grabbed my arm, and I struggled to pull it away.  “What’s this all about?”

“The two of you are coming with us.”

“Like heck we are.”

“It’s your choice, Boy.  You can make this easy or make this hard.”

I turned my attention to Elsa.  “What’s going on?”

She wrung her hands in front of her substantial waist.  “This is as far as I go.  My job is done.”

“Job?  What’s that mean?”

Before climbing back on the wagon, she leaned down and kissed Peter on the cheek and then turned toward me and placed her hand on the side of my face.  “Good luck, Joe.”

With her words lingering in my ear, the driver grabbed Peters and my arms and hauled us to the back of the wagon.  “In you go, Boys.  When I glanced up at the two men on horseback with rifles lying across their laps, I didn’t hesitate to do as I was told.  “Better do as he says, Son.”

Peter climbed the steps first.  I followed and when I saw two young ladies and a boy close to my age sitting inside, I wanted to run, but with two guns at the ready, my chances were slim that I’d get anywhere on foot.  I took a seat inside the iron wagon.

*

Chapter 5 ~ Hoss

“He ain’t nowhere, Pa.”

“I’m well aware, Son.”

My father had found Cochise at the livery, but which way had the kid gone?  When I thought of how many ways a boy Joe’s age could get into trouble, I couldn’t help but worry.  Adam and Pa were feeling the same as me, but none of us spoke aloud.

I’d ridden out every day for the past couple of weeks and tacked up a likeness of Joe outside every sheriff’s office, every mining camp, and every trading post I came across.  If those men who’d beaten him before had found him again, my brother was a dead man, but that kind of thinking got me nowhere.  After packing a set of clean clothes and a sack of food that wouldn’t rot in the hot sun, I was ready for a longer trip.  Adam suggested I ride south. 

“South?  Why south?”

“If he wanted to leave the country, Mexico would be a good choice.”

“Why would he leave the country?”

“I don’t know.  I don’t believe he would, but … where would you go if you didn’t want to be found?”

“You might be right.”

“I might.”

I stood from the dining room table more confused than I was before.  Should I take my brother’s advice and travel south?  It was as good a choice as any.  I said my goodbyes to Pa and Adam and headed out the front door.  I was off on an adventure that I hoped would have a promising ending.

*

~ Joe

The five of us were at the mercy of unwashed men with firearms.  Inside the hot, metal coach, the air was stuffy and stale, and we sat on wooden benches, but we couldn’t lean back against the wagon for fear of burning our backs.  No one spoke a word.  No one had a clue where we were headed or what this was all about.  I sat next to Peter, but I said nothing.

What was there to talk about anyway?  I didn’t dare bring up how thirsty I was or how hard it was to sit on a six-inch plank and ride with a straight back.  Most of us rode bent forward with our elbows on our knees and our heads resting in our hands.  I’d never been so miserable in my life.

I tried not to stare at the two girls.  One looked a bit older than me and the other girl was closer to my age, and she was the pretty one.  With fiery red hair and dark, heavy lashes that accentuated her bright blue eyes, she’d be the first one picked for a dance or a luncheon date at a Sunday social.  If only circumstances had been different.  Silly thoughts.  She was just a kid, and so was I, and that was the end of it.

When the wagon stopped and the door was pulled open, the five of us tumbled out like a bunch of crazed cattle escaping through a gap in the fence.  I took deep breaths to fill my lungs and arched my back to relieve the soreness of the long day’s ride.

“Sit under that tree.”

I looked at the man giving instructions.  He wasn’t much older than me, but he had a purpose in life and that was to drive five young people to a preset destination.  Attached to the side of the wagon was a huge water barrel.  He motioned for Peter to help him deliver tin cups of water to his prisoners.  Peter, as thin as a rail and as fair as winter wheat, carried out the man’s orders without complaint.  I would’ve done the same.  Escape would come later.  Three to one wasn’t my idea of good odds.  We weren’t fed, but at least we were watered and had a chance to stretch our legs before crawling back inside the metal box and sweltering all afternoon.

Elsa had been paid well for her delivery.  All along I thought Peter was her son, but he was nothing more than a lost soul like me.  The other three had the same fate.  Probably homeless street urchins.  I’d made a big mistake, and every minute we traveled farther away from the Ponderosa, I realized how stupid I’d been to leave home.

We’d been taken for a purpose although I had no idea what the outcome would be.  If they were looking for white slaves, I think they’d pick people older than us, but I was naïve about those things.  Sitting around the supper table, we’d talked about slavery and such, especially Adam and me, and rarely agreed on the righteousness of North and South, but this was the Utah Territory and as far as I knew, slaves were only kept in the Southern states so why had we been handed over to three men with guns pointed in our direction?

As soon as we were shoved back inside the iron tank, I nearly spewed the water I’d just drank.  The odor of sweaty hair and bodies was overwhelming, nearly more than a person should have to deal with. I’d ridden on coaches with foul-smelling men, but the constant heat created a different odor altogether.

Without touching the sides of the burning wagon, the five of us took our seats and prepared for an afternoon of bouncing and swaying and trying not to be sick.  It became clear that Martha was the weak link in our circle of five.  She complained the loudest.

“I’m not supposed to be here.”  I looked at her as though she’d lost her mind, but my father taught me compassion.  “I should be halfway to San Francisco by now.”

“We’re all in the same boat, you know.”

“Well, it’s not right.”

“I agree.”

“Then why don’t you do something.”

“Like what?”

After one or two weeks of travel, we were exhausted and had lost track of time.  We’d had little to drink and less to eat and the oldest girl, the girl who chose to complain, didn’t look good at all.  Two of us had to hold her up on the seat or she’d end up in worse shape if she fell against the wagon.  Another few days in the hell hole and we’d all be dead, but I couldn’t think about that.  I had to concentrate on keeping the girl alive.

As the journey progressed, a few facts became common knowledge. Her name was Martha and she was seventeen years old.  Like me, she’d left home, but our similarities ended there.  She had traveled west on a stage until she’d run out of money and … to make a long story short, a “nice young man” had introduced her to Elsa.  All of our stories were similar, and we were all heading to an unknown destination and an uncertain future.

*

Chapter 6 ~ Hoss

As Adam suggested, I rode south, but not only was the Utah Territory huge, next came the New Mexico Territory before I reached my destination, and then what?  Where would I look for a lost brother?  If Joe didn’t want to be found, the whole trip would be a lost cause, a joke on me.

Not only was I becoming saddle sore, but I was riding straight into Navajo and Apache homelands.  One tribe after another scattered their lodges through the territories, and I weren’t more than a sitting duck who only wanted to grab my brother and ride home.  I meant no harm to no one, but a white man navigating his mount over Indian soil was a fool.

On the horizon, a dust cloud rose high into the sky and made me aware of how alone and helpless a man in my situation could be.  There was no cover to be found, no outcropping of rocks or a hill to hide behind, but I plowed forward and hoped for the best.  As the procession of riders moved closer, their blue coats told me the men were a division of the US cavalry patrolling the area, and my rapid-fire heartbeat could return to normal.  It wasn’t my time to die.

I stopped and waited for the troupers to approach.    I tipped my hat to the captain, “Hoss Cartwright from up Virginia City way.”

“Captain John Haskins, one hundred and third division.”

“Nice to meet you, Captain.”

“May I ask your business?”

“It might sound a bit strange, but I’m looking for a missing brother.”

“I see.  A family matter.”

“Yessir.”

“Word has it that a wagon full of orphans is heading for Mexico.  I’m not suggesting that you fit the bill, but I’d stay clean away from that gang.  I’m told they’re a hard bunch.”

“I will.  Thanks for the heads-up.”

“Is your brother … ?”

I chuckled.  “No.  He’s all growed up.  At least, he thinks he is, and he don’t look like no orphan.  Just took hisself a ride.”  Whether the captain liked my answer or not didn’t matter none.  I had a job to do, and I didn’t have time to chitchat.  “I’ll be moving on.”

“I wish you luck, Mr. Cartwright.”

“You too, Captain.”

Joe weren’t no orphan, and he’d rented hisself a good horse.  He didn’t need another type of conveyance, and he knew better than to get mixed up with a gang like that.

*

~ Joe 

Martha came back to her senses and swatted my hands away.  I understood her discomfort, and it was comical but hardly necessary.  I wasn’t doing anything improper and held back a laugh.  It wouldn’t be right to chuckle at someone else’s expense. 

The taller fella traveling with us introduced himself as Lester, and the other young woman called herself Boots.  I doubt it was her given name,  No one is christened Boots, but with a name as crazy as that, none of us would forget the freckled-faced redhead for quite some time. 

As though he was stuck to me with Spaulding’s Prepared Glue, Peter never left my side.  I’d become his protector, a job I took to heart.  Being the only person he felt comfortable with, the kid counted on me to see him through our ordeal, but what was our ordeal anyway?  The guard and driver had been closed-mouthed about where we were going and when we’d arrive.  None of us inside the iron wagon had an inkling of what horrors might dwell at the end of our long, hot journey.

The girls had more to fear than the boys; at least, that was my thinking.  The two young ladies who shared our wagon were innocents, too young to know the ways of the world or the evil that dallied in a depraved man’s mind.  I prayed they’d remain safe, but since we’d been taken and dragged into this miserable wagon, I didn’t think the outcome would be satisfying. 

God knows I couldn’t protect everyone.  Hoss would’ve been a better candidate to play guardian than me.  Both the driver and the guard were twice my size.  If I were dumb enough to incite an uprising, I wouldn’t stand a chance of staying alive.

*

Chapter 7 ~ Hoss

Two men with rifles stood outside a small, stone hut at the Mexican border.  Their job was to stop and interrogate anyone wanting to cross.  “Por favor, Señor.” 

“What can I do for you, Fellas?”

“Get down from your caballo, Señor.”

I lifted my leg over the saddle and patted Chubb’s neck.  Since I’d straddled a leather saddle during the heat of the day, it felt good to stand on solid ground and stretch my legs.  “What happens now?”

“Why you cross the border?”

“I’m searching for my brother.”

The man studied my words.  “Your brother?  He in Mexico?”

“I’m not sure.”

“How long you stay?”

“I don’t know.”

“Two dollar a day for escort.”

“For what?”

“Escort.  Help you find brother.”

“No.”  I chuckled at the suggestion.  “I don’t need an escort.”  I tipped my hat.  “Thanks anyway.”  The taller man turned to the fella standing next to him and rattled off something in Spanish.  I didn’t understand the words, and I mounted Chubby.  “I’ll be on my way.”

“Two dollars.”

Maybe if I handed him the money, he’d let me pass.  I dug inside my pocket and gave him two silver dollars.  “Here.”

“Manuel will escort.”

“I don’t need—”  Manuel had saddled a sorrel and pulled up next to me.  He slipped his rifle into a scabbard and kicked his mount forward.  I had an escort.

*

~ Joe

When the driver came to a stop, we were pulled one by one from the rear door of the wagon, thrown to the ground in a semi-circle, and told not to move.  My legs were so stiff, I couldn’t have moved anyway.  I doubt my wagon mates could either.  We’d sat crammed together for several long days on wooden benches.  The rising temperature and lack of food had made us all lethargic and incapable of escape.

“You.  Stand up.”

The guard pointed his shotgun at me, and I did as he asked.  I stood, and then I began to sway, and when I couldn’t keep my balance and before I could right myself, I fell onto my hands and knees.  Once again, I pushed up from the ground, and this time, I was able to stand without collapsing.

“You gotta name?”

“Yeah.”

“Well?”

‘Name’s Joe.”

“Bueno, José.  You’re the new leader.  The others will follow your lead.  Get out of line and someone gets hurt.  It’s up to you to keep the rest of your amigos in line.  You will follow a daily routine that El Capitán demands, and you don’t want to upset the man in charge.  Understood?”

I heard the words, but I was unable to agree to such nonsense.  What did this man expect of me?  Why was I chosen for a job I didn’t want to take on?

“You!  You dumb or something?”

I dropped my head.  “No.”

“Speak right up.”

“No, I’m not dumb.”

“Louder.”

“No!  I’m not dumb!”

“Good.  Get these people on their feet.  We got to move now.”

I looked down at the four weary passengers who were no better off than I was.  We were tired, hungry, and thirsty and since I’d become the leader, I had to get everyone moving.  Although the guard didn’t say, I realized there’d be consequences if I failed to do as ordered.

“Get up.  Let’s go.”

Boots, Peter, and Lester stood and moved toward me.  Martha only stared as if confusion had taken over and paralyzed her.  I elbowed Lester and together, we pulled her to her feet.  “Come on.  We have to get moving.”

I didn’t know the guard’s name, but he was a large man dressed in black.  Black shirt and trousers.  Black boots and hat.  The fact that he was covered in dust from top to bottom didn’t matter.  He was in no hurry to brush it off, but all of us were filthy and would stay that way for now.  He’d singled me out, and I didn’t think he’d back off from hurting me if he had the chance.  The look in his narrowed eyes told a story I didn’t much like.

We were escorted toward the main house.  Whether hauling Martha was allowed, no one knew, but if Lester and I hadn’t helped her, she would’ve sat on the ground all day, and I would’ve been the one disciplined for her actions.  I was the man in charge.

A grand stairway led to a portico of the captain’s big house.  Large windows flanked each side of the doorway and when a shadow stirred inside, I gathered that someone was watching.  Maybe El Capitán or maybe a wife.  A servant girl or whatever they call a butler in a country I had no thought of entering could be giving El Capitán a heads-up that the captives he acquired from the territories were on the premises.

“That’s far enough.”

Still holding Martha to her feet, the five of us stood in a straight line at the base of the stairs and waited for the guard to climb to the top and rap on the front door.  The driver had been left behind to stand guard.  He was another one I wouldn’t want to tangle with.  His broad shoulders and beefy hands told me I’d never stand a chance in a one-on-one confrontation.  Escape wouldn’t be easy.

And there was our fearless leader.  Dressed in a pristine uniform and cap, El Capitán stood at the top of the stairs and stared down at the new arrivals. I felt self-conscious.  I felt as though the man could stare right through me, and when he turned toward the guard and spoke something none of us could hear, I was singled out again.  The guard called my name.

“José.  Join us.”

It was up to Lester to care for Martha while I was gone.  I took the steps two at a time until I reached the spacious landing where the two men stood, but that had been a stupid mistake. I could barely breathe, and I gasped for air.

The uniformed man appraised me from top to bottom as though I was his prized bull.   I didn’t like being stared at and wished I was anywhere else.  I’d witnessed men like him before.  Men who thought they owned the world.  Men who looked down on the rest of society.  Men who were quick to anger and took their frustrations out on the one nearest to him.

“So you’re the leader.”

“That’s what they tell me.”

“Will you make trouble for me?”

When I saw the look in his eyes, I changed my tune.  “No, Sir.  I’m the leader.”

“That’s better.”

While standing toe to toe with El Capitán, I saw more in his eyes than was first revealed.  Even though I’d just met the man, he frightened me.  No trace of compassion, and no suggestion of kindness.  A hint of evil held court behind his dark brown eyes, and I wanted to run.

“Come with me, Young Man.”

After leaving my companions behind, I followed El Capitán inside the grand house.  He didn’t care that I hadn’t bathed for weeks or that my clothes were crumpled and coated with grime, I’d been chosen as spokesman and leader of the two young ladies and two young men who’d been taken and forced on a trip no one planned to take.  I had to keep my wits about me and say what the man wanted to hear.

A woman stood in a darkened doorway, but all I could make out was a hint of light skimming across her breasts and the right side of her face.  The rest of her body was hidden by shadow, and when I realized I was staring, I turned my attention back to the man in charge.

Although he didn’t offer me a seat, El Capitán sat in a leather chair behind a large oak desk.  On a wood-paneled wall behind him hung a large oil painting of his family.  The man had a much younger wife, an older son, and two small children.  I wondered if his first wife had died, and he went for a younger model although I’d never be privy to that information.

As I continued to survey the sizable space, a man closed the double doors behind me leaving El Capitán and me alone, and though I still wasn’t offered a seat, the room was over warm, and I fought to remain standing.

“Javier has appointed you the leader of the newest members of our operation.”

Was I supposed to speak?  Was I supposed to be happy about my appointed position?  I didn’t want to be a leader of kidnapped children.

“You’re a handsome boy, José.  Has anyone told you that before?”

“No, Sir.”

“I find that hard to believe.  God has granted you fine features.”

“Thank you, Sir.”

“Now, on to business.  You’ll learn your duties in time.  First, I want to inspect the fresh, new faces.”  The man who had inspected my face first and embarrassed me with his comment stood from his chair.  “I’ll follow you outside.”  Like magic, the double doors were opened, and I walked back through the main house to the front door.  The captain followed close behind.

“Bring them to me one at a time.  Begin with the youngest.”

I flew down the stairs and laid my hand on Peter’s shoulder.  “Come meet the captain.”  Peter’s eyes showed fear, but there was nothing I could do.  “Come on, Boy”. The kid held my hand and we walked up the stairs together.

“What’s the boy’s name?”

“Peter.”

“Welcome to Casa Blanca.  From today forward, you will be called Pedro, a good solid name.”  The captain turned toward the front door and hollered, “Maria!”  A woman came running, and the captain spoke to her in Spanish.  I didn’t understand all the words, but when she reached for Peter’s hand, I wondered if I’d ever see the kid again.

“Next.”

Again, I ran down the front stairs and reached for Martha’s hand.  “Come on.  Let’s go.”  The girl was a thorn in my side, and instead of doing as I asked, she dropped to the ground and refused to move.  I glanced at Javier, and he shook his head.  Martha’s actions didn’t bode well with the guard.  I doubt the captain was thrilled with her either.  “Don’t make this harder than it needs to be.”

“I’m not going up those stairs.”

“Yes, you are.”

“No!  I won’t go.”

The girl was deadweight, but I didn’t have a choice.  I pulled her to her feet, dragged her up the stairs, and then fought to catch my breath.

“A feisty one, aren’t you?” 

Martha turned her head away, but the captain wasn’t amused, and after catching my eye he said, “Return to your friends, José, and send Javier to me.”

With a rifle slung over his shoulder and a leather band of bullets circling his chest and back, the guard marched up the stairs like a true Mexican liberal.

“Hold her steady.” 

The three of us huddled together and stared up at the two men and Martha, and to prove a point, El Capitán ripped her cotton skirt from its waistband.  “Drop those pantalones to the ground.”

With a look of horror, Martha looked at the older Mexican as though he were insane.  “I won’t.”

“You will.”

Martha stood her ground—a mistake she’d regret—and El Capitán nodded at Javier, who’d been holding her hands behind her back.  “This little puta disobeys me, and I don’t take kindly to a rebellious whore.  Strip her naked.”

Although she fought, she didn’t stand a chance of winning.  Javier had done this sort of thing before and using a knife he pulled from his belt, he shredded every stitch of clothing she wore and tossed the bits of rags down the flight of stairs so all could see.  When she tried to cover herself, he grabbed her wrists and returned her hands to a brutal position behind her back.  Her nakedness embarrassed all of us, but the captain wasn’t finished.

“Spread those legs, My Little Puta.  Spread them wide.”

When he clutched the nape of her neck and ran the back of his free hand between her breasts, I looked away.  And when he jammed that same hand between her legs, I’d never forget the cry the young woman made when his thick, fat fingers entered her for the first time. 

“Oh, God!”

An unsettling flash of Jake Milton’s man grabbing me between the legs came roaring back as though it were happening all over again.  The panic I felt that night must’ve doubled for poor Martha, but I feared this was only the beginning.  The girl had played with fire, and she was bound to get burned.

*

Chapter 8 ~ Hoss

My escort, Manuel, was a good man.  He was close to Little Joe’s age, had the same sense of humor and silly laugh, and we got along like peas in a pod.  My pa would like him.  He was that kind of guy.  Instead of playing my boss, he made suggestions, and we traveled to places I never would’ve found on my own.  He asked the right questions and took me to the best places to eat and sleep, but we were no closer to finding my brother than we had been on day one.  Luck hadn’t been on our side, but we plowed forward.

*

~ Joe

Next was Boots, and that’s when I realized my mistake.  Martha was the older of the two.  I’d messed up and brought the wrong girl up to meet El Capitán.  How could I make such a mistake?  What the heck was I thinking?  Down the stairs, I ran and took hold of Boots’ hand.  “Ready?”

“No.”

“Let’s go.”

Boots understood my situation, and she didn’t want to make it harder on me than she had to.  After watching Martha make a fool of herself and witnessing the consequences that followed, she walked up the stairs like a princess.  The two of us stood together in front of the captain who raised her hand to his lips.

“Lovely Little Chica.  It is with much pleasure that I kiss the hand of one so beautiful.”

Boots’ eyes met mine, but what could I say?   With her wild red hair and fair skin, the older man was impressed by her beauty.  Any man would be, but what did that mean for a fourteen-year-old girl who was far from experienced?

“You may stand by my side while José brings the last hombre to me.”

One last trip down the stairs, and Lester and I walked back up together.  When I saw that the captain had his arm around Boots’ shoulder, I wanted to tell him no, that she wasn’t for sale, but what would become of the two of us if I interfered at this stage?  He hadn’t hurt her, and she hadn’t pulled away so why should I step forward and make a fool of myself?

“What is your friend’s name, Jose?”

“Lester.”

“You will both follow me inside for further instructions.”

Rather than sitting behind his desk as before,  El Capitán sent Boots off with Maria, told us to wait in the front parlor, and when he returned with Martha, her nakedness had been covered by traditional Mexican attire.  With her jet-black hair, she could pass for a member of the family.  But when the captain sat beside her on a small sofa, Lester and I realized that she would never be treated like a daughter.   With one hand draped across her shoulder, he crossed one leg over the other, and his free hand began to roam.  He pulled at the satin string that circled the top of her camisole, and the white muslin fell to either side of her full rounded breasts.  With his free hand, he cupped the one closest and held it taut for Lester and me to admire.

“A fine specimen.  Very fine.  The man who beds this little puta will enjoy a hand full.”

The old Mexican was enjoying himself at Martha’s expense and even though she held steady, he was far from finished.  When he placed her hand on his crotch, tears fell from her eyes, but then he went a bit farther.  After uncrossing his legs, he unbuttoned his trousers and guided her hand inside.

Though I tried to look away, El Capitán wasn’t buying. “Watch and learn, José.  This little puta was made for men like us.  This little puta enjoys the simple pleasures life has to offer.  Who will be next?  José?  Lester?”

Neither of us answered.  Neither of us wanted to sit on the sofa next to Martha.

“Let’s see what the tall boy has to offer.”  Lester sighed, but it wasn’t overloud, and I doubt the Captain heard.  “Change places with me, Boy.” 

I didn’t want to watch this either, but El Capitán would never allow me to leave the room.  He stood and moved toward me, and while Lester took his place on the sofa, the captain sat beside me.

“Feel her softness.  Handle her breasts.  She likes warm hands to clutch and crush.  Squeeze and induce pain.  Let’s see what she’s made of, Lester.  Use your tongue and make her hard.  It’s your choice.  The little puta is eager to get laid.  Sí?  Is the term fuck.  Fucking whore?  Fuck the whore?  Sometimes I have trouble grasping the language.”

When I tried to look away, El Capitán redirected my eyes toward the sofa.  Would I be next?  If so, what did the man expect me to do?  I’d never been with a woman, and this wasn’t how I’d planned to learn the ropes.  All along, the idea was to bed a whore in Virginia City, but not a young girl who didn’t want to be touched by anyone.

“Maybe she want to straddle you, Lester.  Maybe she knows how to satisfy a man but plays shy and reserved. Like a game.  You think?  Let her know what you want.  She’s eager to please.”

Again, I averted my eyes, but El Capitán’s patience was growing thin.  His frustration with Lester didn’t bode well, but it only took a minute to understand what he wanted.  When he slid his hand inside his trousers, I realized he got off on watching other people, but Lester was stubborn and wouldn’t be ordered to molest a young woman.  

“You’re worthless, Tall Boy.  Your chance is finished.  Get out of the room. Get out of my house.”  I stood to leave with Lester.  “No.  Not you, José.  You will stay.”

*

Chapter 9 ~ Hoss

Three weeks had passed.  Manuel and I had ridden through several towns and villages.  We’d stopped at several casitas, restaurantes, and bars and asked questions, and we talked to passersby but were unable to learn a dang thing, and my frustration grew with each day we rode farther into a country that seemed to hold nothing I was after.

*

~ Joe

Even though the night I had to touch Martha wouldn’t leave my mind for more than five minutes, I had to go on with my life.  At least we didn’t have to complete the entire scene in front of El Capitán.  After cupping her breast, I tilted her head toward mine for a kiss, and the older Mexican stood.

“I knew you were the smart one, José.  I will leave you two alone.  Enjoy the little puta!”

As though her breast was as hot as a skillet full of fried chicken on Hop Sing’s stove, my hand flew away as if burned and blistered and raw.  “I’m sorry.  I’m so sorry.” That’s all I said before I covered the girl with a serape and left the room.  Maybe I was wrong about the old man wanting to watch.  Life had become so darn complicated.

Everyone but me had been given new clothes to wear.   The Casa Blanca uniform consisted of a white shirt and white trousers.  Everyone looked the same, and if any of the boys tried to escape, they’d be returned to the house without question.  El Capitán was a big man, an important man, and no one questioned the way he ran his businesses.  He had several, and with slave labor, his ventures flourished.

I hadn’t seen Martha or Boots since the day we arrived, but Javier was everywhere.  Lurking.  Hiding in the shadows. A day didn’t go by that I didn’t see his ugly face watching me.  I knew Martha’s fate, but I wasn’t sure about Boots.  She was just a kid.  Fourteen.  A year younger than me. Too young to have her life ruined by the captain.  I hated to think that he’d bedded both girls.

Perhaps I spoke too soon.  It was midday, and I’d been breaking horses since dawn, and that was when I heard soft cries coming from one of the tool sheds that sat close to the corral.  Several young men worked in the fields, but when the captain found out I knew a thing or two about horses, he put me to work getting mounts ready for the liberals. 

Before Martha stumbled out of the tool shed, Edwardo had come to stand close to me at the corral fence.  Being the captain’s eldest son, he was next in line to own Casa Blanca, but he walked out of the same shed as Martha.  The poor kid had to lay down for both men, father and son.  It didn’t seem fair, but life wasn’t always fair, and Martha had been singled out on day one  At seventeen, her lot in life was to service both men and pretend to enjoy father and son alike.

The captain’s son was a worthless young man.  He spent most days in the salones gambling his father’s money.  Word around Casa Blanca was that he was either gambling or taking up with the town whores, who were glad to take any pieces of silver he had to offer.

Edwardo came to stand beside me.  “You are good at the horse-breaking?”

“Your father thinks so.”  Though I didn’t want to talk to a man who’d take advantage of a young lady, I wondered if he’d come to toot his horn. 

“He has much business with the liberals.  They pay good money for new mounts.”

“Same deal where I come from.”

“You have family?”

“Pa and two brothers.”

“They will miss you?”

“Yes.”

“They will look for you?”

“Yes.”

“They won’t find you here.”

I wasn’t thrilled with the conversation, but other than having his way with Martha, he spoke straight out, and I liked that, and he was right.  My family would never find me here.  “I better get back to work.”  Edwardo walked away without another word.  Guess he said all he wanted to say, and I didn’t dare let the captain see me fooling around and doing nothing.  “That sorrel ready, Jimmy?”

“All set, José.”

I rode five more Spanish Mustangs before suppertime and lived to tell the story.  If Edwardo thought I was kidding, he was wrong.  I was very good at my job.  Every beautiful horse was a different color and a handsome brown and white reminded me of Cooch, a good-looking paint.  If the time was ever right to escape, I’d take that horse with me.  From day one, I hoped we could be together someday.

Late that afternoon, I was summoned to the main house.   Without having time for a bath, I readied up the best I could and put on a clean shirt.  I thought I’d been doing a decent job for the captain, but maybe I was wrong.  Perhaps he wasn’t pleased with the number of horses I had ready to go.  Since I rode from dawn to dusk, I don’t know what he expected, but I’m sure I’d find out.

Javier stood outside the house.  It seemed his duties as prison guard had expanded to overseer of the property.  This time, he leaned against one of the large, round pillars that supported the portico and waited for me to arrive.  After climbing the long, plank stairs, I tipped my hat to the big man before using the brass knocker on the front door.  Maria was quick to answer and invited me inside.

“El Capitán in parlor.  You go.”

“Thanks, Maria.  I’ll do just that.”

As I stepped through the open double doors, the variety of people surprised me.  Maybe it shouldn’t have, but when I looked from one to the other, the captain waved me inside.

“Take a seat, José.  Anywhere you like.”

El Capitán sat next to his young bride, Carlotta.  Edwardo was seated across from Boots, who was dressed to the nines, decked out in jewels and a black, lace mantilla that draped over bare shoulders.  She looked like royalty, but she acted like a girl who was scared to death.

Even though she was nearly grown, Martha had been seated with the captain’s younger children at a table off in the corner of the room.  She’d been given a white blouse, a plain skirt, and nothing more.  No shoes.  No jewels.  No black mantilla to fall across bare shoulders, and her hair was as dull as her eyes.  She worried her hands in her lap and stared at the blank wall in front of her.

“Welcome to our family gathering.” 

I held my hat with both hands, but I was at a loss for words.  Did El Capitán think I’d fit into this strange group of owners and slaves?  The odd selection of individuals didn’t belong in the same room.  The entire night felt insane, and I’d become part of the insanity.

“Pour yourself a drink, José.  We’re all family here.”

“Yessir.”

Assorted bottles of tequila, mescal, and pulque set atop a large buffet to my right.  Several heavy Mexican glasses, lace napkins, and a bowl of white sugar had been lined up in front of the bottles.  I had no idea which to choose, and I felt like a fool.  I was a beer-drinking man, well, I’d had a couple of beers one night with my brothers, and I was far from educated in the world of fine spirits.  I didn’t know beans about all the fancy stuff, but I didn’t have much choice.  I needed to pick something and pour it into a glass.  I chose the tequila.  At least I’d heard of that one.  Holding the glass in one hand and my hat in the other, I turned and looked to my host for direction.

“Have a seat, José.  Edwardo was just telling us about your prowess inside the corral.”

My face turned red as I glanced around the room for an available chair and the only vacancy in the parlor was next to Boots.  Had the captain planned things that way?  Was this his idea of a joke?  I’d made a mistake on day one and introduced Martha before Boots.  Did he think Boots was the oldest girl in the group?  Was he handing her over to me?  Was that the plan? 

She had the look of a debutant going to a fancy ball.  But the whole night was a sham.  We couldn’t come and go as we pleased.  We had to play by his rules, and they could change at any time.  I felt like an outsider and questioned whether this was how the two girls spent most evenings.  How out of whack had our lives become?

Maria topped off our drinks.  I’d become light-headed, and the room had begun to spin.  Closing my eyes made things worse, and I jerked my eyelids open and tried to set myself straight.   If I didn’t keep my wits about me, I could end up in more trouble than I knew what to do with.

Small talk filled the room, and everyone except Boots and I enjoyed light conversation.  Though I’d spoken to her several times before, I couldn’t find the right words to say.  Perhaps it was the clothes she wore.  They made her look twice her age, and that didn’t bode well for an innocent young lady.  Someone would take advantage of a child dressed as a princess, but it wouldn’t be me.

*

Book 3

The holidays come every year.

Chapter 1 ~ Hoss

“A little to the left.”

“That’s what you keep saying, Big Brother, and that’s what I keep doing.  Ain’t it right yet?”

“That’s good.” 

“The dang tree doesn’t have to be perfect.”

“It does this year.”

“Why?  What makes this year different?”

“Pa.”

I thought about Adam’s words and for once, my older brother was right.  A year ago, Pa barely left his room.  He dwelled on Joe’s disappearance for months, but his life ended the day I returned from Mexico without my younger brother in tow.  Adam didn’t think our father could get any worse, but he did.  Without all three sons under one roof, his world became dark and brooding was a constant.

A lot changed over the past year.  Pa was beginning to come back to hisself.  Me and Adam both noticed the difference on Joe’s birthday.  Instead of hiding away and skipping the occasion, Pa wanted to celebrate.  We had all of Joe’s favorites:  fried chicken, potatoes and peas, and chocolate cake.  Joe would’ve been pleased with Hop Sing’s selection.

Adam and I searched high and low for the perfect tree.  We didn’t do much without thinking about our father’s welfare.  We never argued; I mean, really argued.  We often scrapped at one another—me snapping at Adam over setting up a Christmas tree—but our thoughts were always on Pa and how to make life smoother and make his existence better.

There weren’t a day that came and went that I didn’t think of Little Joe and wonder if I missed him on the trail.  My escort, Manuel, was more of a help than a hindrance, and I enjoyed his company.  He showed me places I never would’ve found, riding by myself, and I thanked him.  He was a good man, but none of our travels took us to Joe. 

Adam wasn’t gone from home as long as I was, but he checked what he could in and around San Francisco.  There were stops along the way, Placerville and Sacramento, but no one had noticed a seventeen-year-old boy riding a gray gelding.

Weeks and then months passed, and after adjusting our tree and staring at the boxes of ornaments we’d always set out for Joe, I realized my young brother had ridden away from the ranch a year and a half ago.  If he was still alive, he’d have to find his way home without me or Adam’s influence or help.  The boy was on his own.

*

~ Joe

The party was in full swing.   Dressed in my new black suit, my fiancée wore ivory and lace and carried herself with such grace that I didn’t notice anyone else in the room.   While a mariachi band kept our guests entertained during the night’s festivities, tequila and mescal flowed like water.   Maria’s buffet was the hit of the party.   The variety of dishes—tamales and enchiladas mixed with beans and rice—topped everyone’s plate.

Edwardo told me that Elizabeth had been turning heads since she first arrived at the estate.  With her slim physique and wild red hair, it was a miracle that I would be spending the rest of my life with such a sweet, lovely woman.   I don’t remember our first evening together, but several people had filled me in on the beginning of our courtship.

Though I’d been living in the big house since the accident, construction on our new home would begin within the next few weeks.  We were anxious for a place of our own, and we talked of nothing else, but moving day was still months away.  I’d healed enough that I was willing to go back to work but that wouldn’t be the case.  El Capitán said that life with my new bride was all I needed to concern myself with.  I was a very lucky man, and I’d learned a lot about the captain.

Nearly a year ago when an angry Mustang didn’t agree with my technique, I suffered a head injury, and the entire household of Casa Blanca helped me through the worst times.  The temper that grabbed hold and frightened those around me, the outburst of profanity that I couldn’t control, and the dizziness and temporary vision loss that drove me insane must have driven my caretakers insane too.

All that transpired during those first few weeks was an embarrassment that I wish had never happened, but they did and they are memories I’d rather forget.  The only good thing to come was that I was no longer a hired hand who busted broncs, lived off beans and tortillas, and slept in the bunkhouse.  I’d become part of a family with no memory of the past.

Even though I considered my life normal, no recollection of the time before the accident stayed with me.  It vanished from my memory, but I overheard snippets of conversations and realized I’d been dealt a different hand before coming to live in the big house.  I would call Casa Blanca my home from now on and, a few weeks after the accident, I took great honor in becoming the captain’s adopted son.  I was grateful to be accepted into the family.

Edwardo became my older brother, and the younger children were happy that I had become part of the family.  José Sanchez.  I stood proud of my new name and thanked my new father for his generosity.  I was part of a family I had come to adore.

*

Chapter 2 ~ Hoss

Celebrations were few and far between.  Even though we thought Pa had come around, he had severe lapses of melancholy and, after celebrating Joe’s seventeenth birthday without the kid being around, our father was in no frame of mind to mark special days with gifts or fancy suppers. Adam and I celebrated our birthdays in town at one of the saloons.  With Little Joe still absent from our lives, nothing had remained the same, but me and Adam were still brothers and we treated each other as such.

*

~ Joe   

Join us at Casa Blanca for the nuptials of my son, José, and his lovely fiancée, Elizabeth, on Saturday, June 24 at four in the afternoon.  The service will be held in our courtyard followed by dinner and a night filled with mariachis and dance.

The wedding went off without a hitch.  The priest stood before us and performed the ceremony, and then several people we’d never met before congratulated Elizabeth, whom I called Beth, and me, and the two of us were cordial although it became tiresome after hours of smiling and handshaking.  If we could find a place to hide, I would’ve been in heaven but I owed my father.  He’d spent a great deal of money and put on a great show, and we were thankful for his generosity but tired.

My new mother and Edwardo were close in age, which wasn’t much older than me.  Though I wasn’t sure of my birthdate, none of that mattered.  I married the love of my life, and I had a family who cared what happened to me.  A man didn’t need more than that. 

We partied until the sun peaked over the horizon.  Edwardo had slipped away early on to celebrate at the local hangout.  Partying with gamblers and whores was more to his liking than silly things like weddings, and the look on Papá’s face said it all. Edwardo had become a true disappointment, and Papá had been quick to shower me with love over that of his birth son.

Beth and I would live in my upstairs bedroom until our casita was finished, but it wouldn’t take too long.  I promised her that we’d be out of the big house before she knew it, and that’s a promise I intended to keep.  The horse-breaking job went to Jim and a new man named Ollie.  Jim was a good friend and Ollie, a kid from up north, took my place until my home was move-in ready, and I was well enough to return to work.  Weather was rarely a factor, so there wouldn’t be much problem seeing that the house was finished on time.

New employees—men like Ollie—were a constant at Casa Blanca.  Young men and women who were tired of their lives in the States ventured south looking for work, and the captain was eager to give everyone a chance at a new beginning.  I praised him for his kindness.  Not every man would be so gracious.

*

Chapter 3 ~ Hoss

Pa would be heading up the spring drive.  Our lives would never feel normal, but Adam and I were proud of our father.  He’d worked through the bad times and come out right and ready at the other end.  His demeanor had transformed from woeful and morose to the Ben Cartwright of old.   Pa was back and only good times lay ahead.

*

~ Joe

I told Beth to start packing.  We’d load the wagon and head to our new home on Saturday.  Neither of us had much to pack, but Papá opened a bank account in my name, and we were able to furnish our casita and any other necessities we might need would come from the money he deposited for our benefit.  Instead of a weekly paycheck, Papá chose this way of divvying up money to his older children.  Even though Edwardo was frivolous with Papá’s hard-earned silver, he lived outside the main house in his own casita built to his specifications and didn’t bother coming up to the main house often.

After our initial problems in the bedroom, Beth and I took several evening drives down to the stream, sat on its bank, and stared at the progress of our new home.  We watched the framing, then the siding and thatched roof go up, and then the interior.  Stained woodwork and buckets of plaster came next, and I filled her in on the progress of each room she would be decorating to her liking. 

“You’re going to love it, Sweetheart.”

“You think so?”

“Of course, I do.  What’s not to like?”

“I don’t know.”

“Well, you won’t have to wait much longer.  Saturday is right around the corner.”

I’m not sure who was more anxious for a bit of privacy.  Even though I’d been the perfect gentleman and hadn’t been with my wife until after we were married, we both felt self-conscious about making love in the big house.  Often, near the bank of the stream, when we were far away from everyone, Beth and I could enjoy our privacy.  I loved her so much that it was difficult for me to wait until we were off by ourselves to take her in my arms and never let her go.

But most evenings, when supper was finished and the sun began to dip behind Casa Blanca’s tile roof, we’d romp and play with the children.  Hide and seek was their all-time favorite, and we’d run around the grounds until only the moon lit the sky.  Luis was three and Elena just turned five.  They were good kids, fun kids, and when their education was finished for the day, they’d find Beth and me and wait like little angels until the time was right.  Although they ran us ragged, we loved every minute.

Carlotta—my new mother—loved my wife like a daughter.  She doted on me also, but Elizabeth—“Using one’s proper name is always best,” she’d say—was her favorite.  Beth didn’t mind the name, and she thought of Carlotta as a gem in the desert.  She loved the woman almost as much as she loved me.  Papá was a different story.  Beth had trouble warming up to him, but she wouldn’t tell me why.

On Monday, Jim and Ollie were given the day off from the corrals and asked to help Beth and me move to our casita.  The plaster had dried and the furniture had arrived.  Maria had stocked the pantry and trained one of her girls, Sofia, who helped her in the kitchen over the last six or seven months to be our new cook and bottle washer.  Sofia was a cute little blonde who had come to Casa Blanca looking for a job.  Hired on as kitchen help, Maria said she was a quick study and would work well with Beth.

All day long, I stared at Ollie.  Something about bright, blue eyes and straw-blonde hair brought a memory.  He said he was a cowboy and that he pushed cattle.  I’m not sure what my job was or where I came from before I met my new family, but I doubt I’d ever pushed cattle.  The past might always haunt me, but I don’t dwell on things I can’t change. 

When I mentioned that I’d never thought my lot in life would lead to living in the big house and being adopted by one of the most prestigious men in Mexico, Beth’s eyes teared, and she turned her back to me.  I tried to understand what she was thinking but she wouldn’t let go of her thoughts. 

“Just leave it, Joe.”  She was the only one who called me Joe.  The rest of the world used my given name and though I never asked why, I found it endearing. 

“Seems to me that I should have a nickname for you.”

“You think so?”

“I do.”

“Call me Boots.”

“What?”

“You heard me.”

“Boots?”

“If you’re sure.”

“Mama used to call me Bethy Boots, but you can leave the Bethy part behind.  I love my mama and papa, and I’d like to remember the days of my youth.”

From that day forward, I called my wife Boots.

*

Chapter 4 ~ Hoss

A well-earned profit was collected from the spring cattle drive.  After our drovers were paid and we took a day in Sacramento to rest up, Pa and Adam and I headed back to the ranch and our daily routine.  Though I still missed my young brother, I tried not to think of how different life had been when Joe was part of our lives.  My gut told me the kid was still alive, but how could I be sure?  I needed him to be sitting in front of that blazing fire when we walked through the front door.  If that were the case, our lives would be complete, and I could let a genuine smile cross my face.

*

~ Joe

We hadn’t told anyone the good news.  “Not just yet,” she said.  “Women lose babies all the time in the first months.”

“If you’re sure, I won’t say a word.”

“I’m sure.”

I knew the night that Boots became in the family way.  We’d walked down to our favorite spot by the stream and laid a blanket on the soft grass.  We called it a picnic, but it was much more than fried chicken and fresh-baked bread.  It was our five-month anniversary, and I let my wife have her way with me. After the initial difficulties when we were first married, I was surprised when she announced that she’d been curious about one thing.

“Why do men always take the lead when a woman is just as capable?” 

I chuckled at my wife’s boldness when it came to bedroom activities.   She learned fast and with new knowledge came a new Boots.  She never held back.  If she had something to say, she said it.  She was as bold as brass, and I loved her for speaking her mind.

“Is that how you want to play it?”

When her hands flew to her hips, I knew she meant business.  “Just once, I’d like to be the one in charge.”

I threw my arms in the air.  “I’m all yours, Sweetheart.  Tonight.  Down by the stream.”

“I’ll fry the chicken.”

“I’ll gather the blanket.”

“It’s a date.”

“It’s a date.”

It’s not that we didn’t make love more often than not, but there was something special about that night by the stream.  I could feel it in my bones, and I’d be the first to tell our child—when he was old enough, of course—how his mother had her way with me, and he was the outcome of an evening of infinite passion.

I’d gone back to breaking broncs with Jimmy and Ollie.  It’s what I did best, and I’d taken enough time off since I went through the corral fence and landed on my head.  If I could only remember my life before the accident, but there was nothing.  Where had I come from, and why did I leave my home?  The answers never came, and I did my best to accept the inevitable.

Oftentimes, I found Ollie staring at me, and it made me uneasy.  Was it because I was the boss’s son, or did he feel threatened because I’d come back to help break the Mustangs?  I wasn’t taking his or Jimmy’s job away.  I wasn’t that kind of guy. 

As time went on, Ollie mellowed and quit giving me the once-over.  The three of us got on well and always had enough horses ready on the date the Mexican liberals, under the direction of Benito Juárez, came to purchase the lot.  We made Papá proud, and that made me proud.  There’s nothing I wouldn’t have done for that man.

He was so excited about the baby.  Holding his first grandchild was only weeks away, and it was all he talked about.    “Do you think it’s a boy?”

“How would I know, Papá?  I’m not God.”

“You’re my gift from God, Mi Chico.”

My father was a religious man, and every time he spoke, he sounded like a saint sent down to earth by the Almighty.  He praised me as though I was his blood son, and I tried to imagine how he’d feel about the baby.  Would I ever be able to hold my child or would Papá cradle the infant in his arms all day and night?  But there was a downside, and I felt that my wife was hesitant to let Papá near our child.  When I questioned her, the answers never came.  She had nothing to fear, but that’s how it seemed.  Why in the world would she fear my father?  He’d been nothing but kind and generous to both of us.  Papá had a big heart, and I loved him as any son would feel toward a tender and loving father.

*

Chapter 5 ~ Hoss

My older brother wasn’t as fussy about the tree this year.  He’d mellowed some and wasn’t as persnickety—one of Adam’s ten-dollar words—as he used to be about things.  Whether it had something to do with there just being two of us instead of three, I don’t know, but we’d all changed.  None of us were the same as we had been when Joe was a part of the family, although we accepted that life was different now and that nothing would ever be like it used to be. 

Our friends arrived at four o’clock on Christmas Eve for food and carols and Pa’s reading of the birth but this year, my father teared up.  “While they were there, the time came for the baby to be born, and she gave birth to her first-born son.”  But Pa wasn’t alone.  Melancholy touched us all, and tears burned my eyes too.

*

~ Joe

Our son was born on Christmas Day.  Papá said it was a sign of greatness.  I couldn’t go that far, and Boots rolled her eyes, but my father had reasons for everything that happened in his world.  And because our boy picked that special holiday to enter our lives, we named him José Christiano, but Boots and I would call him Chris.

Maria was called in for the delivery.  Not only was she a fabulous cook, she also served as a midwife and had delivered Elena and Luis, but Beth’s labor was long and hard, and even though I stood outside our casita, pacing back and forth with Papá, her cries filled the air and left me nervous and afraid.  Even though her labor continued all day, it ended that evening around suppertime.  Our baby son was born.

When Maria waved me into the house, I didn’t hesitate to fly through the parlor, down the hallway, and into our bedroom.  With pillows propped behind her, Boots sat up in bed, and I’ll never forget the smile that spread across her face when she saw me.

“Come meet your son.”

I eased down on the bed and gazed at the little face that was swaddled inside a soft, muslin blanket.  Though I wasn’t an expert on newborns, I took pride in thinking that my son was the most handsome baby in all of Mexico.  With the tip of my finger, I traced down his little nose and mouth and across his rosy cheeks.  I gazed at my wife.  We’d created perfection.

As I held my firstborn, I thought back to a couple of months after my accident when I first met Beth. A woman named Elizabeth joined us at the dining room table for Papá’s birthday celebration.  She wasn’t the only guest but she was the only one dressed in a green satin gown. Every woman at the table sported a flower crown, but she was the woman who caught my eye and spoiled my appetite.

Papá seemed happy that I was interested in the young lady and made it his business to find occasions that we could be together.  Social gatherings were part of life at Casa Blanca and Elizabeth whom I soon called Beth, and I attended them all.  In time, I would ask her to be my wife, and sitting here looking at my newborn son, those first few weeks filled my mind.  I flashed back to our wedding night and remembered a different young woman.  As dawn approached and the guests began to leave, we climbed the stairs to our room, but I saw fear in my bride’s eyes and wondered if the idea of being alone with me was such a horrible thought.

“Please, Joe.  Not tonight.” 

She called me Joe from the get-go, and it wasn’t long before I called her Boots.  I loved that we had pet names, but the beginning of our marriage was rough, and I didn’t understand.  I still don’t understand, but maybe she’ll tell me what all the fuss was about before we’re old and gray.

Weeks passed and another celebration would be held at the big house.  Edwardo had found himself a girl named Isabella Rodriges, and they were to be married a week from Saturday.  Papá expected us all for supper at seven to discuss any final preparations.  In all honesty, I think he wanted to see Christiano.   He was crazy about the boy and insisted that Boots bring him to the big house more often.  Chris pleasured him so much that I begged her to go, but it was on rare occasions that she ventured in that direction.

“Would you mind if Chris and I stayed home tonight?”

“Home?  Why?  Don’t you feel well?”

“I’m a little under the weather.”

“Should I call the doctor?”

“No, nothing like that.  I’m just not up for a big supper and big conversation.”

I sat down next to my wife.  “If that’s how you feel.”

“It is.  I’ll take Chris so you can lie down for a while.”

“No, leave the baby here.”

“Why?  You know how Papá feels about the boy.”

She stood and moved toward a front window.  “Yes, I know, and I’d rather keep the baby here with me.”

“Is there something you’re not saying?”

Boots moved back toward me, cupped my face, and said,  “No.  I’d like to keep the baby with me just this once.  It’s no big deal.”

“All right.  I won’t stay late.”

“I love you.”

I kissed Boots on the lips.  “I love you more.”

The response from Papá was brutal.  He wasn’t happy, and he let me know that this kind of behavior wouldn’t be tolerated.  I’d never seen him so mad, and I never imagined his disappointment would last the entire evening. 

“Are you a man or a boy, José?  Only a boy would allow his wife to tell him what to do.”

His face was molten red, and the vein in his forehead protruded through chestnut-colored skin.  His hair trickled across his forehead like spilled ink, and he fisted his hands in pure rage.

“I’m sorry Papá.  I never meant any harm, but my wife felt a bit puny and didn’t think she could hold up her end at the party.”

“You should have brought Christiano with you.  No excuses.”

“I’m sorry.  I didn’t realize you’d be so upset.”

“Never again, Mi Chico.”

“Yes, Sir.  Never again.”

*

Chapter 6 ~ Hoss

Another year had passed and another cattle drive was in front of us.  Adam had hired the drovers, Hop Sing had stocked the chuckwagon, and I’d gathered as many yearlings and two-year-olds as possible.  Pa would boss the drive to Sacramento, and we’d hope for the same profit as last year.

*

~ Joe

Escaped?  Had I heard right?  Perhaps I misunderstood.  It was an ordinary evening, and I was bent in half holding Chris’s hands as he toddled through the grass like a trouper.  Though walking on his own was still weeks away, I found myself waddling around like a circus clown most of the time.

Boots carried our second child, and by the time I arrived home from work, she was ready to hand over my son as if I’d done nothing all day, but I didn’t mind.  Evenings became Chris and my special time but tonight was different. 

The boy had grown tired, and we stopped for a break in my father’s courtyard.  The wrought iron benches weren’t as comfortable as my overstuffed chair at home, but it felt good to sit down.  Even though I’d taken the day off and made a trip down to the trading post for Sophia, who was a good cook and a fun person to be around, I, too, had grown a bit weary.  But then there was the conversation I wasn’t supposed to hear.

“Two men escaped last night, Papá.  I’ve sent Juan and Mateo out looking.”

“How did this happen?”

“I’m not sure.  The wrangler didn’t show up for work and—”

“Jim?”

“No, the newer one, Ollie.  He and the liveryman, Charles.  They stole two of our horses and took off.”

“We have to get them back.  That man, Charles, is as gabby as an old woman.”

Edwardo shook his head.  “The liberals know what goes on here, Papá.  They are not the enemy.  They are amigos and will help us find those men.”

“I want guards posted.  No one else leaves Casa Blanca.  Understood?”

“Sí.  I understand, Papá.”

I heard footsteps.  I think they were my father’s.  The last time he paced like that, Boots was giving birth and I was alongside him.

“Where is José?”

“Somewhere with the kid.  I saw them a while ago.”

“Okay.  He must not find out.”

“That won’t be easy, you know.”

“It’s your job to make sure he doesn’t remember a thing.”

*

Chapter 7 ~  Hoss

With the drive behind us, it was back to business as usual, and though I still counted the months since Joe disappeared, our lives weren’t the same without him.  Don’t get me wrong.  Me and Adam got our work done, but my young brother provided the humor and playfulness that Adam lacked, and I missed the kid’s useless banter.  I ain’t laughed in a long, long time.

*

~ Joe

“You know, don’t you?”  I told Boots everything I’d overheard, and I watched her eyes slip from bright to dim in an instant.  “Tell me who I am.  Tell me what you know.”

“You don’t understand.”

“You’re right.  I don’t.  That’s why you need to tell me everything.”

“I have to put our son to bed.” 

Nothing more was said.  Boots carried Chris down the hall and into his bedroom.  He had his own crib now.  No longer was he sleeping in our room. The day we moved him to a bedroom of his own, I thought it was a good reason to celebrate.  And because of that glorious night of passion, my wife carried our second child.  It’s not that there weren’t other nights when … but that night was special and we both had a feeling.

How much trouble were we in?  An ominous cloud hung heavy, and I feared the worst.  My wife was stalling.  It didn’t take a half hour to put the baby to bed, but I wouldn’t push.  She had a mountain of details to confirm, and she had all night to fill me in.  By dawn, I feared my life would be unrecognizable. 

Another fifteen minutes passed before Boots walked into the room.  “Let’s go out back.”

I followed my wife outside and we sat in the chairs I’d placed under an old oak just off our small courtyard.  I refused to remove the hundred-year-old tree when our casita was built.  For one thing, throughout the summer months, the giant tree shaded the west side of the house from the harsh afternoon sun, but the mighty oak served a second purpose.  This is where Boots and I talked out our problems.  The tree was accustomed to our visits.  The tree knew all our secrets.

Boots worried her hands in her lap.  She was as nervous as a saloon girl on nickel night.  “I don’t know where to start.”

“You can always try the beginning.”

“I can’t.  I … the old man will … there are secrets, Joe.”

“Tell me.”

Boots scanned the perimeter of our courtyard.  I’d brought a candle and set it on a side table, but she feared the light and blew hard. When darkness prevailed, she laid it all out on the line.  “He’ll kill me … us, both of us.  He’ll keep our son, and we’ll be dead.  Do you hear me, Joe?  Do you understand?  He only cares about Chris, his grandson.  His legacy.”

“What about Edwardo?”

“Chris is the firstborn grandchild.  Chris will inherit Casa Blanca.  Chris means everything to the old man.”

“But why?  Why Chris?  I don’t understand a damn thing.”

“I’ll start on the day we met.”

“Fine, but don’t I know that already?”

“This won’t be easy, Joe.”

I turned my chair to face Boots until our knees nearly touched. I reached out and held my wife’s hands.  “Go on.  Say what you have to say.”

“Do you remember a boy named Peter?”

I shook my head.

“How about a woman named Elsa?”

“Elsa.”  I thought long and hard.  “A big lady?  Gray hair?”

“That’s right.”

“Wait!  Wait a minute.”

I thought my head might explode, and I pressed above my ears with the heels of my hands.  I squinted my eyes as if that would bring the whole business to light.  Sweat trickled, and I rubbed my hands up and down my thighs until a vague memory of a desert, a kid with sandy hair, a hot metal wagon, and … two girls began to appear. 

I turned my eyes toward Boots.  “You’re one of the girls in the wagon, aren’t you?”

My wife nodded.

“Martha and Boots.”

She gripped my hands tighter.

A memory of Martha on the front steps of a house, my father’s house.  Casa Blanca.  “Oh, God.  Where’s Martha.”

“She’s a … she works at the local cantina.”

I closed my eyes to the memory of a young woman being manhandled by … my father.  Carlos Sanchez—El Capitán—his hand between her legs.  Edwardo had used her in the outbuilding.  How many others?  How many times? The captain had taken me in, and called me his son, and I was proud of who I’d become.  But I’d been taken in by a monster, a heathen who kept slaves and treated women like whores.  But there was more.  I needed to hear it all.

Again, I stared up at Boots.  “Wait.  There was another boy.”

“Lester.”

“Where …”

“Lester and Peter were sold to the Escobar family.  I haven’t seen them since we arrived nearly three years ago.”

“So, there’s just you and me.”

“Yes.”

“And Chris.”

“Yes.”

“What about Jimmy and Ollie and Charles?”

“Taken and brought to this place.  Same as us, Joe.”

“But Papá.  I don’t understand.”

My mind whirled with too much information;  Three years a slave.  Lester, Martha, and little Peter.  Gone.  Sold.  I remember a little girl—the pretty one.  Fiery red hair and blue eyes.  I stared at my wife and hoped I was wrong.  “How … how old are you?”

“What do you think?”

“Oh, God.  You were only fourteen, weren’t you?”

Boots only stared.  She said nothing, and though math wasn’t my strongest subject in school, simple addition and subtraction weren’t a problem.  I married Boots two years ago.  She was a child, a little girl who should’ve been wearing pretty bows in her hair, but she’d married a man she barely knew, and that’s why she’d been so distant in the bedroom. It took months before she was comfortable in our marriage bed.

Lord Almighty. I’d been married at sixteen, had a son at seventeen, and my young wife was with child once again.  “I’m sorry, Boots.”

“What do you mean?  Sorry for what?”

“Everything.”

*

Chapter 8 ~ Hoss

Sometimes I felt down in the mouth and couldn’t pull myself out.  I’d get so dang low that no one and no words could pull me back.  I’d heard the word melancholy mentioned once when Joe suffered the consequences of his abductors, and maybe that’s what I had now.  And though I tried to not let anything show around Pa or Adam, it was hard, and that’s when one of them would notice I was off my feed and say something that should’ve made me feel better, but nothing did. 

My young brother had been missing for so long that most people assumed he was dead, but I couldn’t bring myself to cut them ties and believe he was gone forever.  That was a hard pill to swallow, and I wasn’t ready to give up everything I believed.  Little Joe was alive. I could feel it, and I didn’t care what no one else said.  I knew different.

*

~ Joe

“We need to get out of here.”

“Oh, Joe.”

Worry filled her eyes.  My wife was frightened, and I couldn’t blame her.  I felt the same, but I wouldn’t let her know.  I had to be the strong one if we were going to leave Casa Blanca alive.  If it was just me, escaping like Ollie and Charles would be a breeze compared to taking a wife and baby along.  A lot of planning would be involved, but I already had an idea.

We were babies raising babies.  If we made it out of here and ever ended up back on the Ponderosa, that’s what Pa would say.  “Babies raising babies.”  Would my father consider me a disappointment?

When I went to work the next morning, I asked about Ollie, but Jim, who I thought was a friend, said the kid had decided to move on.  There was no mention of escape.  “People do that, José.  Hired hands come and go all the time.”  Was Jim part of the charade?  Could I trust anyone other than Boots? 

If I wanted to stay alive, I had to put all my worries out of my mind.  Busting Mustangs was serious business, and I wasn’t ready to land on my head a second time.  I saddled the first horse of a very long day, but not even the nastiest mount could take my mind off Boots and the baby.  I feared for us all.

Papá stopped by around midday.  “How are things going, Boys?”  I couldn’t find my voice and let Jim take the lead.  My so-called father was the last person I wanted to talk to.

“Good, Sir.  We’ve each ridden six this morning.  We’re right on track.”

Papá reached out and shook Jim’s hand.  “Good job, Young Man.” Then, he looked at me.  “You have nothing to say to your father today?”

“Just tired, I guess.”  Papá took me aside.  He reached for my hand with his right and patted my shoulder with his left.  “I’m proud of you, Son, but nothing good comes from pushing yourself too hard.”

“We’ll have this bunch ready by the end of the week.”

“That’s good but remember what I said.”

“Yessir.”

“Oh.  I almost forgot why I came down. Carlotta wants you to bring Elizabeth and that boy of yours up to the house for supper tonight.”

I balked at his request.  “Tonight isn’t good.  I’m sure Sofia has started  dinner by now and—” 

“Never mind that.  We’ll expect you at seven.”

When Papá rode off, I let my knees go limp and dangled my arms over the corral fence and tried to think what I’d tell Boots, and when Jimmy came to stand by my side, he began to laugh.  “You’re really tied in with that family, aren’t you?”

“Yeah.  We’re tied in all right.”

I left the corral early.  Boots wouldn’t be happy, but we had to keep up appearances until I set my plan in motion.  Ollie and Charlie stole horses.  That was a mistake, but what other choice did they have?  A man on foot without a penny to his name wouldn’t last a week, and if Papá had the liberals out looking, those boys were in dire straits.  Since I wasn’t even sure where we were, I knew we were south of the Ponderosa and figured all we had to do was head north, and we’d end up back in the territories.  If we were lucky, we’d find a town with a US Marshal and a telegraph.  If we weren’t lucky, we’d end up dead.

Boots had been well into her story before I realized who I was, that I was a boy named Joe Cartwright, and that I had a family back in the States.  When she said we’d been living at Casa Blanca for over three years, I could barely put my thoughts together.

What had Pa and my brothers gone through?  They must think I was dead and had been buried in an unmarked grave, but they’d never have any answers unless I made my way back to the Ponderosa.  Introductions would be first on my list, but Boots and I had to talk.  We had decisions to make.

A man named Sanchez had taken me under his wing,  but why me?  Why not Lester or Peter or Jim or Ollie? And now that I knew what kind of man he was, I didn’t want any part of his world.  The accident had changed everything. My name was Joe Cartwright, and I wanted my old life back.

By the time I rode up to our casita, Boots was taking clothes off the line and laying them in her wicker basket.  When she heard me enter the yard, she looked up.  “You’re home early.”

I dismounted the gray that Papá had given me for my last birthday.  Though it wasn’t my real birthday, it was the date he and Carlotta had the papers drawn up that officially made me their son.  José Sanchez, son of Carlos and Carlotta Sanchez, and brother of Edwardo, Luis, and Elena.  I didn’t belong here.  I had another family, a family I’d been born into.

Boots wasn’t happy about our supper plans, but when Papá said come, we went.  I couldn’t bear the thought of consequences.  Chris would be well taken care of, but I didn’t want to think of what could happen to my wife.  Being young and beautiful, she could end up like Martha, and I’d never let that happen.

*

With a wide smile, Maria answered the door.  “Hola, Señor.  Missy Elizabeth.  Entra!” 

Maria was always glad to see us although, like Carlotta, she liked Boots more than me, but I didn’t care.  She always made the three of us feel welcome.  Elena and Luis were quick to grab Chris and drag him out to the courtyard where everyone was seated and waiting for us to arrive.

By the time we made our way outside, Papá and Carlotta were all over Chris.  Tickling and pinching and finding him the best thing around made me cringe.  I didn’t want anyone touching my son but his mother and I, but we had to continue the game until our escape.

Even though I’d devised a plan, I hadn’t filled Boots in.  We needed time to sit and talk, and having supper with Papá had canceled those plans until we could be alone tonight.  Our tree would have to keep one more secret.

Book 4

Changes for Hoss and Changes for Joe

Chapter 1 ~ Hoss

Local saloons were the same everywhere.  Beer and whiskey, fancy women and cards.  A man’s paradise.  The drive began tomorrow, and Adam and I were in town picking up the last of the supplies.  “Just one beer.  I’m too dang dry to ride home.”

“Any excuse will do, won’t it, Younger Brother?” 

“I’m buyin’.”

“I’m in.”

After loading the buckboard, Adam and I headed toward the Silver Dollar.  We hadn’t been to the Bucket of Blood in years.  That was Little Joe’s favorite hangout, but tonight, I felt like something different.  I snagged my brother’s arm and turned him toward Joe’s saloon. 

“You serious?”

“I sure am, Big Brother.  Sometimes a man needs a change.”

*

~ Joe

The hut was small and dark, and the two guards who stood outside had orders to keep me from running.  I’d been separated from my wife and child and sent away from Casa Blanca for betraying the family.  I didn’t know how Papá found out I’d overheard my so-called brother, Edwardo, but it was clear that he wasn’t happy and didn’t trust me any longer.

“I took you in.  I made you part of my family, and you betray me in such a way that I can no longer look you in the eye.  You have disgraced the name Sanchez, and I will forever be looked upon as a fool, an easy target.  The humiliation will follow me for the rest of my days.”

I wasn’t expected to respond … or maybe I was.  The slap across the left side of my face was brutal.  Papá was beside himself with rage, and I believe he had to hold back or he would’ve done considerable damage to the boy he called son. There’d been stories of beatings and whippings so a slap meant nothing compared to what could happen if Papá were to lose his temper and have Javier take charge of disciplining his adopted son.

No one talked about Boots and Chris.  I didn’t know where they were or if they were still alive.  After being cast out of the family, I was told nothing.  I was blindfolded and driven to this place.  Whether we drove in circles or maintained a direct route, I’d be the last to know.  Maybe I was a mile from the house.  Maybe I was one hundred miles.  I just didn’t know.

I’d been given a cow and five chickens.  I had a garden I kept weed-free for lack of anything else to do with my time.  A bed stood along one wall, and a table and two chairs filled the middle of my dirt-floored home.  My days as a wrangler were over and so were the clothes I wore.  A white shirt and thin, cotton trousers, and a pair of sandals rather than my well-worn boots was Papá’s uniform of choice.  I wasn’t allowed to walk more than twenty feet from the thatched-roofed hut.

Boots and I had been reckless and discussed our situation outside.  That was a mistake.  Anyone could’ve overheard our conversation, and someone must have done just that and reported back to Papá.  I’d been a fool to think I wasn’t being watched.

Without my family, I didn’t have much to live for.  I didn’t want Papá to raise my son.  I knew too much about him and Edwardo.  My boy was young and impressionable, and I didn’t want them teaching Chris to follow in their footsteps. 

Though I don’t remember getting thrown from the half-broke Mustang, that was the beginning of my descent into hell.  Except for my wife, everything else had been a lie.  My whole existence at Casa Blanca had been a lie.

*

Chapter 2 ~ Hoss

I flipped my stirrup up on Chubby’s saddle to tighten my cinch and asked the dreaded question.  “Did you believe anything he said?”  My brother was faster than me and was already mounting Sport. 

“It’s pretty farfetched, Hoss.”

“But what if it’s true.”

I never took my eyes off Adam after the kid started his story.  I was certain my brother wasn’t buying, but Adam was hard to convince sometimes.  If there was a chance that his account of the last few months was true, I’d ride out in the morning.

By the time we got home from the saloon, I was anxious to sit down and plow through the whole miserable tale with Pa.  He’d be more apt to listen than Adam, and he might even encourage me to mount my horse and take off as soon as sunrise.

*

~ Joe

Though I’m not sure how many weeks or months had passed, it had been a while.  The weather didn’t change much and the seasons were hard to distinguish, but time marched on, and I did what I could to survive in my little slice of the world.

In the beginning, I ate a lot of eggs.  A couple for breakfast and a couple for supper.  I ate the veggies when they were ripe on the vine, but I missed eating meat and bread.  I didn’t have a gun so hunting was out, and even if I grew wheat, baking a loaf of bread seemed an impossible task.  Paying more attention to Hop Sing in the kitchen would’ve helped me survive my time alone in the hut.

Since my old life had been revealed, I missed my Ponderosa family.  Before Boots filled me in on the truth I’d buried somewhere deep in my mind, I didn’t know I had another family and missing them was never a problem.  Now that I knew, I wanted Pa and my brothers to know my wife and child, but I wanted my old life back too.

But worst of all was not having Boots by my side.  She was such a good person, so kind and generous, and so loving toward Chris and me.  What would happen to our baby when he or she was born?  I feared for Beth, and I feared for my children.

*

Chapter 3 ~  Hoss

Adam and I sat down with Pa and hashed out the story we’d heard in the saloon.  The fireplace burned hotter than usual, or maybe I was just nervous and wanted our father to believe every word we said.

“I’m not sure you’ll remember, but three or four years ago, we hired a man named Oliver Peterson and his older brother Jake as drovers for our spring drive.  They were good men, but that don’t really matter.  Here’s the thing.  The younger one, Ollie, got hisself kidnapped and taken down to Mexico.  He worked for a man named Sanchez and swears that Little Joe had met the same fate.”

“I don’t understand, Son.”

“Let me finish.  Ollie said he weren’t sure if the kid he saw was Joe, but after him and another guy escaped this man’s ranchero, he thought more about the kid with wild, curly hair.”

“I ain’t for certain, Hoss, but I’m ninety-nine percent sure I worked at the same place as your younger brother.  Three of us busted broncs.  I should’ve asked, but you have to understand the situation.  None of us said nothing to nobody.  We had good reason to be scared, and the only chatter was that of horses and saddles and such.”

“And that’s what he said, Pa.  Ninety-nine percent sure.”

*

~ Joe

With such a modest amount of food at my disposal, I couldn’t keep my weight up.  I wasn’t a big fella to begin with, and I remember having the same problem once before, but with my family’s help, I came back to myself.  It wasn’t that long ago and then, after hearing about Pa’s bid on the timber contract, I took off like a scared little boy.  I didn’t want to die, but what was happening now?  Rather than being shot or hanged by Jake Milton’s henchmen, I’d die a slow and painful death in a shack far from home.

Traveling south had been the biggest mistake of my life.  If I had the strength, I’d kick myself for thinking my family couldn’t protect me.  Pa always said that I should think first, but those men had broken into the house twice already.  What would’ve kept them from coming back and finishing me off?

The next day, I walked toward the lean-to to milk the cow, and I’m not sure why, but I looked up and saw two riders cresting the hill.  After staring a bit longer, I realized it was Papá—his tall prominent hat was a dead giveaway—and Boots, my wife, my red-headed wife, and in the early morning light, her loose hair flooded down her back and bounced with every stride the horse took.

So many thoughts raced through my mind that I couldn’t have care less about the damn cow, and I ventured back to the house and flopped down on my rumpled excuse for a bed.  How could she leave me for him?  He was an old man, an old man who didn’t just want my son.  Now I find out that he wanted my wife too.

I cried that day.  I cried because I’d lost everything that meant anything.  I cried because I couldn’t fight back. Like a night when clouds roll in and block the sun and darkness comes before it should, I felt those same clouds trying to block any reason for me to go on living.

*

Chapter 4 ~ Hoss

“I’m going, Pa.  Nothing else need be said.”

The worry lines etching Pa’s forehead were prominent.  He didn’t want me taking off on a wild goose chase, and I understood that, but even if it didn’t make sense, I weren’t going to listen.  Joe was at that Sanchez place.  I could feel it in my bones and the sooner I got down there; the sooner I could bring my brother home. By lunchtime that same day, Pa had thrown caution to the wind, and that missing spark of hope showed bright in my father’s dark eyes. 

“Go!  Find him!  Bring my boy home.”

*

~ Joe

I wasn’t a heathen, and Hoss would have my hide if I treated any of God’s creatures with disrespect.  I turned the cow loose to graze on her own.  I couldn’t be bothered with daily feeding and milking. The plants and vines that bore vegetables were stripped clean as was any energy I could muster.  I turned to my bed and slept. 

Book 5

The Long Trail

Chapter 1 ~ Hoss

I’d taken this route once before and remembered some of the landmarks along the way.  It wasn’t an easy ride, and there was always the fear of an Indian attack, but any other option would’ve taken too much time.

As soon as Pa gave me the ‘okay,’ I’d gone back to the Bucket of Blood and talked to Ollie.  He was pretty much a regular these days.  Something must’ve happened down in Mexico, but I weren’t about to bring up nothing too personal.  I joined him at his table and started asking questions about Sanchez and Joe.

“Everyone in Northern Mexico has heard of Carlos Sanchez and Casa Blanca.  He’s a big fish down there, and I don’t think you’ll have any trouble finding the place, but you’re gonna need help.  You can’t just ride in, grab Joe, and ride out.  You’re gonna need a plan.”

“Need a little excitement in your life, Ollie?”

“You’re kidding, right?”

“You know the lay of the land.”

“If he catches me, I’m a dead man.”

“I ain’t gonna let that happen.”

“Against my better judgment ….”

“Thanks, Buddy.”

And so it was that me and Ollie Peterson rode out the next morning.  I bought him a grain-fed horse, part thoroughbred, one with a heap of endurance.  We had a long way to ride, and he needed a decent mount.

He was a little worse for wear, but the ride and the glaring sun would sober him up in no time.  We didn’t talk much.  There wasn’t much to say that hadn’t already been said.  He wasn’t ready to talk about his life at Casa Blanca, and that was fine.  Deep down, I don’t think I wanted to hear too many details of my young brother’s life in captivity.  I was scared of hearing the worst of the worst.  I only wanted to find my brother alive.

*

~ Joe

Scrambled eggs.  Fried eggs.  I’d eaten my fill.

*

Chapter 2 ~ Hoss

We tried not to ride our mounts into the ground.  Not only did I rent Ollie a horse, but I didn’t want to put Chubby through such a grueling ordeal, so I rented a sturdy mount for myself.  The days were long and after weeks in the saddle, I wondered if Ollie regretted making the trip for a kid he barely knew. 

Once a week, we stayed in a hotel or a boarding house.  We needed to clean up some, and eating a good hot meal we didn’t have to cook ourselves was part of the deal.  The rest of the time, we stuck to the trail, slept on the ground, and ate enough bacon and beans to kill a man twice over.

It was late in the season.  Thanksgiving and Christmas were weeks away, but since we’d ridden toward the Mexican border, the weather didn’t hinder our travels.  It rarely rained. And we were too far south for snow.  The country was dry and the ground was cracked, and I thanked the Almighty we weren’t making the trip in the dead of summer. 

A little whirlwind ahead reminded me of the army captain or major or … shoot, I don’t remember what he called himself, but he told me about a wagon that gathered up orphan kids and headed south.  It made me wonder if that had been Joe’s fate.  My brother was smarter than that, but anything can happen when no one has your back.

By the time we reached the border, a man stepped out of the check station and brought Ollie and me to a halt.  I knew the routine and reached for the wallet in my hip pocket.

“Two dollar to cross.  Two dollar a day for escort.”


I wanted to roll my eyes but thought better of it.  “That won’t be necessary.  My buddy knows the way.”

Waving his hat over his head, Manuel guided his horse from behind the small shack. “Señor Hoss!”

“Manuel.  Are you our escort?”

“Sí, Señor.  I am your loyal escolta.“

“I’ll be darn.  Okay, let’s go!”

*

~ Joe

I shivered and slipped the serape up over my shoulders.  Nights had become cool, and I tended to pull my knees toward my chest and curl into a tight ball to sleep.  I hadn’t chopped enough wood to cook eggs twice a day and heat the house at night.  I only had myself to blame, but I’d grown too weak to do much of anything.

I tried not to picture Papá bedding my wife, but the vision came nightly.  After the household was safe in bed, Papá would creep down the hall to my old bedroom and climb on top of my wife.  By now, she would’ve grown accustomed to his visits, and perhaps she had devised numerous ways to keep him contented.

I prayed our boy would never know that his mother had fallen from grace and turned to his grandfather for comfort.  The thought brought tears to my eyes, but it was too late to wish our lives could be different.  Boots and Chris had a new beginning up at the big house, and my life was as good as over.

*

Chapter 3 ~ Hoss

“That’s it, Hoss.  That’s Casa Blanca.”

We dismounted and stood near an outcropping of rocks a half mile away.  Even from this distance, the house looked large enough to house a small army. 

“The sentry out front has been instructed to shoot on sight.”

“You got better eyes than I do, Ollie.  I can barely see that fella.”

“That’s cause I know the routine.  I know how things work.”

“You two going up against Señor Sanchez?”

Even though I told Manuel where we were headed, I’m not sure he understood the seriousness of the situation.  “How do you know the man?”

“Everyone in Mexico knows the Señor.  He highly respected.”

“Sorry, Pal, but I can’t agree with you.  A man who owns slaves don’t deserve respect in my book.”

“Slaves?”

“Yeah.  Ollie, my little brother, and I don’t know how many more.”

“I ain’t interested in no gunfight.”

I clapped Manuel on the shoulder.  “You’re free to leave anytime.”

“But Señor.  You will die.”

“No, not me.  We’ll be careful.”

*

~ Joe

My life had become meaningless, and I feared the clouds lay heavy, and the shadow of death was closing in.  If I were a Paiute brave, I’d start my death walk, but that’s not how things work for a man like me.  No man is an island.  Pa used to read, and now I understand how loneliness can steal a man’s will to live. The life that should’ve been mine was gone forever.

*

Chapter 4 ~ Hoss

“When Charles and I escaped, your brother and his wife lived in a little casita south of the big house.”

“His what?”

Ollie’s eyes rounded when he realized what he’d said.  “You wouldn’t know, would you?  Your brother has a wife and child.”

“No ….”

“I’m sorry, Hoss, but we need to think about taking all three.”

“Damn, Little Brother.  If anyone can make life difficult.  I should’ve known.  Joe never could go five minutes without falling in love.  Now we’ve really got to do some thinking.”

“How’d you talk me into this anyway?”

I smiled at my new best friend.  “Just lucky, I guess.”

*

~ Joe

When I tipped my canteen, and the last few drops hit my tongue, I didn’t have the strength to walk out the front door and take ten steps to the well.  Even though I was aware of the consequences and aware of how much I’d wasted away, the thrill of living had passed me by.  Sleep would come first, and if all went as planned, I‘d never wake up.  I wasn’t long for this world, and I was grateful that my mind could rest.

My only regret was that Pa and my brothers would mourn without knowing how or why I died, and that wasn’t fair.  They should have the truth, but there was no way I could let them know where I was or how sorry I was for leaving the ranch and ending up a damn slave. 

Book 6

Can Miracles Happen?

Chapter 1 ~ Hoss

Pa and Adam were on their way, and I was grateful for the help.  As soon as we found a telegraph office, I sent a wire.

Ben Cartwright, Ponderosa Ranch, NV.  (stop)

Joe’s alive.  (stop)

Can’t travel.  (stop)

Hold up in Las Cruces.  (stop)

Need help.  (stop)

Hoss. (stop)

Ollie chose to stay and lend a hand if trouble showed up, and since we’d crossed back into the territories, Manuel had to get back to his post.  Though he made sure we were settled in the only hotel in Las Cruces, his duty as Mexican escort was finished.  Though I’d paid him two dollars a day, he showed exceptional courage during the scuffle with Sanchez, and I thought he deserved a bonus.  I thanked him and shook his hand and then handed him one hundred dollars.  The way he pumped my hand in gratitude was worth every penny.

While I joined Beth next to Joe’s sick bed, Ollie pulled a wooden chair up to the front window, and though none of us thought we’d been followed, we couldn’t be sure.  Sanchez had a huge operation, but neither of us knew who’d be loyal to Casa Blanca, or who’d run as fast as they could. 

I called it grab and run, and when a small child is stuck inside a small room, he needs to be entertained.  Since Beth was afraid to go to the mercantile for supplies alone, I left Ollie in charge and went down the stairs with her.  And since the hotel was above the local store, we didn’t have to venture outside.  If someone had followed the six of us out of Mexico, they’d have to call us out into the street to shoot us.  Beth had no funds of her own and was embarrassed to take money from me.  After telling her how ridiculous that sounded, she broke down and covered her face with both hands.

“I’m sorry.  I didn’t mean nothing.  “You’re my brother’s wife, and anything I have is yours.  That’s the way we operate.”

“I’m sorry.  I’m just so tired and … and I don’t know if Joe will ever recover.”

“Don’t worry your pretty face about my brother.  He’s a fighter.  Once he knows he’s away from Sanchez and that you’re by his side, you won’t be able to keep up with the progress he’ll make.”

With swollen, red eyes, Beth looked up at me.  “You heard what that doctor said.”

“Yeah, I did, but he don’t know Joe like I do.  I told you already.  That boy will fight his way back.  You’ll see.”  After taking her hand, I led her out of the room and down the flight of stairs to pick up food and things for the baby.  I hoped we were back on track.

Except for brief trips downstairs, Beth held Little Joe’s hand and rattled on about how sorry she was.  What a little gal like her had to apologize for was beyond me, but it was their business, not mine.  Mostly, I played with Chris or took my turn staring out the window to make sure no one was staring back, and because it took forever to get from the Ponderosa to Las Cruces, we had to stay cooped up together for a long time. 

My brother couldn’t travel anyway.  The roving doctor said if the kid survived, we shouldn’t count on a full recovery, that he’d never be the same boy, but I didn’t listen to words like that.  Doc Martin would never sound so grim about a patient’s mending.  He’d give us hope until there weren’t none at all, and I still had hope.

Joe was awful puny, and we did our best to get spoonfuls of water and soup down him every hour.  The doctor said that’s the only thing that would help.  There weren’t no medicine that cured starvation.

While Joe lay sleeping, Beth would fill me in on little bits of their life together.  Every time she spoke the scenario seemed more shocking than anything she’d said before.  The accident and the marriage.  The man she called Papá.  The big house.  The adoption.  What would she come up with next?  Ollie sat beside me and heard the same things I did, and he’d nod his head as though nothing she said shocked him.

The hotel owner/maid wasn’t happy about the amount of laundry we sent downstairs until I offered to pay extra, and she quit her constant complaining.  Because Joe soiled his sheets as much as the baby soiled his diaper, Beth rigged up a larger cloth diaper for Joe.  Though he took the food and water without problems he still hadn’t opened his eyes and couldn’t be blamed for accidents he couldn’t control.

Pa wired a date, and I sat outside the depot on the day they were to arrive.  Schedules were often upset by Indian war parties, inclement weather, or breakdowns.  I prayed none of that would happen and at about four that afternoon, the distant cloud of dust told me the coach was drawing near.

Pa looked worse for wear, but he forced a smile after stepping down from the stage.  “Good to see you, Son.”

“Good to see you too, Pa.”

Adam exited next, and the two of us shook hands.  “Glad you came, Brother.”

“How’s the kid?”

“Alive.”

Adam nodded.  He understood the entire story from just one word. I couldn’t give any more details at the depot, but as soon as we were upstairs, I’d tell them everything they needed to know.  I didn’t trust anyone but my family and Ollie. 

Pa would have the most trouble.  Seeing Joe for the first time in three years would send a stabbing pain through his heart.  His youngest boy wasn’t the son he remembered.  Angular bones jutted forth like broken twigs.  Lips that used to be filled with laughter were cracked and dry and as pale as death against his ashen skin. We sailed through the mercantile and up the stairs to our room.  Even though Pa and Adam could use some cleaning up, Joe was first on their list.  Anything else would come later.

Pa’s reaction to a young lady holding his son’s hand was minimal, and he didn’t ask why.  He pulled a chair up on the opposite side of Joe’s bed and did the same.  If a man could be healed by giving his hands over to loved ones, Joe would be cured in an instant.  There was a blunder waiting to happen, and when young Chris toddled toward me, I leaned down and lifted him onto my lap. 

“Pa.  We need to do introductions.”  I didn’t mention anything in the wire, but since we were all crammed into one small room, it had to be done.  My father glanced up as if this was a bad time, but it weren’t.  “I’d like you to meet your grandson.”

Pa’s eyes shot back up to me and after dropping Joe’s hand on the bed, he stood to his feet.  “What did you say?”

“This here’s Chris.  Your grandson.  And holding Joe’s hand is his wife, Beth.”

Beth turned from Joe and looked up at her father-in-law.  Pa could be an overpowering presence, but after the shock of my words wore off, his features softened, and he reached for the girl’s hand. “I’m Ben Cartwright.  I’m pleased to meet you.”

I glanced over at Adam, who had his hand ready to cover his eyes and waited for a different reaction from our father, but when there was no outburst or hint of disappointment, my older brother relaxed and was next to step up and introduce himself as Joe’s eldest brother.

Introductions went smoother than I had anticipated, and I was thrilled with the outcome.  All we needed now was for Joe to open his eyes and join the living.

*

Chapter 2

Two days passed, and the only notable change was that Ollie and Adam and Pa and I spent countless hours in the room that the four of us shared so Beth and Joe could have some time alone.  Though my father was reluctant to leave his boy in the hands of a girl that was no more than a kid herself, he was a trooper and he gave them the time they deserved. 

Pa and Beth took turns sitting at his bedside.  I even talked little Chris into sleeping in the big-boy bed with me.  He and I had become pretty good pals, and the little shaver wasn’t scared at all about leaving his mama behind.

Beth was in charge of Joe’s eating and drinking, and rather than butting in and taking over, Pa let her carry on.  It wasn’t like our father to play second fiddle if one of his sons was sick, but I had to give him credit.  He handled the situation better than I expected.

We had supper brought up and even though we were back in the territories, beans and tortillas and something called burritos, which quickly became my favorite dish, were sent up for the five of us.  Chris would share with his ma. 

Just as I lifted my fork with a healthy scoop of burrito, a sound came from across the room.  Pa sat with Joe.  He’d chosen to let Beth eat first, but when she heard her husband’s voice, she pushed her meal aside, flew to his bed, and called out his name.

“Joe.  Joseph.”

Pa tried too.

“Joe.  Little Joe.”

When Beth gave Pa a funny look, I wanted to laugh.  She hadn’t heard our nickname for the kid, but I had a feeling she might use it when he least expected.  I wanted to be around when she did.

“Boots?”

“I’m right here, Joe.”

“Where ….”

“We’re not in Mexico anymore.  We’re free.”

“Free?”

“Your brother got us out.  Papá is dead.”

“Papá ….”

“You rest.  We’ll talk more later.”

Even though Joe’s voice was thready, we all stopped to listen.  Even Chris seemed to understand this was an important moment.  I reached out and set the boy on my lap, but his eyes never left his father.

“Wanna go see Papa?”

“Papa.”

“That’s right.   Go see Mama.”

“See Mama.”

I patted his backside, and he took off across the room.  He was a cute little feller.  He had curls like his father and blue eyes like his ma, a lady’s man in the making.

*

Chapter 3

As frail as he was, Joe was able to sit up and feed himself although the doc said soup only for the next few days.  His body couldn’t handle more just yet.  Joe seemed fine with that, but something wasn’t right.  Both me and Adam noticed a big difference in the kid.  Since he’d become more coherent, he would leave Beth out of the conversations he had with Pa.  It weren’t right.  Even when she’d sit Chris on the bed next to him, he smiled and played with his son but acted as though his wife wasn’t even there.

I liked Beth, and I didn’t understand why Joe was giving his wife the cold shoulder.  He seemed okay when he was coming to, but as soon as he was fully awake, his attitude changed.  It didn’t help that the room was full of people who looked on like a kettle of hawks.  He had no privacy, but we didn’t want to be seen milling around town.  Pa noticed too and he pulled me aside. 

“Gather everyone and let’s leave them alone.”

“Good idea, Pa”

By using some lame excuse, Pa, Adam, Ollie, and I left them to sort things out.  I thought something to eat sounded like a plan, and I bought a plate of churros for us to share and brought a pot of coffee up to our next-door room.  As soon as Joe was well enough, we’d head home, but that wasn’t going to be anytime soon.

*

~ Joe

“Talk to me, Joe.”

I couldn’t look at my wife much less talk to her.  I knew what she’d done, and I wanted no part of her lies.  I would take my son to the Ponderosa and pay her way home to her ma and pa.  I considered that more than generous for a woman who’d whore herself out to an old man just because he had a pocketful of money.  Hell with her.

“I’m tired.  I’d like you to leave.”

“Why are you doing this to me?”

I hated stupid questions, but the right words wouldn’t come.  I was bone tired and didn’t have the strength to fight it out with a whore.  Chris was the only person who mattered, and he and I could get along fine without a woman like Boots weighing us down.

I didn’t react when my wife stood and left the room.  Good riddance.  I didn’t want to continue a one-sided conversation, and I guess she didn’t either.   As soon as I got my strength back, I’d fill her in on the plan and be done with her.  That’s the best I could do.

*

Chapter 4 ~ Hoss

Carrying an empty coffee pot, I opened the hotel door, stepped into the hall, and found my sister-in-law sitting on the floor crying.  With her head resting on her knees, she looked up, caught my eye, and dropped her head back down. 

Pa or Adam would’ve been more equipped for the situation I was in now.  I didn’t have the wherewithal to deal with crying women, and I didn’t know the first thing to say, but standing and staring wasn’t working, and I squatted next to my brother’s wife. 

“What in tarnation?”

“I’m sorry, Hoss.”

“What did Joe do to you?”

“He won’t talk to me.  He won’t look at me.  I have a feeling I know why, but….”

“You can tell me.  I won’t hold nothin’ against you.”

The sound of wooden furniture crashing against the tile floor caught my attention, and I raced into Joe’s room.  The bedside chair lay sideways next to my little brother.  “What in tarnation?  What the heck are you doing?”  Wearing nothing but the diaper, I’d forgotten just how scrawny he was—still skin and bones.  “Why are you out of bed?”

“No, Hoss.  You tell me.  Why am I dressed like a baby?  Was this my wife’s idea?  How much more do I have to take from her?  How much more?”

With his eyes welled with tears, my brother tried not to let them fall.  A man didn’t let his emotions get the best of him, but Joe always had a hard time holding back.  If I knew what he was talking about, I’d give him a straight answer.

“Why is this Beth’s fault?  She was only trying to help.”

“Don’t you see?”

“No, I don’t see.”

“I can’t take anymore, Hoss.  I’m done with her.”

I stared down at my little brother.  Even though he tried to push himself up, he didn’t have the strength, and whether he liked it or not, I scooped him up and sat him back on the bed. I straightened the upturned chair and pulled it to the bed and sat beside him.  “Talk to me, Joe.”

*

~ Joe

Hoss was the only one I could tell.  He wouldn’t judge.  He’d listen to every word until I was finished the long, sad story.

“It all began when Ollie and Charles escaped from Casa Blanca ….”

After my account of the last few months was told, I had to lie down and sleep.  The telling was finished, and now my family would understand why I wanted nothing to do with my wife, that the marriage was over, and there was no way I was giving up my son.  End of story.

*

Chapter 5 ~ Hoss

I asked Beth to come with me to the mercantile.  Taking an easy stroll outside would’ve been nice but still out of the question.  If I were by myself, I’d chance it, but not with Joe’s young wife.  She was too much of a target.

“I talked to Joe.  He told me some things about—well, about you and the old man, Sanchez.”

She dropped her head.  “I expected as much.”

“You mean it’s true?”

“Of course not, but I understand why he thinks it is.  That’s what Papá wanted him to believe.”

“Maybe I’m thick in the head, but I don’t understand.”

“Papá wanted Joe to think I was … you know … that I’d left him for the old man.  He planned it that way.  He made us ride by Joe’s place and stop on top of a ridge so that my husband would see us together.  Papá had guards stationed outside Joe’s hut, and they’d laugh and comment about the old man and me.  At least, that’s what Papá told me, and I believed him.  Joe didn’t get to see me or Chris for months, not until you showed up and got us out of there.”

“Now, I understand why he’s carrying on so. Sanchez really did a number on him.”

“The old man threw us together straight away.  I was fourteen and Joe was seventeen.  He thought we had good genes and would produce fine heirs for him to claim as his own, and then when he thought he’d been betrayed, he ripped us apart. He’s an evil human being.”

That wasn’t all.  She talked about Chris, and Papá’s plan for the child’s future, and that part made me want to kill the old guy all over again.

“That’s all past tense, Beth.  All we got to do now is convince Little Joe that you’re still his wife and always have been.  Want me to try?”

“You might as well.  He won’t listen to me.”

After explaining to Adam and Pa the difficulties the young couple was having, my father took over Joe’s food and water intake. The boy’s body was on the mend, and all we had to do now was straighten out his mind.

*

~ Joe

My father looked different somehow, but I couldn’t put my finger on the problem.  A sadness maybe.  A look of pity although I brushed it off.  I was hungry, and Pa brought food.

“You’ve graduated to real food, Son.  Toast and soup.  How does that sound?”

“Really?  I’ve been eating soup for so damn long, I might not remember how to chew.”

Pa wasn’t thrilled with my attitude, but I wasn’t thrilled with anything, not even toast. 

“Let’s see how this goes.”

Pa propped the pillows and helped me sit tall in the bed.  I began feeding myself this week and no longer would I have to be spoon-fed like a baby.  I started with the toast. One bite and then two, and then I came to an abrupt halt.  My stomach revolted, and I nearly bent in half from the violent stab of pain.

My father was quick to realize what happened and pulled me to his chest until the agony subsided.  His hand swept through my tangled mess of hair, and I never wanted him to stop.  I missed my father so much, but I only had myself to blame. 

“I’m sorry, Pa.  I never meant to hurt you.”

“Why, Son?  Why did you feel you had to leave?”

“Old Man Milton would’ve seen me dead.”

“What’s all this about Fred Milton?”

I leaned back so I could see my father’s eyes.  “He’s the one who sent his henchmen.  He warned me, Pa.  Twice over.  I couldn’t take another beating.  I’m a coward, Pa.  A coward and a fool.”

“Son.  No.  None of what you say is true.”

“But it is, Pa.  Why would I lie?”

“You’re confused, Joe.  Jake Milton wasn’t the one who—” 

“Why are you doing this to me, Pa?  Why?”

“Let’s not talk about this anymore today.”

“We have to.  Believe me, Pa.  I’m telling you the truth.”

“You’re mixed up, Son.  Alec Carlson was the man who—”

“No.  You’re wrong.”

The battle was still in full swing, but my father was done talking.  “I want you to lie back.  You need to rest.”

“You don’t believe me, do you?”

“Not now, Son.  We’ll talk later.”

Though I wasn’t happy, I did as my father asked, lay back on my pillow, and let Pa cover me with the blanket.  The conversation was over but neither of us was satisfied with the results.  The truth would come to light on a different day.

To my father, I was a disappointment.  I’d run off.  I didn’t trust that Pa and my brothers could keep me safe, and now the damage was done.  The end was near when Hoss and Ollie rushed into the hut.  I remember opening my eyes and seeing my brother kneeling next to the cot.  I thought it was a dream, but it was as real as the toast I just ate.  Hoss had tears in his eyes, and when I smiled, he wiped them away and said something silly, something I should remember but those early days were hit-and-miss.  I didn’t remember much.

Pa leaned back in his chair.  He was in no hurry to leave.  Our father was a worrier, and I’d caused him more distress than my brothers ever had.  But something else was on his mind, and if it was bad, it was time we cleared the air.

“What else is bothering you, Pa?  What else have I done that you think we should discuss?”

“Since you asked.  Yes.  There’s one more thing I’d like to know.”

“Shoot.  I don’t have any secrets.”

“Okay.  You’re a married man now.”

“Yes, Sir.”

“You have a wife and a son.”

“Yes, Sir.”

“I’m sure you can understand that I was a bit surprised.”

“I bet you were.”

“Would you like to tell me how all this came about?”

“I wouldn’t know where to start.”

“The beginning is always good.”

“It’s like this, Pa ….”  I rolled to my back and laced my fingers together behind my head. “It all began when the horse I rented from Orvis in Virginia City got spooked by a rattler.”

With most of the story told, my eyes grew heavy and I couldn’t go any further.  We’d have to talk another day, but Pa got the gist of the last three years.  Some things weren’t worth telling.  Maybe when I was old and gray thought it would be fun to add some excitement to the conversation, I’d bring up the difficult aspects of living under the watchful eye of Papá, El Capitán. 

I woke with a start.  Jake Milton and the bid for the contract.  Alec Carlson fussing over water rights.  Neither man was a saint, but only one had done me harm, and I had to make sure my father knew which man had forced me to leave the Ponderosa.

“Pa.”

“What’s wrong, Son?”

“I’m fine, but we have to talk.”

Pa stood and poured me a glass of water.  “Let’s sit you up so you can drink.”

“Will you believe me this time?”

“What?  Believe you about what?”

“Jake Milton told his henchmen to kill me if you won the contract.” 

“Oh, Joe.”  My father didn’t sound convinced.

“Oh, Joe what?  He tried twice, Pa.  You always said that the third time’s a charm.”

“You’ve got it all wrong.  It wasn’t Jake Milton, Son.  Roy Coffee argued the fact, but your brothers and I believe it was Alec Carlson, the man who was after our water.”

“No.  You’re wrong.  Believe me Pa, I know.”

“Alec Carlson was sentenced to ten years in the penitentiary for attempted murder.  Your brothers and I testified at his trial.”

“Trust me on this, Pa.  The wrong man is in prison.”

*

Although I wasn’t in the mood for more company, I couldn’t consider my best friend company. He was the only one who understood why I was sending my wife home to her ma and pa, and when he knocked, I agreed to more chitchat.

“Hey, Little Brother.”

“Hi.”

“Feeling better?”

“Some.”

“I told Pa I’d sit with you till suppertime.  Said he had something to discuss with Adam.” 

My brother sat next to the bed, leaned forward, and worried his hands between his thighs. 

“Something wrong?”

“Yeah.  You.”

“Me?”

“You got things all wrong.  Beth had nothing to do with that old man.  He wanted you to think she was his and not yours.  That’s all.”

“You’re wrong, Hoss.”

“Did you see them riding along a ridge?” 

I found the floor more interesting than my brother’s lies, but I tossed out the answer he wanted to hear.  “Yeah.”

“Did you hear the guards laughing?” 

Little Joe looked straight at me.  “How’d you know about that?”

“Beth told me Sanchez planned everything, and those guards were part of the plan.  He wanted you to think the worst.  He wanted you to hate your wife.”

“Why?  What does he get out of it?”

“Chris.  That’s all he ever wanted.  That’s why he forced you two together.  The old man was determined to have an heir. He wanted to ensure his legacy just in case, and Edwardo, apparently he wasn’t a good person.  You know better than I.”

“He was a louse.”

“Yeah, and the little one—.”

“Luis.”

“He didn’t know what might become of him.”

“He’s a good kid.”

“Well, you were a sure thing.  Good genes.  Good features.  You know, all that stuff that makes them school girls chase after you all the time.”

“You’re a funny guy, Hoss. Papá said the same thing, but I don’t think my genes or my looks had anything to do with Papá wanting Chris.”

“I might be funny, but I know people, and … well, all I can say is don’t blame your wife, Little Joe.  She’s innocent in all this.  She loves you.  She didn’t want nothing to do with that old man.”

After listening to Hoss’s rendition, I broke down and cried like a baby.  All this time—for months—I thought Boots had betrayed me.  I wanted to die.  I tried to die and would have if Hoss and his friends hadn’t found me.  I looked up in time to see my brother’s eyes water but he’s better at controlling his emotions than I’ll ever be.  His tears didn’t fall.

“Would you send in my wife?”

*

Chapter 6 ~ Hoss

We started home on a Wednesday.  Joe still wasn’t able to sit a horse, and Pa bought a wagon, a mattress, blankets, and enough pillows that Joe could lie down or prop hisself up and stare at the landscape.  Beth and Chris shared the wagon bed, just like they was sharing my big bed at home.

Ollie had become a true friend, and Pa said he’d always have a place on the Ponderosa.  That’s all he needed to hear, and he agreed to make the journey back to the ranch and take the job as head wrangler until Joe was able to pull his weight and bust broncs on his own.

I always got the job of driving the wagon only this time, I didn’t mind.  I carried precious cargo, and I weren’t gonna let nothing happen to Joe and his family.  All the worrying we’d done in Las Cruces was for nothing.  No one had followed us, or if they had, they gave up and went back to Mexico by the time we loaded up to head home.

Joe told us more of the story during his recovery.  He told us of Elsa and Peter, Lester and Martha, and how he and Beth, otherwise known as Boots, got together.  Joe was quite the storyteller, and when he filled us in on all of the people he’d met during his travels, he opted to leave out the parts that would be too hard for our pa to stomach.  Even though me and Adam knew he wasn’t telling the whole story, it was a kindness only Joe could pull off and make the last three years sound believable.

It took weeks to get home, and we were all growing weary of dust and long days on the road.  Every so often we’d hit a decent-sized town and stop for dinner and a soft bed.  Otherwise, it was beans and bacon and the hard ground, except for Joe.  The kid had it easy.

When seasons change, the weather changes too.  From hot days and cool nights to cold all the time.  Pa bought more blankets for the group in the wagon and as we neared Carson, it began to snow.  We’d almost made it.  I guess you could say we’d been lucky to get this far.  I pulled my hat lower on my forehead and chucked the team, but the horses were tired and weren’t interested in going any faster.

*

~ Joe

Chris and I tried to catch snowflakes on our tongues.  He giggled the whole time, and it wasn’t long before his mother and I were doing the same.  Grandpa rode next to the wagon and looked on.  Having a little shaver (Hoss’s words) living on the Ponderosa was a dream come true for Pa, but I don’t believe he ever thought his youngest would be the first to marry, especially at my age.  Adam had twelve years on me, but finding the right girl had eluded him.  Hoss too.

If Jake Milton didn’t have it in for Pa, I never would’ve met Boots.  My father once said that everything happens for a reason, and maybe he was right about the past three years.  Now that the bad times were part of our past, and Boots and I were back on track, I couldn’t imagine my life without my wife and child, and once we were home, we could move forward and enjoy what life had to offer.

*

Chapter 7 ~ Hoss

“We’re here, Joseph.”

I was never so glad to be home in my entire life.  We’d been away from the ranch for so long, I hoped the house and outbuildings were still standing.  Pa had left Cecil—our foreman—in charge, and at first glance, the place looked like a million bucks.

We missed Thanksgiving, and Christmas was three days away.  We didn’t have a tree and without a miracle, no one would open a single present this year.  It seemed a shame, especially for little Chris.  He deserved a proper holiday, but time was short, and the minute Pa talked to Cecil, the list of chores would pile up one on top of the other until we were caught up. 

*

~ Joe

“This is it, Sweetheart.  This is home.”

Although I’d had weeks to recuperate and was beginning to feel human again, I still looked like a winter twig.  The doctor in Las Cruces said it would take time, and even though I thought he was a quack, he might’ve gotten that part right.   I wouldn’t be busting broncs anytime soon.  Winter would give me the time I needed to sleep and eat and see if the old Joe was lurking about somewhere inside.           

“I never expected anything so grand.”

“Did you think I was a bum, living in a shack somewhere in the wilds of Nevada?”

“Somewhere in the middle, I guess.”

“Then I hope this is a nice surprise.”

Pa handed his reins to Adam and reached into the wagon for Chris.  “Come on, Little Fella.  I have someone for you to meet.  If you get on his good side, I bet he’ll pull out his cookie jar and pour you a tall glass of milk.”

Grandpa won Chris over on day one, and he’s continued to entertain and enjoy his first grandson.  The boy had ignited a fire that made Pa feel like a young man again, and he took advantage by making our son a priority in his life.  It took some of the pressure off me.  I could’ve had the entire family bugging me to eat and drink.  Instead, they were all too busy charming my young son. 

Epilogue: 

~ Hoss

“A little to the left.”

“You say that every year, Older Brother.”

“And you always argue with me. Younger Brother.”

*

~ Joe

The more things change, the more they stay the same.  I’ve heard this line all my life.  Adam gives Hoss orders, and Hoss snaps back as he moves the tree into place.  It’s a comforting sound that says I’m home and free from the ties of Casa Blanca.  It tells me that I can live happily ever after with the people I love.  It tells me that my wife and child have been welcomed into the family and subsequent children will be cherished with the same love I felt all my life.  Even though Beth had lost our second child while she was held captive at the big house, we wouldn’t grieve forever.  The good overpowered the bad, and we set our sights on the future rather than dwelling on the past.

Some would say I missed three years of my life, but that’s not true.  It may sound silly, but I gained a lifetime of experience.  I learned that running away wasn’t a good option and that the wrong man went to prison because I wasn’t around to testify.  I can’t make up the missing years, but I can right a wrong and pray he can forgive the Cartwright family.

I will share my father’s values with my wife and son, and we’ll be better for it.  In time, Boots and I will have our own home and hopefully, more children.  Hoss and Adam both have sweethearts and maybe something will come of that.  I’m healing more every day, and Doc Martin says if I keep up the good work that by summer, the inadequacies I feel now will begin to subside.  I may never be the man I once was.  Starvation takes away and doesn’t always replace, but I’ll be able to carry on like a normal person.

I’m happy with the way things are, and I’m happy to have a wife and family who love me.  Who could ask for more?

The End

6 – 2025